Use pursuant to applicable agreements
PRELIMINARY
Title page
Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station | LR13.3 Maintenance Guide 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA Issue 0.23 | October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Use pursuant to applicable agreements
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
Use pursuant to applicable agreements Legal notice Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein. Copyright © 2014 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization. Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Use pursuant to applicable agreements
About this document Purpose
........................................................................................................................................................................................ xxix xxix
What's new
PRELIMINARY
Contents
................................................................................................................................................................................. xxix xxix
Intended audience
..................................................................................................................................................................... xxx xxx
Supported systems
.................................................................................................................................................................... xxx xxx
How to use this document ...................................................................................................................................................... xxx xxx Safety information ................................................................................................................................................................... xxxi xxxi Prerequisites
.............................................................................................................................................................................. xxxi xxxi
Conventions used ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxxi xxxi Related information
............................................................................................................................................................... xxxii xxxii
Document support
.................................................................................................................................................................. xxxii xxxii
Technical support
................................................................................................................................................................... xxxii xxxii
How to order
............................................................................................................................................................................ xxxii xxxii
How to comment
.................................................................................................................................................................... xxxii xxxii
Part I: Safety 1
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1-1 Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................................... 1-2 1-2 General precautions for installation procedures
............................................................................................................ 1-3 1-3
Specific safety hazards ............................................................................................................................................................ 1-4 1-4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary iii 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Hazard types and hazard-specific symbols ...................................................................................................................... 1-7 1-7
PRELIMINARY
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Part II: LR 9712 OD BS Cabinet Maintenance 2
Product Overview Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1 2-1 lightRadio outdoor configurations ...................................................................................................................................... 2-1 2-1
3
Preventive Maintenance Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3-1 Maintenance cycle .................................................................................................................................................................... 3-2 3-2 Procedure 3-1: Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches ............................................................................................. 3-4 3-4 Procedure 3-2: Inspect door gasket
.................................................................................................................................... 3-7 3-7
Procedure 3-3: Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers Procedure 3-4: Replace fresh-air filter
.................................................................................... 3-8 3-8
........................................................................................................................... 3-10 3-10
Procedure 3-5: Inspect/clean facility ............................................................................................................................... 3-13 3-13 Procedure 3-6: VRLA battery maintenance .................................................................................................................. 3-14 3-14 4
Corrective Maintenance Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1 4-1 Cabinet alarms
........................................................................................................................................................................... 4-2 4-2
Procedure 4-1: Power-up LR 9712 OD BS
.................................................................................................................... 4-6 4-6
Procedure 4-2: Power-down LR 9712 OD BS
.............................................................................................................. 4-8 4-8
Procedure 4-3: Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
..................................................................................................... 4-10 4-10
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
.......................................................................................... 4-13 4-13
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector .................................................................................................... 4-18 4-18 Procedure 4-6: Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS
PRELIMINARY
Procedure 4-7: Replace batteries 5
.............................................................................................. 4-22 4-22
...................................................................................................................................... 4-25 4-25
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1 5-1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD iv Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Emerson PSU component replacement procedures Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-2 5-2 EPSU safety ................................................................................................................................................................................ 5-2 5-2 Procedure 5-1: Replace EPSU rectifier
............................................................................................................................ 5-4 5-4
Procedure 5-2: Add EPSU rectifiers
.................................................................................................................................. 5-9 5-9
Procedure 5-3: Replace EPSU ACU
............................................................................................................................... 5-10 5-10
PRELIMINARY
Contents
Procedure 5-4: Replace EPSU SCU ................................................................................................................................ 5-17 5-17 Procedure 5-5: Replace empty EPSU shelf
.................................................................................................................. 5-21 5-21
Procedure 5-6: Replace assembled EPSU ..................................................................................................................... 5-26 5-26 Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable ..................................................................................... 5-29 5-29 Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-33 5-33
Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI .................................................................................................. 5-34 5-34 Procedure 5-9: Connect to GUI ......................................................................................................................................... 5-37 5-37 CU GUI ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-37 5-37 Procedure 5-10: Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................ 5-40 5-40 6
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1 6-1 Delta PSU component replacement procedures Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-2 6-2 DPSU safety ................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-2 6-2 Procedure 6-1: Replace DPSU rectifier ............................................................................................................................ 6-4 6-4 Procedure 6-2: Replace DPSU Controller
....................................................................................................................... 6-8 6-8
Procedure 6-4: Replace DPSU AC Input Module (AIM) ........................................................................................ 6-16 6-16 Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable .................................................................................................. 6-21 6-21 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary v 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Procedure 6-3: Replace DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module ............................................................................... 6-11 6-11
PRELIMINARY
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-25 6-25
DPSU Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 6-25 6-25 Network setup .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-27 6-27 System
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-30 6-30
Rectifier
..................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-32 6-32
Battery
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-35 6-35
Alarms
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-41 6-41
Configuration ........................................................................................................................................................................... 6-46 6-46 History ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-49 6-49 Control ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-51 6-51
Part III: FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance 7
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU Corrective Maintenance Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1 7-1 LTE 9926 BBU replacement procedures .......................................................................................................................... 7-2 7-2
8
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU ....................................................................................... 8-1 8-1
9
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9-1 Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
........................................................................................ 9-2 9-2
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
............................................... 9-26 9-26
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers ...................................................................................................................... 9-60 9-60
PRELIMINARY
10
bCEM Replacement Procedure Procedure 10-1: Replace bCEM
11
....................................................................................................................................... 10-2 10-2
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure Procedure 11-1: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU ..................................................................... 11-1 11-1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD vi Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures Overview
13
................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-1 12-1
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1 13-1
Hardware issues
PRELIMINARY
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1 13-1
Procedure 13-1: Install a new bCEM .............................................................................................................................. 13-2 13-2 Procedure 13-2: Remove existing bCEM ...................................................................................................................... 13-4 13-4 14
Add new cell to 9926 BBU Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-1 14-1
LTE cell creation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 14-1 14-1 Procedure 14-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU ................................................................................................................ 14-3 14-3 15
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-1 15-1
Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-1 15-1 Procedure 15-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 ............................................................................................. 15-4 15-4 16
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-1 16-1
Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 16-2 16-2 Procedure 16-1: Configure 9926 BBU hardware
....................................................................................................... 16-9 16-9
Procedure 16-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems .................................... 16-12 16-12 17
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-1 17-1
Procedure 17-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation
................................................. 17-9 17-9
Procedure 17-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation ..................................................................... 17-12 17-12 Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration
.................................................................................... 17-19 17-19
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary vii 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 17-1 17-1
PRELIMINARY
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Reconfiguring cells Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs ..................................................................................................... 18-1 18-1
Part IV: TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance 19
LTE Product Safety Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-1 19-1
Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................................ 19-2 19-2 General precautions for installation procedures .......................................................................................................... 19-3 19-3 Specific safety hazards ......................................................................................................................................................... 19-5 19-5 20
Corrective maintenance process Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-1 20-1
Replacement/repair process ................................................................................................................................................ 20-2 20-2 Safety requirements ............................................................................................................................................................... 20-3 20-3 Required tools .......................................................................................................................................................................... 20-3 20-3 Torque requirements for mechanical connections ...................................................................................................... 20-5 20-5 21
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-1 21-1
9926 BBU replacement procedures ................................................................................................................................. 21-2 21-2 Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU ............................................................................................ 21-3 21-3 Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM ............................................................................................................... 21-16 21-16 Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM ............................................................................................................... 21-41 21-41 Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM ..................................................................................................................................... 21-74 21-74 Procedure 21-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack ........................................................................................................ 21-85 21-85
PRELIMINARY
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM 22
..................................................................................................................................... 21-105 21-105
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-1 22-1
Hardware issues
...................................................................................................................................................................... 22-1 22-1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD viii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 22-1: Install a new bCEM .............................................................................................................................. 22-2 22-2 Procedure 22-2: Remove existing bCEM ...................................................................................................................... 22-4 22-4 23
Add new cell to 9926 BBU Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-1 23-1
PRELIMINARY
Contents
LTE cell creation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 23-1 23-1 Procedure 23-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU ................................................................................................................ 23-3 23-3 24
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-1 24-1
Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-1 24-1 Procedure 24-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 ............................................................................................. 24-4 24-4 25
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-1 25-1
Prerequistites ............................................................................................................................................................................ 25-2 25-2 Process Overview ................................................................................................................................................................... 25-3 25-3 Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-5 25-5 Procedure 25-1: Install 9926 BBU V2 ............................................................................................................................ 25-9 25-9 Procedure 25-2: Configure 9926 BBU for single-carrier operation .................................................................. 25-14 25-14
Part V: GSM – Corrective Maintenance 26
Replace SUMX 19 Inch Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-1 26-1
Before You Start ...................................................................................................................................................................... 26-2 26-2 Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch ...................................................................................................................... 26-3 26-3 Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-1 27-1
How to Replace SFP Module ............................................................................................................................................. 27-1 27-1 Procedure 27-1: Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch ...................................................................................... 27-3 27-3 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary ix 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
27
PRELIMINARY
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
28
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-1 28-1
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch 29
................................................................ 28-2 28-2
Replace MC-RRH Unit Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-1 29-1
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module .......................................................................................................... 29-2 29-2 30
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-1 30-1
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module .......................................................................................................... 30-2 30-2 Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH .......................................................................................................... 30-9 30-9
Part VI: W-CDMA 9926 DBS 4U - Maintenance 31
Hardware Description Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-1 31-1
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation ............................................................................................................................. 31-1 31-1 32
Power Up and Power Down Procedures Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-1 32-1
Procedure 32-1: Power up the 9926 DBS 4U
.............................................................................................................. 32-2 32-2
Procedure 32-2: Power down the 9926 BBU 4U ........................................................................................................ 32-4 32-4 33
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-1 33-1
Replacing digital shelf equipment
PRELIMINARY
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-2 33-2
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
............................................................................................ 33-3 33-3
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM .................................................................................................................................. 33-7 33-7 Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver .................................................................................................... 33-16 33-16 Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
...................................................................................................... 33-21 33-21
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD x Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack ........................................................................................................ 33-28 33-28 Ancillary components Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-45 33-45 Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module
...................................................................................................... 33-46 33-46
PRELIMINARY
Contents
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box .................................................................................................................... 33-49 33-49 Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel ................................................................................................... 33-52 33-52 Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA ............................................................................................................... 33-56 33-56 34
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-1 34-1
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module .......................................................... 34-2 34-2 Procedure 34-2: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module ................................................................................. 34-12 34-12 Procedure 34-3: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module ............................................................................ 34-16 34-16 A
General Appendixes Directory
B
..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1 A-1
References Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... B-1 B-1 Reissue history .......................................................................................................................................................................... B-1 B-1
C
Abbreviations Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... C-1 C-1 Abbreviations
D
............................................................................................................................................................................ C-1 C-1
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
Product conformance statements Overview
..................................................................................................................................................................................... E-1 E-1
China ............................................................................................................................................................................................. E-1 E-1 European Union ........................................................................................................................................................................ E-3 E-3 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xi 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E
................................................................................................................................... D-1 D-1
PRELIMINARY
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F
FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes Directory ...................................................................................................................................................................................... F-1 F-1
G
LED status Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... G-1 G-1 eCCM-U LED status
.............................................................................................................................................................. G-1 G-1
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status bCEM LED status
............................................................................................................................................ G-5 G-5
................................................................................................................................................................. G-11 G-11
RRH LED status .................................................................................................................................................................... G-13 G-13 H
Update 9926 BBU software loads Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... H-1 H-1 Required software and eCCM-U identification ............................................................................................................ H-2 H-2 Procedure H-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U ..................................................................... H-4 H-4 Procedure H-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system ........................................................... H-5 H-5 Procedure H-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC ....................................................................... H-6 H-6 Procedure H-4: Download release notes ......................................................................................................................... H-9 H-9 Procedure H-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system ............................................................................... H-10 H-10
I
Recommission 9926 BBU Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................... I-1 I-1 Requirements Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................... I-2 I-2 Documentation Requirements ............................................................................................................................................... I-2 I-2 Hardware Requirements .......................................................................................................................................................... I-3 I-3
PRELIMINARY
Software Requirements
........................................................................................................................................................... I-4 I-4
Recommissioning scenarios Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................... I-6 I-6 Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM ................................................................ I-7 I-7 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................... I-13 I-13
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file ....................................... I-18 I-18 Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning ................................................ I-23 I-23 Procedure I-5: Set OAM Routing ...................................................................................................................................... I-27 I-27 J
PRELIMINARY
Contents
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address ........................................................................................................ J-1 J-1
K
TDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes Directory
L
..................................................................................................................................................................................... K-1 K-1
LED status Overview
..................................................................................................................................................................................... L-1 L-1
eCCM-U LED status ............................................................................................................................................................... L-1 L-1 eCCM2-HR LED status ......................................................................................................................................................... L-5 L-5 bCEM LED status .................................................................................................................................................................. L-11 L-11 RRH LED status ..................................................................................................................................................................... L-13 L-13 M
Update 9926 BBU software loads Overview .................................................................................................................................................................................... M-1 M-1 Required software and CCM identification ................................................................................................................... M-2 M-2 Factory loads ............................................................................................................................................................................. M-4 M-4 Replacing failed controllers with a spare ....................................................................................................................... M-5 M-5 Procedure M-1: Establish connection between NEM and CCM ........................................................................... M-6 M-6 Procedure M-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system .......................................................... M-7 M-7 Procedure M-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC ..................................................................... M-8 M-8 Procedure M-4: Download release notes
..................................................................................................................... M-11 M-11
N
Recommission 9926 BBU Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... N-1 N-1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xiii 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Procedure M-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system ............................................................................. M-12 M-12
PRELIMINARY
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Requirements Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... N-2 N-2 Documentation Requirements ............................................................................................................................................. N-2 N-2 Hardware Requirements ........................................................................................................................................................ N-3 N-3 Software Requirements
........................................................................................................................................................ N-4 N-4
Recommissioning scenarios Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... N-6 N-6 Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM ............................................................ N-7 N-7 Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order .................................... N-13 N-13 Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file ................................... N-18 N-18 Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
................................................... N-23 N-23
Procedure N-5: Set OAM Routing .................................................................................................................................. N-27 N-27 O
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address ..................................................................................................... O-1 O-1
P
Restore from Factory Mode Procedure Procedure P-1: Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode .............................................................................................. P-1 P-1
PRELIMINARY
Index
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xiv Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
1
What's new for Issue 0.23
.................................................................................................................................... xxix
2
How to use this document
..................................................................................................................................... xxx
1-1
Signal words for hazard severity .......................................................................................................................... 1-3
2-1
lightRadio 9712 OD BS small configurations
2-2
lightRadio 9712 OD BS compact configurations
2-3
lightRadio 9712 OD BS large configurations
3-1
LR 9712 OD BS preventive maintenance schedule ...................................................................................... 3-2
4-1
LTE and WCDMA alarms reported to 5620 SAM or 9353 WMS ........................................................... 4-2
4-2
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station alarms ................................................................................................ 4-3
4-3
Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio power system alarms
5-1
EPSU rectifier LED status ...................................................................................................................................... 5-4 5-4
5-2
SCU LED status
6-1
DPSU rectifier LED status
7-1
LTE 9926 BBU component replacement procedures
8-1
RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications
8-2
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview
9-1
CCM connector changes
9-2
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM ..................................................................................... 9-6
9-3
CCM connector changes ....................................................................................................................................... 9-29
9-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
9-5
CPRI interface SFP optical modules
9-6
Backhaul interface SFP optical modules
10-1
bCEM replacement procedure (rack-mounted) ............................................................................................ 10-4
PRELIMINARY
List of tables
................................................................................................ 2-2 .......................................................................................... 2-3
................................................................................................. 2-4
........................................................................................... 4-4
...................................................................................................................................................... 5-17 5-17 ..................................................................................................................................... 6-4 ................................................................................... 7-2
....................................................................................................... 8-4 .......................................................................................... 8-6
......................................................................................................................................... 9-5
....................................................................... 9-30
........................................................................................................ 9-65
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xv 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................ 9-62
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
List of tables ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16-1
Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation
........................................................................... 16-4
16-2
Configure 9926 BBU hardware procedure overview
16-3
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation procedure overview
17-1
Install second bCEMP1.1 hardware procedure overview
17-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation procedure overview ................................................. 17-6
19-1
Signal words for hazard severity
20-1
Hot-swapped components
20-2
Required tools
20-3
Torque requirements for mechanical connections ....................................................................................... 20-5
21-1
9926 BBU component replacement procedures
21-2
RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications
21-3
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview
21-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM ................................................................................ 21-19
21-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM ..................................................................... 21-44
21-6
bCEM replacement procedure (rack-mounted)
25-1
Single-carrier operation with multiple RRHs parameters ...................................................................... 25-16
B-1
What's new for Issue 0.21 ...................................................................................................................................... B-1
B-2
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.20
............................................................................................................ B-2
B-3
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.14
............................................................................................................ B-2
B-4
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.12
............................................................................................................ B-2
B-5
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.09
............................................................................................................ B-3
G-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
G-2
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads
G-3
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
G-4
Four LED bCEM status
I-1
Fixed OAM IP address alpha parameters
I-2
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
................................................................................ 16-6 .................................................... 16-7
........................................................................ 17-6
....................................................................................................................... 19-3
.................................................................................................................................... 20-2
.......................................................................................................................................................... 20-3 20-3
.......................................................................................... 21-2
.................................................................................................... 21-5 ........................................................................................ 21-7
......................................................................................... 21-76
.............................................................................................. G-2 .......................................................................... G-3
............................................................................................................................................. G-4 G-4 ....................................................................................................................................... G-11 .......................................................................................................... I-7 ......................................................................................... I-8
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xvi Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I-3
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads ....................................................................................... I-8
I-4
Delta work order alpha parameters .................................................................................................................... I-13
I-5
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
I-6
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
I-7
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
I-8
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
L-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
L-2
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads ........................................................................... L-3
L-3
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
L-4
Four LED bCEM status
M-1
FDD factory loads
................................................................................................................................................... M-4 M-4
M-2
TDD factory loads
................................................................................................................................................... M-4 M-4
N-1
Fixed OAM IP address alpha parameters
N-2
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
N-3
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads ..................................................................................... N-8
N-4
Delta work order alpha parameters .................................................................................................................. N-13
N-5
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
N-6
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
N-7
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
N-8
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
....................................................................................... I-14 .................................................................................... I-14
PRELIMINARY
List of tables
....................................................................................... I-19 .................................................................................... I-19
............................................................................................... L-2
.............................................................................................................................................. L-4 L-4 ........................................................................................................................................ L-11
........................................................................................................ N-7 ....................................................................................... N-8
..................................................................................... N-14 .................................................................................. N-14
..................................................................................... N-19 .................................................................................. N-19
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xvii 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
List of tables ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xviii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
1-1
Structure of safety statements
............................................................................................................................... 1-2
4-1
LR 9712 OD BS RRH PDP ................................................................................................................................. 4-13
4-2
LR 9712 OD BS RRH PDP surge protector .................................................................................................. 4-18
4-3
Replace eAMoB
...................................................................................................................................................... 4-23 4-23
6-1
DPSU Controller
..................................................................................................................................................... 6-26 6-26
7-1
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view ........................................................................................... 7-2
8-1
RUC/Fan Tray module ............................................................................................................................................. 8-3 8-3
8-2
RUC/Fan Tray connections .................................................................................................................................... 8-3
9-1
eCCM-U faceplate
9-2
eCCM2 faceplate
9-3
eCCM-U faceplate
9-4
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-28 9-28
9-5
eCCM-U front panel
9-6
9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection diagram
10-1
Replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU ................................................................................................. 10-3
10-2
bCEM faceplate
11-1
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
15-1
bCEM faceplate
....................................................................................................................................................... 15-2 15-2
16-1
bCEM faceplate
....................................................................................................................................................... 16-3 16-3
16-2
Dual-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs
17-1
bCEM faceplate
17-2
Dual-carrier, single-band 9926 BBU
17-3
RRH cabling for dual-carrier, single-band configuration
PRELIMINARY
List of figures
.................................................................................................................................................... 9-4 9-4
....................................................................................................................................................... 9-4 9-4 .................................................................................................................................................. 9-28 9-28
.............................................................................................................................................. 9-61 9-61 .................................................................................................... 9-64
....................................................................................................................................................... 10-3 10-3 ....................................................................................... 11-2
......................................................................................................... 16-3
............................................................................................................... 17-3 ...................................................................... 17-20
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xix 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................... 17-2 17-2
PRELIMINARY
List of figures ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19-1
Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................. 19-2
21-1
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
21-2
RUC/Fan Tray module
21-3
RUC/Fan Tray connections
21-4
eCCM-U faceplate
21-5
eCCM2-HR faceplate .......................................................................................................................................... 21-18 21-18
21-6
eCCM-U faceplate
21-7
eCCM2-HR faceplate .......................................................................................................................................... 21-43 21-43
21-8
Replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU
21-9
bCEM faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 21-75 21-75
........................................................................................ 21-2
.......................................................................................................................................... 21-4 ................................................................................................................................. 21-5
............................................................................................................................................... 21-18 21-18
............................................................................................................................................... 21-43 21-43
.............................................................................................. 21-75
21-10 Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack .......................................................................................................................... 21-86
PRELIMINARY
21-11 Replace eAM
....................................................................................................................................................... 21-106 21-106
24-1
bCEM faceplate
....................................................................................................................................................... 24-2 24-2
25-1
Single cell with multiple RRHs
25-2
Configure single cell with multiple RRHs process diagram
25-3
Rack-mounted BBU with eAM
25-4
bCEM faceplate
31-1
9926 BBU 4U front view
31-2
Location of modules in 9926 BBU 4U
31-3
Front view of the 9926 BBU 4U with LPPCM and External Alarm module .................................... 31-4
31-4
Front view of the 9926 BBU 4U with LPPCM and enhanced Alarm Module
33-1
eCEM-U front panel ............................................................................................................................................... 33-3 33-3
33-2
xCCM-U-GE configuration front panel .......................................................................................................... 33-7
33-3
eCCM-U-GE configuration front panel
33-4
Extracting a CCM
33-5
Location of the DIP switch on the eCCM-U ............................................................................................... 33-11
33-6
DIP switch settings on the eCCM-U
......................................................................................................................... 25-2 ................................................................... 25-3
......................................................................................................................... 25-6
....................................................................................................................................................... 25-6 25-6 ..................................................................................................................................... 31-2 ........................................................................................................... 31-3
................................. 31-5
.......................................................................................................... 33-7
................................................................................................................................................... 33-9 33-9
............................................................................................................. 33-12
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xx Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
33-7
Location of optical connectors in the 9926 BBU 4U
33-8
9926 BBU 4U fan rack module view
33-9
Extracting a fan rack module ............................................................................................................................ 33-23
33-10 RUC and fan rack module
.............................................................................. 33-17
............................................................................................................ 33-21
................................................................................................................................. 33-24
PRELIMINARY
List of figures
33-11 Location of the management sticker .............................................................................................................. 33-31 33-12 Extracting the CEM and CCM 33-13 LPPCM module front panel
........................................................................................................................ 33-33
.............................................................................................................................. 33-46
33-14 Front panel of the MLP box .............................................................................................................................. 33-49 33-15 Location of the DC Breaker Panel in the cabinet ...................................................................................... 33-52 33-16 DC Breaker Panel - detailed view 33-17 Hose clamp screws tightening
.................................................................................................................. 33-53
......................................................................................................................... 33-59
34-1
WCDMA TRDU60-21 sub-rack assembly
.................................................................................................... 34-3
34-2
WCDMA TRDU60-21 front panel
34-3
WCDMA TRDU60–21B front panel
34-4
Power switch on TRDU60-21 TRDU front panel ....................................................................................... 34-8
34-5
ICO module front panel ...................................................................................................................................... 34-12
34-6
TRCU module front panel
34-7
Power and alarm cables connected on TRCU front panel
D-1
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 01 .......................................................................................................... 0-1
D-2
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 04bcdef .............................................................................................. D-2
D-3
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 08b
...................................................................................................... D-3
D-4
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 04x
...................................................................................................... D-4
D-5
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 06a
...................................................................................................... D-5
D-6
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 07w
..................................................................................................... D-5
D-7
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 07/07n ................................................................................................ D-6
D-8
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 03 ......................................................................................................... D-7
D-9
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 05 ......................................................................................................... D-8
................................................................................................................... 34-4 ............................................................................................................... 34-5
................................................................................................................................. 34-16 ..................................................................... 34-19
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxi 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
List of figures ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-10
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 05b
...................................................................................................... D-9
D-11
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 06
D-12
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 09c
D-13
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 09d .................................................................................................... D-12
D-14
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 11ab .................................................................................................. D-13
D-15
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 12/12a .............................................................................................. D-14
D-16
lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 10a
G-1
eCCM-U LED matrix
G-2
eCCM2 LED Matrix ................................................................................................................................................ G-5 G-5
G-3
eCCM2 CMA 3 and 4
G-4
eCCM2 CMA 2
......................................................................................................................................................... G-7 G-7
G-5
eCCM2 CMA 1
......................................................................................................................................................... G-7 G-7
G-6
eCCM2 SYNC 4
....................................................................................................................................................... G-8 G-8
G-7
eCCM2 SYNC 3
....................................................................................................................................................... G-8 G-8
G-8
eCCM2 SYNC 2
....................................................................................................................................................... G-9 G-9
G-9
eCCM2 SYNC 1
....................................................................................................................................................... G-9 G-9
G-10
eCCM2 LNK 1, 2, 3, and 4
L-1
eCCM-U LED matrix
L-2
eCCM2 LED Matrix
L-3
eCCM2-HR CMA 3 and 4
L-4
eCCM2-HR CMA 2
................................................................................................................................................. L-7 L-7
L-5
eCCM2-HR CMA 1
................................................................................................................................................. L-7 L-7
L-6
eCCM2-HR SYNC 4
............................................................................................................................................... L-8 L-8
L-7
eCCM2-HR SYNC 3
............................................................................................................................................... L-8 L-8
L-8
eCCM2-HR SYNC 2
............................................................................................................................................... L-9 L-9
L-9
eCCM2-HR SYNC 1
............................................................................................................................................... L-9 L-9
L-10
eCCM2-HR LNK 1, 2, 3, and 4
...................................................................................................... D-10 .................................................................................................... D-11
.................................................................................................... D-15
............................................................................................................................................. G-2 G-2
............................................................................................................................................. G-6
................................................................................................................................ G-10
.............................................................................................................................................. L-2 L-2
................................................................................................................................................ L-5 L-5 ..................................................................................................................................... L-6
........................................................................................................................ L-10
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xxii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
List of procedures Part II: LR 9712 OD BS Cabinet Maintenance 3
4
5
Preventive Maintenance 3-1
Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches
3-2
Inspect door gasket
3-3
Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers .................................................................................................... 3-8
3-4
Replace fresh-air filter ........................................................................................................................................... 3-10 3-10
3-5
Inspect/clean facility
3-6
VRLA battery maintenance
............................................................................................................ 3-4
................................................................................................................................................... 3-7 3-7
.............................................................................................................................................. 3-13 3-13 ................................................................................................................................. 3-14
Corrective Maintenance 4-1
Power-up LR 9712 OD BS
4-2
Power-down LR 9712 OD BS
4-3
Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
4-4
Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
4-5
Replace RRH PDP surge protector
4-6
Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS
4-7
Replace batteries ...................................................................................................................................................... 4-25 4-25
................................................................................................................................... 4-6 ............................................................................................................................. 4-8 ..................................................................................................................... 4-10 ......................................................................................................... 4-13
................................................................................................................... 4-18 .............................................................................................................. 4-22
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance 5-1
Replace EPSU rectifier ............................................................................................................................................ 5-4 5-4
5-2
Add EPSU rectifiers
5-3
Replace EPSU ACU ............................................................................................................................................... 5-10 5-10
5-4
Replace EPSU SCU
5-5
Replace empty EPSU shelf .................................................................................................................................. 5-21
5-6
Replace assembled EPSU
................................................................................................................................................. 5-9 5-9
.................................................................................................................................... 5-26
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxiii 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
............................................................................................................................................... 5-17 5-17
PRELIMINARY
List of procedures ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
5-7
Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
5-8
Set up PC and connect to Web GUI
5-9
Connect to GUI
5-10
Maintenance
.................................................................................................... 5-29
................................................................................................................. 5-34
........................................................................................................................................................ 5-37 5-37
.............................................................................................................................................................. 5-40 5-40
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance 6-1
Replace DPSU rectifier
6-2
Replace DPSU Controller ....................................................................................................................................... 6-8 6-8
6-3
Replace DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module
6-4
Replace DPSU AC Input Module (AIM)
6-5
Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
........................................................................................................................................... 6-4 6-4
.............................................................................................. 6-11
....................................................................................................... 6-16
................................................................................................................. 6-21
Part III: FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance 8
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure 8-1
9
10
9-1
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
9-2
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM ............................................................... 9-26
9-3
Replace SFP transceivers
PRELIMINARY
........................................................................................................ 9-2
..................................................................................................................................... 9-60 9-60
bCEM Replacement Procedure Replace bCEM
......................................................................................................................................................... 10-2 10-2
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure 11-1
13
...................................................................................................... 8-1
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
10-1 11
Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................... 11-1
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU 13-1
Install a new bCEM ................................................................................................................................................ 13-2 13-2
13-2
Remove existing bCEM ........................................................................................................................................ 13-4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xxiv Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Add new cell to 9926 BBU 14-1
15
17
18
................................................................................................................................. 14-3
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 15-1
16
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 ............................................................................................................... 15-4
PRELIMINARY
List of procedures
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation 16-1
Configure 9926 BBU hardware
16-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems
......................................................................................................................... 16-9 ..................................................... 16-12
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation 17-1
Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation
17-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation
................................................................... 17-9
....................................................................................... 17-12
Reconfiguring cells 18-1
Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................... 18-1
Part IV: TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance 21
22
21-1
Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
21-2
Replace CCM using NEM ................................................................................................................................. 21-16
21-3
Replace CCM using SAM
21-4
Replace bCEM ....................................................................................................................................................... 21-74 21-74
21-5
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack .......................................................................................................................... 21-85
21-6
Replace eAM
............................................................................................................. 21-3
................................................................................................................................. 21-41
....................................................................................................................................................... 21-105 21-105
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU 22-1
Install a new bCEM ................................................................................................................................................ 22-2 22-2
22-2
Remove existing bCEM ........................................................................................................................................ 22-4
Add new cell to 9926 BBU 23-1
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
................................................................................................................................. 23-3
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxv 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
23
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
PRELIMINARY
List of procedures ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
24
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 24-1
25
Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 ............................................................................................................... 24-4
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage 25-1
Install 9926 BBU V2
25-2
Configure 9926 BBU for single-carrier operation .................................................................................... 25-14
............................................................................................................................................. 25-9
Part V: GSM – Corrective Maintenance 26
Replace SUMX 19 Inch 26-1
27
Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch 27-1
28
Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................. 28-2
Replace MC-RRH Unit 29-1
30
Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch ........................................................................................................ 27-3
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch 28-1
29
Replace SUMX 19 Inch ........................................................................................................................................ 26-3
How to Replace RRH Module
........................................................................................................................... 29-2
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit 30-1
How to Replace RRH Module
........................................................................................................................... 30-2
30-2
Replace SFP Module on RRH
............................................................................................................................ 30-9
Part VI: W-CDMA 9926 DBS 4U - Maintenance
PRELIMINARY
32
33
Power Up and Power Down Procedures 32-1
Power up the 9926 DBS 4U
32-2
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U
................................................................................................................................ 32-2 ......................................................................................................................... 32-4
Corrective Maintenance Procedures 33-1
Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
33-2
Replacing a CCM .................................................................................................................................................... 33-7 33-7
33-3
Replacing an optical transceiver
.............................................................................................................. 33-3
..................................................................................................................... 33-16
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xxvi Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34
H
I
J
33-4
Replacing the fan rack module
33-5
Replacing the pre-cabled rack .......................................................................................................................... 33-28
33-6
Replacing the LPPCM module
33-7
Replacing the MLP box ...................................................................................................................................... 33-49
33-8
Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
33-9
Replacing the AISG TMA
........................................................................................................................ 33-46
.................................................................................................................... 33-52
................................................................................................................................. 33-56
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure 34-1
Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module ............................................................................ 34-2
34-2
Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module
34-3
Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module .............................................................................................. 34-16
.................................................................................................. 34-12
Update 9926 BBU software loads H-1
Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U ...................................................................................... H-4
H-2
Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system ............................................................................ H-5
H-3
Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
H-4
Download release notes .......................................................................................................................................... H-9 H-9
H-5
Update to current LTE RAN load on system
....................................................................................... H-6
............................................................................................... H-10
Recommission 9926 BBU I-1
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
I-2
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
...................................................... I-13
I-3
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
..................................................... I-18
I-4
Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
I-5
Set OAM Routing
.............................................................................. I-7
.............................................................. I-23
.................................................................................................................................................... I-27 I-27
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................... J-1
Update 9926 BBU software loads M-1
Establish connection between NEM and CCM
............................................................................................ M-6
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxvii 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
J-1 M
........................................................................................................................ 33-21
PRELIMINARY
List of procedures
PRELIMINARY
List of procedures ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N
O
M-2
Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
M-3
Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
M-4
Download release notes
M-5
Update to current LTE RAN load on system
...................................................................................................................................... M-11 .............................................................................................. M-12
N-1
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
N-2
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
.................................................... N-13
N-3
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
................................................... N-18
N-4
Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning .................................................................... N-23
N-5
Set OAM Routing
............................................................................ N-7
.................................................................................................................................................. N-27 N-27
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR Change CCM static MAC address
..................................................................................................................... O-1
Restore from Factory Mode Procedure P-1
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................... M-8
Recommission 9926 BBU
O-1 P
........................................................................... M-7
Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode .............................................................................................................. P-1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xxviii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
About this document
PRELIMINARY
About this document
Purpose
The purpose of this document is to describe the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station (lightRadio 9712 OD BS). The document contains information related to items applicable for multiple cabinet configurations. Take into account that some configurations are market specific. For more details on available configurations in your area please contact Alcatel-Lucent Customer Service. What's new
The reissue history of this document is shown in Appendix B, “References” Table 1 Feature/enhancement
What's new for Issue 0.23 Description
Location
Added RRH PDP replacement procedures
Procedures to replace RRH PDP and RRH PDP surge protector in 21U Compact cabinet.
Procedure 4-4: “Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS ” (p. 4-13)
Added WCDMA TRDU60-21 TRDU replacement procedure
Procedures to replace TRDU60-21 TRDU in 21U Compact cabinet.
Chapter 34, “WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure”
Added the following outdoor configurations:
“lightRadio outdoor configurations” (p. 2-1)
Documentation changes
Procedure 4-5: “Replace RRH PDP surge protector” (p. 4-18)
Configurations Configuration updates
OD Config 12 (CRI 1338236.03)
•
OD Config 12a (CRI 1338263.03)
•
OD Config 09d (CRI 1338274.03)
Appendix D, “lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts”
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxix 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
PRELIMINARY
About this document ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intended audience
The audience for this document is operations and maintenance personnel providing preventive and corrective maintenance for lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station, with LTE, GSM, and WCDMA products. Supported systems
This document supports the Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station with system release LR13.3 intended for the EMEA and APAC markets. The release LR13.3 refers to the following technology releases: LTE LR13.3.L, W-CDMA LR13.3.W, and GSM B12.2. How to use this document
This maintenance guide provides preventive and corrective maintenance for lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station, and LTE, GSM, and WCDMA products. The following table describes the major parts of the guide.
PRELIMINARY
Table 2
How to use this document
Document Organization
When to use
Part I: “Safety”
Describes safety information for the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS, and LTE, GSM, and W-CDMA products.
Part II: “ LR 9712 OD BS Cabinet Maintenance”
Describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS (LR 9712 OD BS).
Part III: “FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance”
Describes the corrective maintenance procedures for the FDD LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (d2Uv5) (9926 BBU).
Part IV: “TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance”
Describes the corrective maintenance procedures for the TDD LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (d2Uv5) (9926 BBU).
Part V: “GSM – Corrective Maintenance”
Describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the GSM SUMX 19 Inch.
Part VI: “W-CDMA 9926 DBS 4U Maintenance”
Describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA (9926 DBS 4U - W-CDMA).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xxx Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2
How to use this document
(continued)
Document Organization
When to use
Appendix A, “General Appendixes”
Provides a directory that lists the general appendixes in this guide: references, abbreviations, and conformance.
Appendix F, “FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes”
Provides a directory that lists the FDD LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (d2Uv5) (9926 BBU). appendixes related to Part III: “FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance”.
Appendix K, “TDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes”
Provides a directory that lists the TDD LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (d2Uv5) (9926 BBU). appendixes related to Part IV: “TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance”.
PRELIMINARY
About this document
Safety information
For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences. Prerequisites
It is recommended that readers become familiar with the following prerequisites: • • •
Knowledge of the operation and maintenance for the GSM SUMX-19 (2G) Knowledge of the operation and maintenance for the WCDMA Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA (3G) Knowledge of the operation and maintenance for the LTE RAN Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (4G)
Conventions used
The following conventions are used throughout this document.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xxxi 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
About this document ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Vocabulary conventions
For a list of terms used in this document, refer: • • •
For W-CDMA: Alcatel-Lucent W-CDMA System - Terminology, 3MN-01111-0001TQZZA For LTE: Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Terminology Overview, 9YZ-05817-0003-TQZZA. For GSM: Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Glossary, 3MN-01075-0008PCZZA
Related information
Referenced documents are listed in each technology part of this guide. Document support
For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document, contact Alcatel-Lucent at the following telephone numbers. From United States •
If you are using a landline, a cellular phone or VoIP, dial this number: 1-888-582-3688
From other countries • •
If you are using a cellular phone or VoIP, dial this number: +1-630-224-2485 If you are using a landline (phone without a plus [+] character), replace the plus sign with your country's exit code. Dial this number: Exit code for the country of origin: 1-630-224-2485. See the country-specific exit codes listed here.
These numbers apply for document support only. Please see the section “Technical support” for details about product hardware, software, and technical support. Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact information. How to order
PRELIMINARY
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents, contact your local sales representative or use Online Customer Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com). How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatellucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline (
[email protected]). .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD xxxii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Part I: Safety
Overview Purpose
This part presents the safety information for the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS, and LTE, GSM, and W-CDMA products. Contents Chapter 1, lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
1-1
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Safety
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1
l1ightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Overview Purpose
This chapter provides the product safety information for the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station. Contents Structure of safety statements
1-2
General precautions for installation procedures
1-3
Specific safety hazards
1-4
Hazard types and hazard-specific symbols
1-7
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Structure of safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Structure of safety statements Overview
This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document. General structure
Safety statements include the following structural elements: Figure 1-1 Structure of safety statements
E L P M
CAUTION
Lifting hazard
SA
Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injury due to the size and weight of the equipment.
PRELIMINARY
Always use three people or a lifting device to transport and position this equipment. [ABC123]
Item
Structure element
Purpose
1
Safety alert symbol
Indicates the potential for personal injury (optional)
2
Safety symbol
Indicates hazard type (optional)
3
Signal word
Indicates the severity of the hazard
4
Hazard type
Describes the source of the risk of damage or injury
5
Safety message
Consequences if protective measures fail
6
Avoidance message
Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
7
Identifier
The reference ID of the safety statement (optional)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 1-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Structure of safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Signal words
The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows: Table 1-1
Signal words for hazard severity
Signal word
Meaning
DANGER
Indicates an extremely hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
Indicates a hazardous situation not related to personal injury.
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Within this document, the safety label typically includes additional information such as the hazard type, a description of the damage that can be caused, and the steps that should be taken to avoid the hazard.
General precautions for installation procedures Overview
The following general precautions must be observed for installation procedures.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
General precautions for installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Personal injury Failure to observe these safety precautions may result in personal injury or damage to equipment. To avoid personal injury or damage to equipment, observe the following instructions: • •
Read and understand all instructions. Follow all warnings and instructions marked on this product.
•
Installation and maintenance procedures must be followed and performed by trained personnel only. The equipment must be provided with a readily accessible disconnect device as part of site preparation.
• • • • • • • •
Grounding and circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the equipment. Never operate the equipment with grounding/bonding conductor disconnected. Install only equipment identified in the product's installation manual. Use of other equipment may result in an improper connection which could lead to fire or injury. Use caution when installing or modifying telecommunications lines. The product has multiple power inputs. Before servicing, Disconnect all inputs to reduce the risk of energy hazards. Never install telecommunications wiring during a lightning storm. Never install telecommunications connections in wet locations. Never touch uninsulated telecommunications wiring or terminals unless the telecommunications line has been disconnected at the interface.
Specific safety hazards Overview
This topic reviews specific hazards for installation and/or maintenance.
DANGER
PRELIMINARY
Lightning Strikes! Lightning strikes are possible during stormy weather, and could result in death or severe injury. Do not work on the installation itself or on the power supply lines or antenna feeders of a cell site during stormy weather.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 1-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Energy Hazard! Some parts of all electrical installations are energized. Failure to observe this fact and the safety warnings may lead to bodily injury and property damage. For this reason, only trained and qualified personnel (electrical workers as defined in IEC 215 + A1 or EN 60215) may install or service the installation.
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
WARNING Energy Hazard! The power supply lines to the network element are energized. Short circuits can cause burns to the face and hands. Open the load disconnect switch in the distribution box to completely de-energize the network element.
WARNING Beryllium Oxide Poisoning Hazard! The transmitter units include components which contain beryllium oxide (BeO). In this form, BeO ceramics do not constitute a hazardous material as long as this material is not destroyed by external mechanical forces. In the event that repair work is carried out by the customer or by third parties, the following regulations must be observed: • •
Applicable version of the Regulation on Hazardous Materials in the Workplace Appropriate accident prevention regulations.
The following must be specifically observed: •
Do not eat, drink, or smoke in areas where work is taking place on BeO ceramic components.
•
Wash your hands carefully under running water after working with BeO ceramic components.
If the following symptoms occur, contact a physician: Irritation of the respiratory organs Difficulty breathing or skin irritation.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Laser hazard This equipment operates with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation can cause considerable injuries to the eyes. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector when the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions.
WARNING Laser hazard The light from laser and high-radiance LED's may cause eye damage if absorbed by the retina. In the US consult ANSI Z136.2, in Europe consult IEC-60825 Safety of laser products, for guidance on the safe use of optical fiber communication systems in the workplace.
NOTICE Condensation may cause a short circuit! Sudden changes in the weather may lead to the formation of condensation on components. Operating the unit when condensation moisture is present can destroy the unit.
PRELIMINARY
Units which show signs of condensation must be dried before installation.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 1-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE Electrostatically Sensitive Components! Semiconductor elements can be damaged by static discharges. The following rules must be complied with when handling any module containing semiconductor components: •
Wear conductive or antistatic work clothes (for example, a coat made of 100% cotton).
• • • •
Wear grounded ESD wrist strap. Wear shoes with conductive soles. Leave the modules in their original packaging until ready for use. Make sure there is no difference in potential between yourself, the workplace, and the package before removing, unpacking, or packing a module. Hold the module only by the grip without touching the connection pins, tracks, or components. Place modules removed from the equipment on a conductive surface. Test or handle the module only with grounded tools on grounded equipment. Handle defective modules exactly like new ones to avoid causing further damage.
• • • •
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Hazard types and hazard-specific symbols This section shows the hazard-specific symbols used in hazard statements. The symbol is a graphic that indicates the hazard type. The personal injury symbol (an exclamation point in a triangle) is a special symbol that is used on all danger and warning hazard statements and on those caution statements that involve a risk of personal injury. User-defined hazard types do not have special symbols. When present, the symbols will be shown in the form that would be used in a warning safety instruction. Except for color, the symbol is the same for all severities. Symbols Hazard type symbol
Hazard type Personal injury symbol
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Battery acid hazard
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Hazard types and hazard-specific symbols
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hazard type symbol
Hazard type Corrosive substance hazard
Electric shock hazard
ESD hazard
Explosion hazard
Fall hazard
Falling object hazard
Fire hazard
Flammable material hazard
Hot surface hazard
Inhalation hazard
Laceration hazard
PRELIMINARY
Laser hazard
Lifting hazard
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 1-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Hazard types and hazard-specific symbols
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hazard type symbol
Hazard type Noxious substance hazard
Overhead load hazard
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Pinch hazard
RF hazard
Slip hazard
Suffocation hazard
Trip hazard
Service disruption hazard
Equipment damage hazard
No symbol defined
User-defined hazard
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS Safety
Hazard types and hazard-specific symbols
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 1-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Part II: LR 9712 OD BS Cabinet Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This part describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS (LR 9712 OD BS). Contents Chapter 2, Product Overview
2-1
Chapter 3, Preventive Maintenance
3-1
Chapter 4, Corrective Maintenance
4-1
Chapter 5, Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance
5-1
Chapter 6, Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance
6-1
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
LR 9712 OD BS Cabinet Maintenance
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD II-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
2
Product Overview 2
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS. Additional information can be found in the Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Technical Description, 9YZ-05817-0062-DEZZA. Contents lightRadio outdoor configurations
2-1
lightRadio outdoor configurations Overview
A configuration of the lightRadio 9712 OD BS consists of a compact, small or large stacked cabinet with baseband, radio equipment inside to support 2G/3G/4G multi-band deployment.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Product Overview
lightRadio outdoor configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configuration description
The lightRadio 9712 OD BS small configurations are described in the table bellow: Table 2-1
lightRadio 9712 OD BS small configurations
Configuration
OD Config 01
Market targeted
Global Market (GM)
(13U 2G+3G+4G GM)
Cabinet type
Supported modules
Small cabinet
GSM option: SUMX19
Plinth 150 mm or 275 mm
W-CDMA option:
DC power Small PDP breaker
BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
DC heater option
LTE option: BBU 2U v5 External RRH (2G, 3G, 4G) eAMoB
OD Config 04bcdef (13U 3G or 4G or 2G+3G or 2G+4G or 3G+4G + Bat GM)
Global Market (GM) with three variants:
Small cabinet
GSM: SUMX19 (4c/4e)
Plinth 150 mm or 275 mm
4b (4G)
AC power
W-CDMA: BBU 4U v3 (4d)
4c (2G+4G)
Small PDP breaker
4d (3G)
Rectifier shelf
4e (2G+3G)
One rack battery 90Ah
4f (3G+4G)
AC heater option
LTE : BBU 2U v5 (4b/4c/4f)
up to one auxiliary PDP option
4b/4c: External RRH (2G, 4G)
W-CDMA : BBU 2U v3 (4e/4f)
4d: External RRH (3G) eAMoB OD Config 08b (13U 2G+4G GM)
Global Market (GM)
Small cabinet
GSM option: SUMX19
Plinth 275 mm
LTE: BBU 2U v5
DC power Small PDP breaker
up to 3 TRDU 1800 (2G or 4G)
DC heater
External RRH (2G, 4G)
PRELIMINARY
eAMoB
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 2-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The lightRadio 9712 OD BS compact configurations are described in the table bellow: Table 2-2
lightRadio 9712 OD BS compact configurations
Configuration
OD Config 04x
Market targeted
Global Market (GM)
(21U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM)
Cabinet type
Compact cabinet
GSM: SUMX19
Plinth 150 mm or 275 mm
W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 with LPPCM option
AC power Compact PDP breaker Rectifier shelf
OD Config 06a
Global Market (GM)
(21U 4G + Bat GM)
Supported modules
One rack battery 90Ah
LTE: up to two BBU 2U v5
Up to two auxiliary RRH PDP
External RRH (2G, 3G, 4G)
AC heater option
eAMoB
Compact cabinet
LTE: one BBU 2U v5
PRELIMINARY
Product Overview
Plinth 275 mm AC power Compact PDP breaker
up to 3TRDU 2600 (4G)
Rectifier shelf
up to 6 external RRH (4G)
One rack battery 90Ah up to one auxiliary PDP subrack TRDU 4G
eAMoB
AC heater option OD Config 07w
Global Market (GM)
(21U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM-2)
Compact cabinet Plinth 150 mm or 275 mm AC power Compact PDP breaker Rectifier shelf Two rack battery 90Ah up to two Auxiliary RRH PDP option
OD Config 07/7n (21U GM 3G+4G + Bat NAR)
North America (NAR)
GSM option: SUMX19 W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option LTE: up to two BBU 2U v5 External RRH (2G, 3G, 4G)
AC heater option
eAMoB
Compact cabinet
W-CDMA option: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
Plinth 275 mm AC power Compact PDP breaker
LTE option: BBU 2U v5
Rectifier shelf Two rack battery 90Ah
External RRH (2G, 4G) eAMoB
AC heater option
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
up to two Auxiliary PDP option
PRELIMINARY
Product Overview
lightRadio outdoor configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The lightRadio 9712 OD BS large configurations are described in the table bellow: Table 2-3
lightRadio 9712 OD BS large configurations
Configuration
OD Config 03
Market targeted
North America (NAR)
(21U+13U 4G + Bat NAR)
Cabinet type
compact and small stacked cabinet
Supported modules
LTE: two BBU 2U v5
Plinth 275 mm AC power
TRDU 700L, 700U and AWS
Small and compact PDP breaker Rectifier shelf
eAMoB
AC heater option OD Config 05
Global Market (GM)
(21U+13U 2G+3G+4G GM)
Compact and Small stacked cabinet Plinth 275 mm DC power Small and compact PDP breaker up to one Auxiliary PDP option subrack TRDU (4G) subrack TRDU 3G
OD Config 05b
Global Market (GM)
(21U+13U 2G+3G+4G GM-2)
Compact and Small stacked cabinet Plinth 275 mm DC power Small and compact PDP breaker AC heater option
GSM option: SUMX19 W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option LTE: BBU 2U v5 up to 6 TRDU 2100 (3G) up to 3 TRDU 2600 (4G) External RRH (2G, 3G, 4G) eAMoB GSM option: SUMX19 W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option LTE: BBU 2U v5 TRDU 900 (2G/3G) or TRDU 1800 (3G/4G) eAMoB
OD Config 06 (21U+13U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM)
Global Market (GM)
Compact and Small stacked cabinet
GSM option: SUMX19
Plinth 275 mm
W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
AC power Small and compact PDP breaker Rectifier shelf One rack battery 90Ah AC heater option
LTE: up to two BBU 2U v5 up to 6 TRDU 2100 (3G) External RRH (2G/3G/4G)
PRELIMINARY
Auxiliary PDP option subrack TRDU 3G
eAMoB
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 2-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-3
lightRadio 9712 OD BS large configurations
Configuration
OD Config 09c
Market targeted
Global Market (GM)
(21U+13U 2G+3G + Bat GM)
(continued)
Cabinet type
Compact and Small stacked cabinet
Supported modules
GSM: SUMX19
Plinth 275 mm AC power Small and compact PDP breaker Rectifier shelf One rack battery 90Ah
W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
PRELIMINARY
Product Overview
TRDU 900 (2G/3G) or TRDU 1800 (2G)
AC heater option Up to one auxiliary PDP option
eAMoB
subrack TRDU 3G OD Config 09d
Global Market (GM)
(21U+13U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM-2)
Compact and Small stacked cabinet
GSM: SUMX19
Plinth 275 mm AC power
W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
Small and compact PDP breaker
LTE option: BBU 2U v5
Rectifier shelf One rack battery 90Ah
TRDU 900 (2G/3G) or TRDU 1800 (2G/4G)
AC heater option
OD Config 11ab (21U+13U 3G+4G + Bat GM)
Global Market (GM)
Up to one auxiliary PDP option
eAMoB
Compact and Small stacked cabinet
W-CDMA: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
Plinth 275 mm AC power Compact cabinet: Compact PDP breaker
LTE: BBU 2U v5
Rectifier shelf One rack battery 90Ah AC heater option Up to one auxiliary PDP option
TRDU 2600 (LTE) external RRH (3G/4G)
Subrack TRDU 4G (11a) Small cabinet: Small PDP breaker AC heater option
eAMoB
Subrack TRDU 4G (11b)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Up to one auxiliary PDP option
PRELIMINARY
Product Overview
lightRadio outdoor configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-3
lightRadio 9712 OD BS large configurations
Configuration
OD Config 12/12a
Market targeted
Global Market (GM)
(21U+13U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM-3)
(continued)
Cabinet type
Supported modules
Compact and Small stacked cabinet
GSM option: SUMX19
Plinth 275 mm AC power
W-CDMA option: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
Small and compact PDP breaker
LTE option: BBU 2U v5
Rectifier shelf
3 TRDU 900 (2G or 2G+3G) or 1800 (2G or 4G) in small cabinet and 3 TRDU 2100-B1 (3G) in compact cabinet (12)
One rack battery 90Ah AC heater option Up to one auxiliary PDP option
3 TRDU 2100-B1 (3G) in small cabinet and 3 TRDU 900 (2G or 2G+3G) or 1800 (2G or 4G) in compact cabinet (12a) eAMoB
OD Config 10a (13U+Bat 2G+3G+4G GM)
Global Market (GM)
Small cabinet:
GSM option: SUMX19
AC power Small PDP breaker Rectifier shelf
W-CDMA option: BBU 4U or 2U v3 and LPPCM option
AC heater option Up to one auxiliary PDP option
LTE option: BBU 2U v5
lightRadio battery stacked cabinet:
external RRH (2G/3G/4G)
up to two string of 190Ah
PRELIMINARY
AC heater option
eAMoB
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 2-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
Preventive Maintenance 3
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes the maintenance procedures to check the door intrusion alarm, air intake and exhaust grills, and air filters for the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS. Contents Maintenance cycle
3-2
Procedure 3-1: Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches
3-4
Procedure 3-2: Inspect door gasket
3-7
Procedure 3-3: Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers
3-8
Procedure 3-4: Replace fresh-air filter
3-10
Procedure 3-5: Inspect/clean facility
3-13
Procedure 3-6: VRLA battery maintenance
3-14
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Maintenance cycle
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance cycle The following table outlines the preventive maintenance schedule for the LR 9712 OD BS. Table 3-1
LR 9712 OD BS preventive maintenance schedule
Procedure
Interval
Maintenance duration (approx.)
Tools required
Procedure 3-1: “Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches” (p. 3-4)
Every site visit or at least once a year
10 minutes
Door key
Procedure 3-2: “Inspect door gasket” (p. 3-7)
Every site visit, at least every 6 months
15 minutes
Door key
Procedure 3-3: “Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers” (p. 3-8)
Every site visit, at least every 6 months
5 minutes
None
Procedure 3-4: “Replace fresh-air filter” (p. 3-10)
When AIR FILTER 1/2 alarm is reported (see “Cabinet alarms” (p. 4-2) for details) , at least every 5 years
45 minutes
Flathead screwdriver
Procedure 3-5: “Inspect/clean facility” (p. 3-13)
Every site visit, at least once a year
20 minutes
Cleaning supplies
Procedure 3-6: “VRLA battery maintenance” (p. 3-14)
Every 6 months perform preventive maintenance
45 minutes
Voltmeter Commercial grade infrared thermometer Impedance tester Torque wrench
PRELIMINARY
Preliminary preventive maintenance procedures
For LR 9712 OD BS, in windy conditions, be careful when opening and closing cabinet doors to prevent damage to equipment or harm to people. Hold doors firmly until you properly secured the door latch mechanism. It is not recommended to do maintenance when the wind is over 70 km/h (43.5 mph). .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Maintenance cycle
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Precautions
CAUTION Impact on equipment All unused slots on a powered shelf must be equipped with filler modules. Filler modules maintain electromagnetic interference (EMI) integrity, and the fillers modules maintain shelf airflow patterns to ensure proper cooling.
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Attention: Personnel safety rules The personnel working on the cabinet must be authorized to work according to the applicable safety standards. Important! Important notice When any blank panel or cover is removed during a maintenance routine, it is imperative that these covers be reinstalled properly. The covers are required to ensure proper thermal control of the enclosure. Property damage precautions
WARNING Rain, snow, or high humidity weather conditions For outdoor cabinets, make sure that there is no water trapped on the top of the door gasket prior to opening doors. If water is present, wipe or sponge off water to avoid water from entering the eNodeB.
NOTICE ESD hazard Do not touch a circuit pack without proper electrostatic protection. When handling the Field Replacement Units (FRUs), use a grounded wrist strap to protect against electrostatic discharge. If ESD procedures are not followed, there is a risk of damage to the equipment.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-1: Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-1: Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to check the front-door and rear-panel intrusion alarm switches inside the LR 9712 OD BS. Note: One door intrusion alarm is used for both switches. See “Cabinet alarms” (p. 4-2), for details. Intervention time
5 minute Tools required
Key for door, if required Screwdriver Notice
NOTICE Service interruption Notify the OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. Steps
Perform the following procedure to check the front-door and rear-panel intrusion alarm switches. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Contact the OMC to check the door intrusion alarm status. Continue as follows: •
If alarm is off, continue with procedure to check operation of switches.
•
If alarm is on, verify condition of the front door and rear panel. – If door and panel are closed and secure, continue with procedure to check operation of switches. – If there appears to be damage to the cabinet, contact appropriate personnel and/or authorities.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 3-1: Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Perform the following steps to open cabinet: 1. Unlock and open cabinet door 2. Open rear panel by removing the screws (four screws on 13U and six screws on 21U cabinet). 3. Go to the following step to test switches and alarm.
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Note: This step assumes the intrusion alarm is ON with both front door and rear panel open. Check both intrusion alarm switches (see following figure) as follows by checking door intrusion alarm status at OMC: 1. Press on both switches and verify alarm goes OFF. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Release front-door switch and verify alarm goes ON. Press on front-door switch and verify alarm goes OFF. Release rear-panel switch and verify alarm goes ON. Press on rear-panel switch and verify alarm goes OFF.
6. Continue as follows: • If switches and alarm function properly, close both front door and rear panel and verify alarm is OFF. Procedure completed. • If switches and alarm do not function properly, contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-1: Check cabinet intrusion alarm switches
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 3-2: Inspect door gasket
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-2: Inspect door gasket Purpose
This procedure describes how to check the door gasket of the LR 9712 OD BS. Intervention time
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
10 minutes Tools required
Key for door, if required Steps
Perform the following procedure to check the door gaskets. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Clear any debris accumulated on top of the sealed door. Unlock and open cabinet door. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Visually inspect the door frame gasket for wear and/or damage. • •
If gasket is undamaged, go to the next step. If gasket is damaged, contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Wipe gasket with a clean cloth to remove dust and dirt. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Visually inspect the cabinet frame for wear and/or damage. • •
If frame is undamaged, go to the next step. If frame is damaged, contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support and report damage.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Wipe cabinet frame with a clean cloth to remove dust and dirt. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When complete, close and lock cabinet door.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-3: Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-3: Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers Purpose
The following procedure is used to inspect and clean air intake and exhaust grills on the LR 9712 OD BS. Inspection and cleaning cycle
Inspect and clean (as necessary) air-intake louver every 6 months or as conditions warrant. Recommend replacing the fresh-air filter when the Clogged Air Filter Alarm is reported. Replacement is dependent on local conditions, so longer filter life may be possible. Attention: Due to the risk of damaging the waterproof filter surface, cleaning the filter is not recommended. Contact with the sensitive surface can cause damage to the filter. Intervention time
5 minutes Tools required
Cleaning supplies Vacuum cleaner Steps
Perform the following procedure to inspect and clean the air-intake louver and air-exhaust vent on the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Check that no debris is impeding air flow through the front air-intake louver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Check that no debris is impeding air flow through the air-exhaust vent (see the previous figure). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
Clean the front air-intake louver and air-exhaust vent, as necessary.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 3-3: Inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
If the AIR FILTER 1/2 Alarm (minor), is reported (see “Cabinet alarms” (p. 4-2) for details), or 5 years has past, refer to Procedure 3-4: “Replace fresh-air filter” (p. 3-10), to replace the filter. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-4: Replace fresh-air filter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-4: Replace fresh-air filter Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the fresh-air filter in the LR 9712 OD BS. Attention: Replace fresh-air filter when one of the following occurs: • •
AIR FILTER 1/2 Alarm (minor), is reported (see “Cabinet alarms” (p. 4-2) for details) At least every 5 years Expected service life is on average 5 years, but is dependent on local environmental conditions, for example, “Dust Hot Spot” areas, like, steel mills or coal fired power plants.
Intervention time
45 minutes Tools required
T-25 Torx security bit driver Flathead screwdriver Cleaning supplies Vacuum cleaner Remove fresh-air filter
Perform the following procedure to remove the fresh-air filter in the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Open front door (see following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 3-4: Replace fresh-air filter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Loosen mounting screws around the fresh-air filter panel (sides and top). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully remove fresh-air filter from the front door. Note: If the filter is stuck to the inside of door, gently pry the seal loose with a flathead screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Properly dispose of the used fresh-air filter as required. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new fresh-air filter. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install new fresh-air filter
Perform the following procedure to install the new fresh-air filter in the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Clean components as follows:
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1. Clean the air-intake louver with cleaning cloth and/or vacuum cleaner. 2. Clean any corrosion off screws or replace them and apply small amount of lubricant to threads.
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-4: Replace fresh-air filter
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove the new fresh-air filter from the packing material and lay it on top of the air-intake louver. Note: Do not touch the filter membrane. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Lift the filter and louver together into the air-filter enclosure and secure the louver with four T-25 Torx security mounting screws. Torque screws to no more than 2.8 N-m (25 in-lb). Do not exceed posted torque value. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Have OMC check for any air-flow and/or fan alarms from cabinet.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 3-5: Inspect/clean facility
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-5: Inspect/clean facility Purpose
This procedure describes how to inspect/clean the cell site facility. Inspection and cleaning cycle
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Follow these guidelines when inspecting/cleaning the cell site facility: •
Inspect and clean (as necessary) every site visit, at least once a year.
•
Report damage to OMC and schedule time for repairs.
Intervention time
45 minutes Tools required
T-25 Torx security bit driver Flathead screwdriver Cleaning supplies Vacuum cleaner Steps
Perform the following steps to inspect and clean the facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Visually inspect all sides of the cabinets for corrosion, dirt, rust, damage, etc. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Visually inspect all cables for corrosion, dirt, rust, damage, etc. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Report results of inspection to OMC. Determine extent of any repairs require and schedule time to make the repairs. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-6: VRLA battery maintenance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-6: VRLA battery maintenance Important information
These procedures apply to all 12 V mono-block valve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries used in, or with, Alcatel-Lucent base station products. These batteries employ an absorbed glass mat (AGM) technology and are classified as non-spillable. Storage
All VRLA batteries are shipped from the manufacturer in a charged condition. If batteries are not placed in service immediately they should be stored in a cool 15° to 25°C (60° to 77°F), clean area. While in storage, the batteries should be recharged within six months of the date of manufacture, or before the “charge by” date on the outside of the transportation packaging. Batteries in storage that are recharged must be charged according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The serial number, date code, and date of recharge, must be recorded and retained. Storage of batteries for longer than six months is not recommended. If a second recharge is required due to extended storage time a charge/discharge and recharge cycle shall be performed to insure the batteries provide a minimum of 90% of their rated capacity before placing into service. If the storage time and/or temperature are not known, measure the open circuit voltage before placing the battery in service. If the battery voltage is between 12.46 V and 12.06 V, recharge the battery before placing in service. If the battery voltage is below 12.06 V, do not place it in service and contact your Alcatel-Lucent account manager or the battery manufacturer for advice. In-service maintenance
PRELIMINARY
The following minimum maintenance procedures must be followed and the data recorded for all batteries at a cell site. Insufficient records and/or failure to perform maintenance on the batteries may void the manufacturer’s warranty. Important! The model numbers, and manufacturer of the test equipment used should be the same for all measurements made over the lifetime of the batteries tested. Battery testers made by different manufacturers will provide different impedance, conductance or other terms, such as resistance measurement values (in Ohms). Each type of tester may also have different test characteristics. Therefore, it is essential to use the same tester. The absolute values the test equipment provides for internal impedance may not be a reliable indicator of battery health. Therefore, it is important to record the measurements and compare the trend. A substantial change of one measurement compared to previous measurements can indicate battery failure.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 3-6: VRLA battery maintenance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance records
Maintenance records are started with the initial installation of the batteries and maintained on a 6-month cycle. The records should include the following information: • • •
Serial number and manufacturer of each battery Measured open circuit voltage for each battery (before connected to system). Measured temperature of each battery.
• • • •
Measured internal impedance of each battery. Measured float voltage of each battery after connected to system. Measured ambient air temperature at site. Recorded torque of all battery connections.
•
Other meaningful measurements or statistics.
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Six month preventive maintenance check
Perform the following procedure every 6 months to perform preventive maintenance check on the batteries. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Measure and record the system float voltage. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Measure and record the float voltage of each battery (before disconnecting from the system). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Measure and record the open circuit voltage for each battery (disconnect one side of battery). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Measure and record the temperature of each battery. (a non-contact commercial grade infrared thermometer, is recommended). Note: Measure case temperature of the battery, not the terminal posts or surrounding material. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Measure and record the internal impedance of each battery (use the same manufacturer and model tester for accurate trending).
6
Measure and record the impedance of the inter-cell connections.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Preventive Maintenance
Procedure 3-6: VRLA battery maintenance
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Visually inspect the battery and terminals for signs of leakage and/or physical damage. If slight signs of leakage are noticed clean battery with mixture of water and baking soda. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
At least once per year, check the torque of all battery connections. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Battery Diagnostics
During each 6 month maintenance check, compare the newly recorded data against the data recorded during previous maintenance checks. If a significant change is noted, see next section for a condition(s) that would require the replacement of a particular battery or string of batteries. Conditions for replacement
Observe the batteries for the following conditions: 1. Battery shows signs of leakage - If slight acid leakage is observed on top of or around the battery terminals, clean with a solution of water and baking soda. Then make a note of this observation in the battery maintenance records. During the next maintenance check, examine the battery again for signs of acid leakage. Replace the battery if signs of leakage reappear. If the battery shows signs of significant acid leakage (acid is observed on the battery and/or if acid is observed between the bottom of the battery and the shelf) replace the battery immediately. 2. Battery float voltage is less than 0.3 V lower than the average float voltage of the other batteries in the system – Replace battery. 3. Battery open circuit voltage is less than 12.01 V – Replace battery. 4. Battery impedance measures 50% greater than the average of other batteries in the system – Replace battery.
PRELIMINARY
5. Battery impedance measurement changed by more than 20% of the value recorded during the previous maintenance check or 50% of the value recorded during the initial installation. 6. Battery temperature measures 8°C (46°F) greater than the average of all other batteries in the same cabinet – Replace battery. Important! When replacing a failed battery, replace all batteries in the same string unless the other batteries are less than two years old and test good (above 95% capacity).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 3-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4
Corrective Maintenance 4
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes the corrective maintenance procedures to replace the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS power distribution panel (PDP), fans, fan trays, heaters, etc. Contents Cabinet alarms
4-2
Procedure 4-1: Power-up LR 9712 OD BS
4-6
Procedure 4-2: Power-down LR 9712 OD BS
4-8
Procedure 4-3: Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
4-10
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
4-13
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector
4-18
Procedure 4-6: Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS
4-22
Procedure 4-7: Replace batteries
4-25
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Cabinet alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cabinet alarms Purpose
The lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station LRCC generates cabinet-specific alarms that can be sent through the eAMoB to the master BBU/BTS in the cabinet. lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station family share a common list of cabinet hardware related alarms. The number of available alarms depends on cabinet power supply type (AC or DC) and cabinet enclosure type (Small, Compact or stacked). The cabinet alarms are reported through the eAMoB and sent to the master BBU (either WCDMA BBU or LTE BBU). In the case of a master GSM configuration, the first four cabinet alarms are collected through SUMx 19” user alarm inputs and power system alarms through Ethernet/SNMP connection to the PSU controller. In addition to these cabinet alarms, when a WCDMA or LTE system is master of the configuration, up to 32 user protected alarms are also available on eAMoB. When a GSM system is master of the configuration, up to 4 users alarms are available (for cabinet internal use). LTE and WCDMA alarms
The following table lists the LTE and WCDMA Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio cabinet and power alarms as reported to Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM or 9353 WMS (LTE Alarm ID and WCDMA Alarm ID). The alarms are defined in Table 4-2, “lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station alarms” (p. 4-3) and Table 4-3, “Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio power system alarms” (p. 4-4).
PRELIMINARY
Table 4-1
LTE and WCDMA alarms reported to 5620 SAM or 9353 WMS
Physical alarm
LTE Alarm ID
LTE Alarm Cause
WCDMA Alarm ID
WCDMA Alarm Cause
FAN
4005042
DBU FAN ALARM
144_36
FAN A FAILURE
DOOR
4005043
DBU DOOR ALARM
138_24
DOOR OPEN
AIR FILTER 1
4005068
FRESH AIR FILTER 1 FAILURE
543_36
CLOGGED AIR FILTER 1
AIR FILTER 2
4005069
FRESH AIR FILTER 2 FAILURE
544_36
CLOGGED AIR FILTER 2
AC main
4005040
DBU AC INPUT OUT OF SPEC
132_19
AC MAINS VOLTAGE FAULT
DC rectifier minor
4005086
SINGLE RECTIFIER FAILURE
394_17
RECTIFIER FAULT
Battery major
4005072
BATTERY FAILURE
307_19
ALARM BATTERY MAJOR
Power control module failure
4005076
POWER CONTROL BOARD FAILURE
264_17
ENERGY SYSTEM CONTROLLER FAILED
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Cabinet alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-1
LTE and WCDMA alarms reported to 5620 SAM or 9353 WMS (continued)
Physical alarm
LTE Alarm ID
LTE Alarm Cause
WCDMA Alarm ID
WCDMA Alarm Cause
Battery minor
4005080
BATTERY MAJOR
548_19
ALARM BATTERY MINOR EOL
Surge protection
4005082
AC SURGE PROTECTOR FAULT
152_29
LIGHTNING PROTECTOR FAULT
DC rectifier major
4005081
RECTIFIER FAILURE MAJOR
395_17
RECTIFIER FAULT MAJOR
OT
4005044
DBU OVER TEMP
545_36
INTERNAL HIGH TEMPERATURE
UT
4005045
DBU UNDER TEMP
546_36
INTERNAL LOW TEMPERATURE
TRDU FAN
4005070
TRDU FAN FAILURE
547_36
OTHER FAN RACK FAILURE
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Cabinet alarms
The following table describes the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station alarms. Table 4-2
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station alarms
Alarm
Description
Corrective action
Door intrusion alarm
Open door alarm: One unique door alarm per cabinet, generated by LRCC. Each cabinet (Compact and Small) includes a separate intrusion alarm switch for the front door and removable rear panel.
Close front door and/or rear panel. If alarm continues to appear with front door and/or rear panel opened and closed, check/replace intrusion alarm switch(es).
Clogged filter alarm for Compact cabinet (air filter size 1): Generated by LRCC through a differential air pressure sensors that measures the input and output pressure of the air filter. Alarm filter state is also indicated by a filter status LED on the LRCC (Green-normal air flow, Red-low air flow). See Note in Air filter 2 alarm for stacked configurations.
Clean Compact cabinet air filter intake of dirt and debris and/or replace filter because of age and/or poor air flow.
Clogged filter alarm for Small cabinet (air filter size 2): Generated by LRCC through a differential air pressure sensors that measures the input and output pressure of the air filter. Alarm filter state is also indicated by a filter status LED on the LRCC (Green-normal air flow, Red-low air flow).
Clean Small cabinet air filter intake of dirt and debris and/or replace filter because of age, dirt, and/or poor air flow.
(DOOR) Air filter 1 alarm (AIR FILTER 1)
Air filter 2 alarm (AIR FILTER 2)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Note: In case of stacked Small + Compact cabinet configurations the two air filter alarms are available from each cabinet. In case of stacked Small + Small cabinet configurations, only one air filter 2 alarm is available. LRCC in each cabinet, the Filter LED is used to determine the which cabinet has a fault.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Cabinet alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-2
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station alarms
(continued)
Alarm
Description
Corrective action
FAN alarm
Fan failure alarm: Generated by LRCC through fan tachometers on each fan. FAN alarm state is also indicated by FAN alarm LED(s) on the LRCC with one FAN alarm LED on Small cabinet and two FAN alarm LEDs on Compact cabinet (Green-normal fan speed, Red-low/no fan speed). A FAN alarm is sent from each cabinet configuration (Compact, Small or stacked).
Recommend replacing both door fans even though only one fan failed. Check fan cable for loose connections with LRCC.
Under Temperature alarm: Generated by LRCC through thermal sensors. This alarm indicates abnormally low temperature conditions inside cabinet caused by heater failure and/or outside temperature exceeding low temperature threshold. An UT alarm is sent from each cabinet configuration (Compact, Small or stacked). See Note in OT alarm when both UT and OT alarms are on.
Check heater operation, thermal sensors, cabinet and equipment fans, and/or air filter. Replace components, if necessary.
Over Temperature alarm: Generated by LRCC through thermal sensors. This alarm indicates abnormally high temperature conditions inside cabinet caused by heater failure (overheating) and/or high outside temperature. An OT alarm is sent from each cabinet configuration (Compact, Small or stacked).
Check heater operation, thermal sensors, cabinet and equipment fans, and/or air filter. Replace components, if necessary.
(FAN)
UT alarm (UT)
OT alarm (OT)
Note: If OT and UT alarms are raised at the same time, the cabinet thermal sensors or LRCC have failed (sensors found in front and rear of cabinet).
Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio power system alarms
Power system alarms are only available on Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio AC-powered cabinets. DC-powered cabinets do not have power system related alarms. Note: These power system alarms only apply to Alcatel-Luent power system unit (PSU) controller. OEM power system alarm information can be supplied through the eAMoB user alarm interface. Table 4-3 Alarm
AC main alarm
Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio power system alarms
Description
Corrective action
Indicates absence of AC voltage on all input phases.
Check/replace AC power circuit breakers, if necessary. Check AC mains voltage.
Indicates that only one rectifier of a multiple rectifier configuration has failed, but allows the BTS to continue working. The alarm could occur because of DC output failure, abnormal AC input, or high temperature conditions.
Check suspect rectifier DC output, AC input, and temperature. Replace rectifier, if necessary.
1
(AC main)
PRELIMINARY
Rectifier alarm minor (DC rectifier minor)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Cabinet alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-3
Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio power system alarms
(continued)
Alarm
Description
Corrective action
Rectifier alarm major
Indicates that more than one rectifier of a multiple rectifier configuration has failed, which may shutdown the BTS.
Check suspect rectifiers DC output, AC input, and temperature. Replace rectifiers, if necessary.
Indicates the need for replacement of input AC surge protection (one alarm for the four over-voltage protection (OVP) circuits))
Check AC input and output of surge protectors. If surge protectors fail, replace entire ACU.
Indicates low battery capacity (battery end of life).
Replace batteries.
Indicates Low Voltage Disconnect circuit failure.
Check the following:
(DC rectifier major) AC surge protection alarm
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
(Surge protection) Battery minor alarm (Battery minor)1 Battery major alarm (Battery major)
PSU controller alarm
Indicates PSU controller failed.
•
battery breaker position, reset if necessary.
•
midpoint battery voltage and temperature, replace sensors, if necessary replace batteries if mid point voltage confirmed as abnormal
•
battery environmental conditions
Check/replace PSU controller, if necessary.
(Power control module failure)
Notes:
1.
If AC main alarm and Battery minor alarm appear at the same time indicate the battery backup time is close to finish.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-1: Power-up LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-1: Power-up LR 9712 OD BS Purpose
This procedure describes how to power-up the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS with a DC power source. Intervention time
As required for maintenance purposes. Tools required
Key for door, if required Digital volt-ohm meter Notice
NOTICE Service interruption Notify the OMC of service interruption or reduction. Check circuit pack status
Refer to the appropriate technology information to determine the status of the circuit packs as power is applied. Steps
Perform the following procedure to power up a lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If necessary, open cabinet doors to access external power source circuit breakers (mains and battery backup) and LR 9712 OD BS circuit breakers. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
2
Verify that all external power source circuit breakers (mains and battery backup) are turned OFF. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Verify that all LR 9712 OD BS circuit breakers are turned OFF. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Turn ON DC power for the LR 9712 OD BS from the DC power source (-48 VDC).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-1: Power-up LR 9712 OD BS
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Verify the DC voltage at the PDP power terminals is between -42.0 and -57.5 volts (-48 VDC nominal source). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
On the PDP, turn the power ON to the installed sub-systems.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
If necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If LR 9712 OD BS sub-systems power up properly and was operational before power was removed, check the LR 9712 OD BS status. If the LR 9712 OD BS shows positive conditions, the LR 9712 OD BS is operational. If LR 9712 OD BS sub-systems power up but the circuit packs/modules do not power up or load properly, check the LR 9712 OD BS status. Refer to sub-system troubleshooting guides for corrective action.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When LR 9712 OD BS is operational, close cabinet doors to secure access to external power source circuit breakers (mains and battery backup) and LR 9712 OD BS circuit breakers. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-2: Power-down LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-2: Power-down LR 9712 OD BS Purpose
This procedure describes how to power-down the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS with a DC power source. Intervention time
As required for maintenance purposes. Tools required
Key for door, if required Digital volt-ohm meter Notice
NOTICE Service interruption Notify the OMC of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Improper power-down sequence can damage sensitive electronics inside the cabinet. Only remove power from the cabinet before the cabinet is powered down. Steps
Perform the following procedure to power-down a lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS with a DC power source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
If necessary, open cabinet doors to access external power source circuit breakers (mains and battery backup) and LR 9712 OD BS circuit breakers. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Physically connect RMT to the appropriate maintenance port of the controller circuit pack. If required, lock all sub-systems.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-2: Power-down LR 9712 OD BS
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
On the PDP, turn the power OFF to the installed sub-systems. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Turn OFF DC power for the LR 9712 OD BS from the battery backup power source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Turn OFF DC power for the LR 9712 OD BS from the main DC power source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Verify that all LR 9712 OD BS circuit breakers are turned OFF. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Verify the DC voltage at the LR 9712 OD BS PDP power terminals is 0.0 volts. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
If necessary, continue with one of the following: •
Close cabinet doors to secure access to external power source circuit breakers (mains and battery backup) and LR 9712 OD BS circuit breakers.
•
Continue with the preventive or corrective maintenance.
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-3: Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3: Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the Power Distribution Panel (PDP) in the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS. Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
30 minutes Tools required
Remote Maintenance Terminal (RMT)/Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT), such as NEM PC with NEM installed for LTE NE. Test Cable No. 1 Phillips screwdriver Key for door, if required Torque wrench/driver (2.8.N-m (25 in-lb)) Driver bit for M5x16 Trilobe screws Notice
NOTICE Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. Remove PDP from LR 9712 OD BS
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed PDP from theLR 9712 OD BS.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If necessary, unlock and open door to cabinet and locate the failed PDP. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Physically connect RMT to the appropriate maintenance port of the controller circuit pack. If required, lock all sub-systems.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-3: Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Turn power OFF the sub-systems with the cabinet PDP. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Turn power OFF from the main power distribution panel to the PDP. Attention: Safety the main power distribution panel to prevent anyone from turning the power ON to the LR 9712 OD BS during maintenance.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the individual power cables from the PDP connectors ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the main power distribution cables from the terminal block on the PDP one at a time and apply electrical tape to the bare end of the wire (see the following figure). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Remove four M5x16 Trilobe mounting screws from the front panel and pull the PDP out of slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, install replacement PDP by continuing with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install PDP inLR 9712 OD BS
Perform the following procedure to install a PDP in theLR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Verify the main power distribution panel and the individual FRU circuit breakers are set in the OFF position on the PDP. Attention: Safety the main power distribution panel to prevent anyone from turning the power ON to the LR 9712 OD BS during maintenance. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide PDP into the slot and secure module with four M5x16 Trilobe mounting screws. Torque screws to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb) with an 8 mm deep socket.
3
Remove the electrical tape on the bare end of the wire, one at a time, and connect the main power distribution cables to the terminal block at the bottom of the PDP. Torque screws to 1.5 N-m (14 in-lb).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-3: Replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect the individual sub-system power cables to the PDP connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place LR 9712 OD BS back in-service. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Turn power ON at the main power distribution panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn power ON with the sub-system circuit breakers on the PDP. Verify LR 9712 OD BS status. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Have OMC test cell site for proper operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When operational, close and lock door to cabinet.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the RRH Power Distribution Panel (PDP) (3JR50325AB) in the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor BS.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
45 minutes Figure
The following figure shows the RRH PDP installed in an outdoor cabinet. Figure 4-1 LR 9712 OD BS RRH PDP
Remote Maintenance Terminal (RMT)/Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT), such as NEM PC with NEM installed for LTE NE. Test Cable No. 1 Phillips screwdriver .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Tools required
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Key for door, if required Torque wrench/driver (2.8.N-m (25 in-lb)) Driver bit for M5x16 Trilobe screws Notice
NOTICE Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. Remove failed RRH PDP
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed RRH PDP from the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If necessary, unlock and open door to cabinet and locate the failed RRH PDP. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Physically connect RMT to the appropriate maintenance port of the controller circuit pack. If required, lock all sub-systems and RRHs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Turn power OFF to the RRHs with the RRH PDP circuit breakers (CB1 - CB6). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Turn RRH PDP power OFF on 70A or 80A main PDP circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the individual RRH power cables from the RRH PDP connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
6
Disconnect the mains power cables from the RRH PDP. Wrap tape around the bare ends of the cables.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Disconnect ground cable from GND lug. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Remove four M5x16 Trilobe mounting screws from the front panel and pull the RRH PDP out of slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When completed, install replacement RRH PDP by continuing with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install new RRH PDP
Perform the following procedure to install a RRH PDP in the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect ground cable to GND lug. Torque screws to 1.5 N-m (14 in-lb).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Slide RRH PDP into the slot and secure module with four M5x16 Trilobe mounting screws. Torque screws to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb) with an 8 mm deep socket.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Remove the electrical tape on the bare end of the power cable, one at a time, and connect the cables to the terminal block at the bottom of the RRH PDP. Torque screws to 1.5 N-m (14 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4
Connect the individual RRH power cables to the RRH PDP connectors.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place LR 9712 OD BS back in-service.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-4: Replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Turn power ON to the RRH PDP with 70A or 80A breaker on main PDP. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn power ON with the RRH circuit breakers on the RRH PDP. Verify LR 9712 OD BS status.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Have OMC test cell site for proper operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When operational, close and lock door to cabinet. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the RRH PDP surge protector (1AB279430002) in the RRH PDP. Note: Even if one surge protector fails, replace both protectors. Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
20 minutes Figure
The following figure shows the RRH PDP surge protector in the RRH PDP.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 4-2 LR 9712 OD BS RRH PDP surge protector
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools required
Remote Maintenance Terminal (RMT)/Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT), such as NEM PC with NEM installed for LTE NE. Test Cable No. 1 Phillips screwdriver
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Key for door, if required Torque wrench/driver (2.8.N-m (25 in-lb)) Driver bit for M5x16 Trilobe screws Notice
NOTICE Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. Remove failed surge protectors
Perform the following steps to remove the RRH PDP surge protectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If necessary, unlock and open door to cabinet and locate the failed RRH PDP. Note: Check surge protector status indicators. The failed protector will be red.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Loosen screws and remove surge protector panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
Grab the sides of the surge protector(s), press the latches and pull the protector out of PDP. Only the surge protector comes out.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, install replacement RRH PDP surge protector by continuing with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-5: Replace RRH PDP surge protector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install new RRH PDP surge protector
Perform the following procedure to install a RRH PDP surge protector in the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide RRH PDP surge protector into the surge protector slot and lock into place.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Replace protector cover. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When operational, close and lock door to cabinet. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-6: Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-6: Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace a failed enhanced Alarm Module-outdoor, Version B (eAMoB) with a new eAMoB. The eAMoB module provides the following functions: •
Provides 8 connections (EXT ALMS 1-32, 4 alarms per connection) to monitor up to 32 external user alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable).
•
Provides a connection (CABINET ALARMS 1) for 10 frame alarms (cabinet and PSU alarms). Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable). Provides a connection (CABINET ALARMS 2) for 4 frame alarms (cabinet alarms). Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable). Provides a connection (CTRL) for 1-wire data, power (5 VDC), 12C clock, and 12C data lines.
• •
Hot-swap FRU
Yes Intervention time
30 minutes Tools required
Phillips screwdriver Torque wrench Safety
NOTICE Service interruption
PRELIMINARY
Notify SAM in case of service interruption or reduction.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-6: Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures Figure 4-3 Replace eAMoB
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Remove failed eAMoB
Note: Be prepared to remove the Alarm cables before removing the eAMoB. Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eAMoB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Notify OMC of service interruption. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect faceplate alarm cables from the eAMoB as follows: 1. Equipment side alarms: • Cabinet Alarm 1 Cable (DP25), CABINET ALARM 1. •
1-Wire/I2C Alarm cable (RJ-45), ALM.
2. Network side alarms: • Integrated Cabinet Alarm 2 Cable (RJ-45), CABINET ALARM 2. • 8 User Alarm Cables (32 alarms) (RJ-45), EXT ALM 1-32. • Ground cable (M4 lug), GND ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Remove two mounting screws and slide eAMoB out of cabinet. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new eAMoB. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-6: Replace eAMoB in LR 9712 OD BS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install new eAMoB
Perform the following procedure to install the new eAMoB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide eAMoB into the cabinet. Tighten the mounting screws at each end of the faceplate. Torque each screw to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect faceplate alarm cables to the eAMoB as follows: 1. Network side alarms: • Ground cable (M4 lug), GND • Integrated Cabinet Alarm 2 Cable (RJ-45), CABINET ALARM 2. • 8 User Alarm Cables (32 alarms) (RJ-45), EXT ALM 1-32. 2. Equipment side alarms: • Cabinet Alarm 1 Cable (DP25), CABINET ALARM 1. • 1-Wire/I2C Alarm cable (RJ-45), ALM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Notify OMC that service is being restored. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Note status LED (STAT) on faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Have OMC observe alarm conditions from the cell site. Installation is complete when testing has passed.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7: Replace batteries
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-7: Replace batteries Overview
This procedure describes how to replace a battery from a battery bank. Battery safety and precautions
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
An understanding of the following information is important to ensure a proper and safe battery replacement.
CAUTION Short circuit and fire damage Batteries can present a high risk of short circuit and fire damage to the equipment. The following precautions should be observed when working on batteries: • •
Remove watches, rings, or other metal objects Use insulated tools
• •
Wear rubber gloves and boots Disconnect charging source prior to connecting or disconnecting battery terminals
CAUTION Personal Injury Risk of fire or personal injury To reduce the risk of fire or personal injury, read and follow these instructions: • •
Use only batteries approved for use with this product. Do not dispose of the batteries in a fire. The cell may explode. Check with local codes for possible disposal instructions.
•
Do not open or mutilate the batteries. Released electrolyte is corrosive and may cause damage to the eye and skin. It is toxic if swallowed. Exercise care in handling batteries in order not to short the battery with conductive materials such as rings, bracelets, and keys. The battery or conductor may overheat and cause burns. Do not mix old and new batteries in this product.
•
•
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7: Replace batteries
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DANGER Personal Injury - Chemical Burns Contact with the electrolyte (sulfuric acid and water) will cause chemical burns on skin. Batteries contain an electrolyte (sulfuric acid and water), which can generate hydrogen gas, even under open circuit conditions. Extreme caution must be taken when handling batteries to avoid chemical burns. Carefully follow all applicable safety procedures around the electrolyte.
WARNING Physical Injury Lifting batteries by one person can result in a serious physical injury. Always use two people (or use a lifting device) to handle/move the batteries.
WARNING High Energy hazard A serious electrical shock hazard will result if these procedures are not followed in the exact sequence listed. Keep the following in mind when connecting/disconnecting battery cables: • • • •
Ensure that loose cables cannot cause a short circuit. Since the batteries are charged, do not touch battery terminals or cross terminals with metal objects. Do not remove the insulated cover from the battery terminals until you are preparing to complete each connection. The following procedures are the safest method to replace and connect the batteries.
Required tools
Carry the following tools to replace the failed battery:
PRELIMINARY
• • •
Standard tool kit Battery lifting device (Alcatel-Lucent part number R-5312 or equivalent) Battery tester
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7: Replace batteries
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
Perform one of the following procedures to replace a failed battery. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 4-7.1: “Replace Battery 1” (p. 4-28) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.2: “Replace Battery 2” (p. 4-31) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 4-7.3: “Replace Battery 3” (p. 4-36) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 4-7.4: “Replace Battery 4” (p. 4-40) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.1: Replace Battery 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-7.1: Replace Battery 1 Purpose
The following procedure describes how to remove Battery 1, if it has failed, and install a new battery. Remove Battery 1
Preform the following procedure to remove Battery 1 from either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Turn power OFF to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove the battery connection covers from Battery 1 and Battery 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully remove the battery cable (blue) from the negative terminal of Battery 1. Retain the hardware. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Carefully remove the battery connection plate from Battery 1 (+) and Battery 2 (-). Retain the hardware.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove the battery support bracket from the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Use the battery lifting device to pull the failed battery out of the cabinet.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.1: Replace Battery 1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Perform the appropriate steps to ship the failed battery back to the repair facility per company procedures. Record the removal of the battery in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new battery.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install new Battery 1
Preform the following procedure to install the new Battery 1 in either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance and record serial number, manufacturer, initial voltage and impedance in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If necessary, remove hardware bag from top of new battery.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use the battery lifting device to slide the new battery into the cabinet. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Install the battery support bracket on the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Carefully connect the battery connection plate between Battery 1 (+) and Battery 2 (-). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Carefully connect the battery cable (blue) to the negative terminal of Battery 1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (no load). Record the information in the maintenance log.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-29 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
6
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.1: Replace Battery 1
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Attach the battery connection covers to Battery 1 and Battery 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Turn power ON to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (under load). Record the information in the maintenance log.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.2: Replace Battery 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-7.2: Replace Battery 2 Purpose
The following procedure describes how to remove Battery 2, if it has failed, and install a new battery.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Remove Battery 2
Preform the following procedure to remove Battery 2 from either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Turn power OFF to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove the battery connection covers from Battery 1, Battery 2, and Battery 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully remove the battery connection plate from Battery 1 (+) and Battery 2 (-). Retain the hardware. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Carefully remove the battery connection plate from Battery 2 (+) and Battery 3 (-). Retain the hardware. Note: A battery symmetry cable maybe attached to the Battery 2 (+) terminal.
5
Remove the battery support bracket from the battery shelf.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-31 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.2: Replace Battery 2
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Remove Battery 2 as follows: 1. Use the battery lifting device to pull the failed battery out of the cabinet part way. 2. Watch for the thermal probe that maybe attached to the top or right side of the battery and detach it.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Perform the appropriate steps to ship the failed battery back to the repair facility per company procedures. Record the removal of the battery in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new battery. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install new Battery 2
Preform the following procedure to install the new Battery 2 in either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance and record serial number, manufacturer, initial voltage and impedance in the maintenance log.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If necessary, remove hardware bag from top of new battery.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.2: Replace Battery 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Install Battery 2 as follows: 1. Use the battery lifting device to insert the new battery into the cabinet part way. 2. Locate the thermal probe and attach it to the top or right side of the battery.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Install the battery support bracket on the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Carefully connect the battery connection plate to Battery 1 (+) and Battery 2 (-).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-33 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.2: Replace Battery 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Carefully connect the battery connection plate to Battery 2 (+) and Battery 3 (-). Note: If necessary, re-attach the battery symmetry cable to the Battery 2 (+) terminal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (no load). Record the information in the maintenance log.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Install the battery connection covers on Battery 1, Battery 2, and Battery 3.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.2: Replace Battery 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Turn power ON to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (under load). Record the information in the maintenance log. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-35 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.3: Replace Battery 3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-7.3: Replace Battery 3 Purpose
The following procedure describes how to remove Battery 3, if it has failed, and install a new battery. Remove Battery 3
Preform the following procedure to remove Battery 3 from either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Turn power OFF to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove the battery connection covers from Battery 2, Battery 3, and Battery 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully remove the battery connection plate from Battery 2 (+) and Battery 3 (-). Retain the hardware. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Carefully remove the battery connection plate from Battery 3 (+) and Battery 4 (-). Retain the hardware.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove the battery support bracket from the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Use the battery lifting device and pull the failed battery out of the cabinet.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.3: Replace Battery 3
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Perform the appropriate steps to ship the failed battery back to the repair facility per company procedures. Record the removal of the battery in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new battery.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install new Battery 3
Preform the following procedure to install the new Battery 3 in either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance and record serial number, manufacturer, initial voltage and impedance in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If necessary, remove hardware bag from top of new battery.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use the battery lifting device and insert the new battery into the cabinet.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-37 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.3: Replace Battery 3
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Install the battery support bracket on the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Carefully connect the battery connection plate to Battery 2 (+) and Battery 3 (-).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Carefully connect the battery connection plate to Battery 3 (+) and Battery 4 (-). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (no load). Record the information in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
8
Install the battery connection covers on Battery 2, Battery 3, and Battery 4.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.3: Replace Battery 3
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Turn power ON to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (under load). Record the information in the maintenance log.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-39 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.4: Replace Battery 4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-7.4: Replace Battery 4 Purpose
The following procedure describes how to remove Battery 4, if it has failed, and install a new battery. Remove Battery 1
Preform the following procedure to remove Battery 4 from either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Turn power OFF to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove the battery connection covers from Battery 3 and Battery 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully remove the battery cable (black) from the positive terminal of Battery 4. Retain the hardware. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Carefully remove the battery connection plate from Battery 3 (+) and Battery 4 (-). Retain the hardware.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove the battery support bracket from the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Use the battery lifting device to pull the failed battery out of the cabinet.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 4-7.4: Replace Battery 4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Perform the appropriate steps to ship the failed battery back to the repair facility per company procedures. Record the removal of the battery in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new battery.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install new Battery 4
Preform the following procedure to install the new Battery 4 in either Shelf 1 or Shelf 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance and record serial number, manufacturer, initial voltage and impedance in the maintenance log. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If necessary, remove hardware bag from top of new battery.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use the battery lifting device to slide the new battery into the cabinet. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Install the battery support bracket on the battery shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Carefully connect the battery connection plate between Battery 3 (+) and Battery 4 (-). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Carefully connect the battery cable (black) to the positive terminal of Battery 4. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (no load). Record the information in the maintenance log.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-41 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
6
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance
Procedure 4-7.4: Replace Battery 4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Attach the battery connection covers to Battery 3 and Battery 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Turn power ON to the battery shelf from the appropriate circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
With the battery tester, check the battery voltage and impedance of the battery string are within nominal parameters (under load). Record the information in the maintenance log.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 4-42 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
5
5merson PSU Corrective E Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the components of the Emerson Power Supply Unit (EPSU) and perform GUI-based maintenance. Contents Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
5-2
EPSU safety
5-2
Procedure 5-1: Replace EPSU rectifier
5-4
Procedure 5-2: Add EPSU rectifiers
5-9
Procedure 5-3: Replace EPSU ACU
5-10
Procedure 5-4: Replace EPSU SCU
5-17
Procedure 5-5: Replace empty EPSU shelf
5-21
Procedure 5-6: Replace assembled EPSU
5-26
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
5-29
Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
5-33
Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI
5-34
Procedure 5-9: Connect to GUI
5-37
CU GUI
5-37
Procedure 5-10: Maintenance
5-40
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Emerson PSU component replacement procedures Overview Purpose
This section describes how to replace the components of the Emerson Power Supply Unit (EPSU). Contents EPSU safety
5-2
Procedure 5-1: Replace EPSU rectifier
5-4
Procedure 5-2: Add EPSU rectifiers
5-9
Procedure 5-3: Replace EPSU ACU
5-10
Procedure 5-4: Replace EPSU SCU
5-17
Procedure 5-5: Replace empty EPSU shelf
5-21
Procedure 5-6: Replace assembled EPSU
5-26
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
5-29
EPSU safety Safety
WARNING Electric-shock hazard This product may be connected to an AC main power supply and may contain an internal battery supply. Disconnecting one power source may not de-energize the system, and can lead to serious injury.
PRELIMINARY
Disconnect and lock out the AC main power supply, if present, and the internal battery supply, if present, before servicing the equipment.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
EPSU safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Contact with energized network element power supply lines can result in serious personal injury. Do not touch the energized power supply connectors or power supply lines.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Ensure the equipment is installed in a restricted location.
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Some parts of all electrical installations are energized. Failure to follow safe work practices and the safety warnings may lead to bodily injury and property damage. For this reason, only trained and qualified personnel (electrical workers as defined in IEC 60215 or EN 60215 + A1 or in the National Electrical Code or in ANSI/NFPA No. 10) may install or service the installation.
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Dangerous voltages and currents are present. Contact with energized equipment will cause an electric shock that may result in personal injury or death. Exercise care and follow safe work practices when measuring power external to the cabinet.
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Removing components from PSU without removing AC/DC power can damage the components. Before starting to work on the system, the AC supply must be turned OFF, disconnected, AND the DC cables need to be disconnected from the load and the battery to prevent electrical shock.
Note: The EPSU rectifiers can be replaced while power is applied to the EPSU.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Switch off the battery circuit breaker on the DC unit front panel before disconnecting the battery cables.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-1: Replace EPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1: Replace EPSU rectifier Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the EPSU rectifier. The EPSU rectifier can be removed from the EPSU shelf while the system is powered from the AC power source and plugged into the DC load and batteries. This is the ONLY unit in the system that can be (or should be) hot-swapped with power applied. This procedure also includes heater fuse check and replacement steps. EPSU rectifier LED status
There are three status LEDs on the EPSU rectifier front panel to indicate the operational status. If the yellow or red LED is illuminated, a fault is present. The specific bits in the status register (PSU_STATUS) indicate the origin of the fault or warning. When the red LED is illuminated a “General HW error” is reported on the communication bus. This can be read in the GUI. The “General HW error” can only be cleared by a “Power recycle reset” of the EPSU. If the failure-mode still exists, the red LED and the flag will appear again after re-start. The following table describes the EPSU rectifier LED status.
PRELIMINARY
Table 5-1
EPSU rectifier LED status
LED
Status
Indication
Green On
Normal operation
If ON, EPSU is operational and RS485 communication is active. If no other LED is active, full functionality is provided. When the LED is blinking, EPSU provides output power but RS485 communication is not working.
Yellow On
Warning condition
If ON: •
AC input under voltage
•
AC input over voltage
•
Temperature shutdown
•
DC output short circuit (not reported on RS485 bus)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-1: Replace EPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-1
EPSU rectifier LED status
(continued)
LED
Status
Indication
Red On
Fault condition
If ON:
All LEDs On
Turn on and off simultaneously after about 1 second
•
a broken fuse (not in status register)
•
a fan fault
•
a broken O-ring MosFET, DC output (not in status register)
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
System initialization or after comm. cable plug (EPSU to SCU)
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the EPSU rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 5-1.1: “Remove failed EPSU rectifier” (p. 5-6) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 5-1.2: “Install new EPSU rectifier” (p. 5-8) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-1.1: Remove failed EPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1.1: Remove failed EPSU rectifier Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed EPSU rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open cabinet and locate failed EPSU rectifier (see Table 5-1, “EPSU rectifier LED status” (p. 5-4)). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect EPSU rectifier cables in the following order (see following figure): 1. Disconnect AC power cable from right side of rectifier. 2. Disconnect communications cable from left side of rectifier.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Operate the spring latch on the side of the unit and pull on both extraction handles to remove the rectifier from the EPSU shelf.
PRELIMINARY
Note: The rectifier requires some force to be pulled from the EPSU shelf to disconnect the main connector at the rear of the rectifier (see following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-1.1: Remove failed EPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Package the rectifier in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new rectifier. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-1.2: Install new EPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1.2: Install new EPSU rectifier Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new EPSU rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Push the rectifier into the EPSU shelf until the rear-panel connector is fully engaged, there will be a click from the spring-catch when the rectifier is correctly locked into place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Reconnect communications cable from SCU to left side rectifier connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Reconnect AC power cable from SCU to right side rectifier connector. Note: Beware, the AC power cable is hot if power is ON. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Check for the following: •
Installation is complete when the front-panel green LED is on. Contact OMC that cell site is operational after repair. Update Inventory Data in BTS-NEM (PM20R in Full Additional Modules) and Inventory Data in GUI (Shelf > Inventory > Rectifier x, where x is 1, 2, 3 or 4 depending on the one that was replaced).
•
Installation is not complete if the green LED is not on. Check GUI for errors. Reseat the rectifier or if necessary, replace it.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-2: Add EPSU rectifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-2: Add EPSU rectifiers Steps
Perform the following steps to add additional EPSU rectifiers. Rectifiers can be installed when power is on.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Disconnect AC power cable from rectifier slot filler. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove rectifier slot filler by pressing on the latches and pulling filler out of slot. If reusing fillers, set aside for re-installation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Install EPSU rectifiers as follows: 1. Slide rectifier into the EPSU shelf until rear-panel connector locks. 2. Connect AC power cable on right side of rectifier connector. 3. Connect communications cable to left side of rectifier connector. Note: The rectifier requires some force to be pulled from the EPSU shelf to disconnect the main connector at the rear of the rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Check for the following: •
•
Installation is complete when the front-panel green LEDs on rectifier and SCU are on. Contact OMC that cell site is operational. Update Inventory Data in BTS-NEM (PM20C in Full Additional Modules) and Inventory Data in GUI (Shelf > Inventory). Installation is not complete if the green LEDs are not on. Refer to , and check errors.
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-3: Replace EPSU ACU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3: Replace EPSU ACU Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the ACU. If cabinet is not equipped with batteries, ACU replacement requires cabinet power off and traffic is lost until procedure is completed. If cabinet is equipped with batteries, check the charging current (use Emerson GUI) is sufficient (~1 A) and no “Mains failure / Green power restr.” alarm occurred recently (forced cabinet to run on batteries). Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the ACU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 5-3.1: “Remove failed ACU” (p. 5-11) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 5-3.2: “Install new ACU” (p. 5-15)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-3.1: Remove failed ACU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.1: Remove failed ACU Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed ACU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Contact OMC that cell site is being shutdown for repair and lock BBUs. Turn all power OFF at AC and DC power sources. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect ACU front-panel cables in the following order (see following figure): 1. 2. 3. 4.
Disconnect AC power cable from main AC source. Disconnect AC power cables from each EPSU rectifier and/or filler. Disconnect heater cables (H1 and H2). Disconnect Earth/GND cable from GND lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Remove nut and small retaining bracket from right side of ACU (see following figure).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-3.1: Remove failed ACU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Carefully side the ACU out of the EPSU shelf. There is a cable attached to the inside back of the ACU (see the following figure). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Perform one of the following steps: •
If there is a blown heater fuse, go to Step 6
•
If the ACU has failed, go to Step 7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Replace blown fuse as follows: 1. Pull each fuse from the ACU and check with ohmmeter (see following figure). 2. If fuse reads open, replace with T10A/250V (5mmx20mm) fuse. If fuse reads short, return it to fuse holder. 3. When complete, go to Procedure 5-3.2: “Install new ACU” (p. 5-15)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
7
Cut the tie wrap, pull the signal cable from the printed circuit board, and through back panel of ACU (see following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-3.1: Remove failed ACU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Disconnect main AC power cable from ACU as follows: 1. Disconnect wires from terminal block with screwdriver (see following figures for single- and three-phase connections). 2. Open the cable clamp using the star-shaped screwdriver. 3. Pull power cable out through front panel of ACU. 4. If single-phase power connection, remove linking bar from terminal block.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
5. When completed, go to next step.
9
Package the ACU in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-3.1: Remove failed ACU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new ACU. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-3.2: Install new ACU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.2: Install new ACU Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new ACU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Perform one of the following: •
If replacing failed ACU with new ACU, go to Step 2.
•
If re-installing working ACU after replacing blown heater fuse, go to Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove new ACU from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Reconnect main AC power cable to ACU as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
If single-phase power connection, slide linking bar into terminal block. Slide power cable in through front panel of ACU. Reconnect wires to terminal block with screwdriver. Torque to 1.5 Nm. Close cable clamp over power cable using the star-shaped screwdriver.
5. When completed, go to next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Push signal cable through hole in back panel, plug cable into printed circuit board, and tie wrap cable connector in place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Carefully side the ACU into EPSU shelf. Watch the cable inside back of the ACU (see the following figure). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Re-attach nut and small retaining bracket to stud on right side of ACU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Reconnect the front-panel cables in the following order: 1. Reconnect Earth/GND cable to GND lug. Use open-ended wrench to hold bottom nut in place. Torque locking nut to xx.Nm (xx in-lb).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Turn power ON to AC and DC power sources.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
2. Reconnect AC power cables to each EPSU rectifier/filler. 3. Reconnect heater cables (H1 and H2). 4. Reconnect AC power cable to main AC source.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-3.2: Install new ACU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Check for the following: • •
Installation is complete when the front-panel green LEDs on rectifier and SCU are on. Update Inventory Data in GUI (Shelf > Inventory > AC Unit). Installation is not complete if the green LEDs are not on. Check GUI for errors.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Contact OMC that cell site is being turned up after repair. Unlock BBUs.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-4: Replace EPSU SCU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-4: Replace EPSU SCU Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the EPSU SCU. Note: Battery configuration must be available. Following SCU replacement default values are set. Configuration can be imported when procedure is finished if it was previously exported when cabinet was commissioned, or at a later visit on site.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
SCU LED status
There are 3 status LEDs on the SCU front panel to indicate the operational status. If the yellow or red LED is illuminated, a fault is present. The specific bits in the status register (SCU_STATUS) indicate the origin of the fault or warning. When the red LED is illuminated a “General HW error” is reported on the communication bus. This can be read in the GUI. The “General HW error” can only be cleared by a “Power recycle reset” of the EPSU. If the failure-mode still exists, the red LED and the flag will appear again after re-start. The following table describes the SCU LED status. Table 5-2
SCU LED status
LED
Status
Indication
Green On
Normal operation
Unit is operational and OK.
Yellow On
Warning condition
If ON: •
Dependant on User Settings: All SCU Alarms, which are set to severity ‘Minor’ or ‘Warning’.
•
Default Alarm settings: – Mains Fail – SCU non-urgent Alarm – Battery Low capacity
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-4: Replace EPSU SCU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-2
SCU LED status
(continued)
LED
Status
Indication
Red On
Fault condition
If ON:
All LEDs On
Turn on and off simultaneously after about 1 second
•
Dependant on User Settings: All SCU Alarms, which are set to severity ‘Critical’ or ‘Major’
•
Default alarm settings: – SPD (AC in OVP) – SCU urgent – Battery Fail
System initialization
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the SCU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 5-4.1: “Remove failed SCU” (p. 5-19) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 5-4.2: “Install new SCU” (p. 5-20)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-4.1: Remove failed SCU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-4.1: Remove failed SCU Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed SCU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Contact OMC that cell site is being shutdown for repair and lock BBUs. Turn all power OFF at AC and DC power sources. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect front-panel cables as follows: 1. Disconnect rectifier communication cables (R1-R4) from SCU (2-4 cables). 2. Disconnect Ethernet cables from SCU (1-2 cables). 3. Disconnect Alarm cable from SCU (1 cable). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Lift up on bottom release latch and push down on top release, and carefully side the SCU out of the EPSU shelf. There are cables attached to the back of the SCU (see the following figure). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect the rear-panel connectors in the following order: 1. Remove RJ45 cable. 2. Remove Black cable. 3. Remove white BFU cable. Squeeze connector latches to remove connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Package the SCU in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new SCU. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-4.2: Install new SCU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-4.2: Install new SCU Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new SCU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Remove new SCU from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Reconnect the rear-panel connectors in the following order: 1. Push white BFU cable into connector. 2. Push Black cable into connector. 3. Push RJ45 cable into connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully side the SCU into EPSU shelf until latches lock into place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Reconnect front-panel cables as follows: 1. Reconnect rectifier communication cables (R1-R4) from SCU (2-4 cables). Match R1-R4 connections to the correct rectifiers. 2. Reconnect Ethernet cables from SCU (1-2 cables). 3. Reconnect Alarm cable from SCU (1 cable). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Turn AC power ON and check for the following: •
•
Installation is complete when the front-panel green LEDs on rectifier and SCU are on. Contact OMC that cell site is operational. Unlock BBUs. Update Inventory Data in BTS-NEM (PM20C in Full Additional Modules) and Inventory Data in GUI (Shelf > Inventory > Control Unit). Installation is not complete if the green LEDs are not on. Check GUI for errors.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-5: Replace empty EPSU shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5: Replace empty EPSU shelf Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the EPSU shelf with a new empty shelf. The SCU, rectifiers, fillers, and ACU are removed from the failed EPSU shelf and reused in the new shelf.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the EPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 5-5.1: “Remove failed EPSU shelf” (p. 5-22) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 5-5.2: “Install new EPSU shelf” (p. 5-24) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-5.1: Remove failed EPSU shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.1: Remove failed EPSU shelf Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed EPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Contact OMC that cell site is being shutdown for repair and lock BBUs. Turn all power OFF at AC and DC power sources. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect EPSU shelf cables in the following order: 1. Disconnect load power cable (blue). 2. Disconnect battery power cable (gray). 3. Disconnect temperature sensor cable. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Remove SCU as follows: 1. Disconnect rectifier communication cables (R1-R4) from SCU (2-4 cables). 2. Disconnect Ethernet cables from SCU (1-2 cables). 3. Disconnect Alarm cable from SCU (1 cable). 4. Lift up on bottom release latch and push down on top release, and carefully side the SCU out of the EPSU shelf. There are cables attached to the back of the SCU (see the following figure). 5. Disconnect the rear-panel connectors in the following order: a. Remove RJ45 cable. b. Remove Black cable. c. Remove white BFU cable. Squeeze connector latches to remove connector. 6. If reusing SCU, set aside for re-installation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4
Remove all EPSU rectifiers as follows: 1. Disconnect AC power cable from right side of rectifier. 2. Disconnect communications cable from left side of rectifier. 3. Operate the spring latch on the side of the rectifier and pull on both extraction handles to remove the rectifier from the EPSU shelf. 4. If reusing EPSU rectifiers, set aside for re-installation. Note: The rectifier requires some force to be pulled from the EPSU shelf to disconnect the main connector at the rear of the rectifier.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-5.1: Remove failed EPSU shelf
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove rectifier slot fillers by pressing on the latches and pulling filler out of slot. If reusing fillers, set aside for re-installation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Remove ACU as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Disconnect AC power cable from main AC source. Disconnect AC power cables from each EPSU rectifier and/or filler. Disconnect heater cables (H1 and H2). Disconnect Earth/GND cable from GND lug. Remove nut and small retaining bracket from right side of ACU.
6. Carefully side the ACU out of the EPSU shelf. There is a cable attached to the inside back of the ACU (see the following figure). 7. Cut the tie wrap, pull the signal cable from the printed circuit board, and pull through back panel of ACU. 8. If reusing ACU, set aside for re-installation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Loosen the screws securing the EPSU shelf inside the cabinet and remove it. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Package the EPSU shelf in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new EPSU shelf. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-5.2: Install new EPSU shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.2: Install new EPSU shelf Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new EPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Remove new EPSU shelf from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Position EPSU shelf inside cabinet and secure with four screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Install SCU as follows: 1. Position SCU in front of shelf and connect the rear-panel connectors in the following order: a. Connect white BFU cable. Squeeze connector latches to remove connector. b. Connect RJ45 cable. c. Connect Black cable. 2. Carefully side the SCU into the EPSU shelf until latches lock. Watch the cables attached to the back of the SCU (see the following figure). 3. Connect rectifier communication cables (R1-R4) to SCU (2-4 cables). 4. Connect Ethernet cables to SCU (1-2 cables). 5. Connect Alarm cable to SCU (1 cable). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Note: Install rectifiers in the same slots as the previous EPSU shelf. Install EPSU rectifiers as follows: 1. Slide rectifier into the EPSU shelf until rear-panel connector locks. 2. Connect communications cable to left side of rectifier. Note: The rectifier requires some force to be pulled from the EPSU shelf to disconnect the main connector at the rear of the rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
Install rectifier slot fillers by pressing filler into slot until latches lock.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-5.2: Install new EPSU shelf
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Install ACU as follows: 1. Position ACU in front of shelf, pull signal cable through back panel, connect to printed circuit board, secure connector with tie wrap. 2. Carefully side the ACU into shelf. Watch the cable attached to the back of the ACU (see the following figure). 3. Secure ACU with nut and small retaining bracket on right side of ACU. 4. Connect Earth/GND cable to GND lug.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
5. Connect heater cables (H1 and H2). 6. Connect AC power cables to each EPSU rectifier and/or filler. 7. Connect AC power cable to main AC source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn AC power ON and check for the following: •
Installation is complete when the front-panel green LEDs on rectifier and EPSU shelf are on. Contact OMC that cell site is operational. Unlock BBUs.
•
Installation is not complete if the green LEDs are not on. Check GUI for errors.
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-6: Replace assembled EPSU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-6: Replace assembled EPSU Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the EPSU shelf with a new assembled EPSU. The SCU, rectifiers, fillers, and ACU are installed in the EPSU shelf. Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the assembled EPSU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 5-6.1: “Remove failed EPSU” (p. 5-27) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 5-6.2: “Install new assembled EPSU” (p. 5-28)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-6.1: Remove failed EPSU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-6.1: Remove failed EPSU Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed EPSU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Contact OMC that cell site is being shutdown for repair and lock BBUs. Turn all power OFF at AC and DC power sources. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect EPSU shelf cables in the following order: 1. Disconnect load power cable (blue). 2. Disconnect battery power cable (gray). 3. Disconnect temperature sensor cable. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Disconnect SCU cables as follows: 1. Disconnect Ethernet cables from SCU (1-2 cables). 2. Disconnect Alarm cable from SCU (1 cable). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect ACU cables as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Disconnect AC power cable from main AC source. Disconnect heater cables (H1 and H2). Disconnect Earth/GND cable from GND lug. Cut the tie wrap, pull the signal cable from the printed circuit board, and pull through back panel of ACU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Loosen the screws securing the EPSU inside the cabinet and remove it. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Package the EPSU in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new EPSU shelf. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-6.2: Install new assembled EPSU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-6.2: Install new assembled EPSU Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new EPSU. The new EPSU should be configured the same as the failed EPSU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Remove new EPSU from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Position EPSU shelf inside cabinet and secure with four screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect SCU cables as follows: 1. Connect Ethernet cables to SCU (1-2 cables). 2. Connect Alarm cable to SCU (1 cable). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect ACU cables as follows: 1. Connect Earth/GND cable to GND lug. 2. Connect heater cables (H1 and H2). 3. Connect AC power cable to main AC source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Turn AC power ON and check for the following: • •
Installation is complete when the front-panel green LEDs on rectifier and ACU are on. Contact OMC that cell site is operational. Unlock BBUs. Installation is not complete if the green LEDs are not on. Check GUI for errors.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable Overview
The following procedures describe how the EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable is replaced. Battery safety
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
WARNING Explosion hazard Injury and damage may be caused by ignited battery gases. Ensure adequate ventilation is provided. Smoking, fire, sparks, and open flame are prohibited near (0.5 m / 2 ft.) the batteries.
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Battery short circuits may be caused from contact with metal objects causing burns to the face and hands as well as damage to the equipment. You must therefore ensure the following: •
Always use insulated tools when working with or near batteries.
• • •
Never place metallic objects on the batteries. Do not wear jewelry (watches, metal rings or bracelets). Do not wear outer clothing composed of synthetic material (e.g. nylon).
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Sparks may occur when the battery circuit is opened, resulting in burns to the face and hands. Turn off and lockout the battery circuit breaker and unplug the battery cable before you work at the batteries. Always use insulated tools when working with or near batteries
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-29 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Battery acid hazard If the battery thermal probe is not installed correctly, the batteries may overcharge, heat, and burst causing personnel injury and damage to the product. Always ensure firm thermal probe adhesion between corresponding batteries in the string. Steps
Perform the following steps to replace the EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable between the batteries and EPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Disconnect Battery/Temp sensor cable from the EPSU shelf (see following figure).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Replace one sensor/temperature line at a time. Locate and replace each temperature and battery sensor lines, one at a time, at batteries as shown in the following figures:
PRELIMINARY
Single battery string: all three Battery sensors and Temperature sensor are connected at the mid-point (Battery 2 + post) of battery string (see the following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Two battery strings: one Battery sensor is connected at the mid-point (Battery 2 + post) of battery string 1 and the other three sensors are connected to battery string 2 (see the following figure).
Three battery strings: one Battery sensor is connected at the mid-point (Battery 2 + post) of each battery string. Temperature sensor is connected to battery string 2 (see the following figure).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-31 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 5-7: Replace EPSU Battery/Temp sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Restring Battery/Temp sensor cable between batteries and EPSU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect cable to EPSU shelf Battery/Temp sensor cable connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Check battery voltages and temperature in the EPSU GUI.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures Overview Purpose
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
This section describes the Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures for the AC-DC power supply (Emerson) installed in the Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station (lightRadio 9712 OD BS). The following procedures follow the structure of the GUI interface to setup the PC, connect the PC to the power supply, and access the web-based GUI. Contents Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI
5-34
Procedure 5-9: Connect to GUI
5-37
CU GUI
5-37
Procedure 5-10: Maintenance
5-40
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-33 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI Overview
The following procedures describe how to set up the Light Radio Control Unit (Light Radio CU) and the User PC, in order to connect the Light Radio CU via the web-based GUI. The web-based GUI is optimized for a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels or higher. Both Microsoft Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox browsers are supported. The Light Radio CU provides connectivity within private intranets, which include connections via VPN and direct connection between User PC and Light Radio CU. Following the IEEE rules, each CU has its own unique MAC address. Set up the Control Unit
In order to connect to the Light Radio CU it may be necessary to change the IP-address of the CU. For connections through a private Intranet it is required to allocate a unique IP-address to each to the Intranet connected CU. This IP-address must be within the specified Intranet IPRange. To change the IP-address of the CU via the Web-based GUI it is necessary to connect with the “root-user” (see also section “Connect to the Graphical User Interface”). Within the submenu “Access” (under main menu “Maintenance”) it is possible to change the IP-address. After updating the IP-address it is required to reconnect with the new IP-address. The default IP address is 192.168.0.211. Connection to Control Unit via Intranet
No changes are required to connect the PC to the Control Unit via the Intranet. Direct Connection to Control Unit
The User PC can connect to the CU with one of the following setups: • •
Allocate fixed IP address Allocate alternate IP address
Allocate fixed IP address
Perform the following steps to allocate the fixed IP address between the User PC and the CU.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Select Local Area Connection > Properties for the active TCP/IP connection. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) > Properties.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Set the fixed IP Address as follows: 1. From the General menu, select the Use the following IP address option and enter the appropriate IP address. The IP address is bound to the CU IP address and the Subnet mask (default, 255.255.255.0). The first 3 digits of the User PC IP address have to be same as the first 3 digits of the CU IP address. The value of the last digit does not matter, but has to be different from the last digit of the CU IP address. As an example, the CU has an IP address of 192.168.0.211. With this set up the PC is able to open a direct connection between PC and CU. Building other connections is not be possible.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
2. When completed, click OK, then Close (or OK). 3. Activate the IP address as follows: • •
For Windows 2003, restart the PC for the new settings to take effect. For Windows XP4 and later, the new settings are ready immediately, without re-starting.
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Allocate alternate IP address
Note: Alternate IP-address settings are only available for Windows XP, Windows Vista, and later. Perform the following steps to allocate the alternate IP-address between the User PC and the CU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Select Local Area Connection > Properties for the active TCP/IP connection. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) > Properties. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Allocate the alternate IP address as follows: 1. From the General menu, select the Obtain an IP address automatically option. 2. Select Alternate Configuration menu and choose User configured option
With this set up the PC is able to open a direct connection between PC and CU. The PC can also switch automatically between direct connection to the CU and connection to the Intranet/Internet, depending on which connection is attached to the PC. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-35 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Follow the rules from Step 3 in previous procedure to fill out the IP address and Subnet mask.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Procedure 5-8: Set up PC and connect to Web GUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. When completed, click OK, then Close (or OK). 4. Activate the IP address as follows: • For Windows 2003, restart the PC for the new settings to take effect. •
For Windows XP4 and later, the new settings are ready immediately, without re-starting.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-9: Connect to GUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-9: Connect to GUI Steps
The following steps to open the GUI and login. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Open a web browser and type the CU IP address into the address field. The GUI will ask for a “username” and “password”. Following Users are supported: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Log into the GUI with the following username and password: • •
Username: root Password: default Result: The CU GUI opens.
Note: In order to have the expected functionality, check the default location for downloaded data within the browser. This setting may be disturbed while using the configuration upload and download functionality. To change the default download location use the browser help functionality. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
CU GUI Overview
The following information describes the CU GUI. Overview page
After user-login, the Overview page is displayed To return to the Overview page at any time, click on Home in the Main Menu. The Overview (Home) page has no Sub Menu options and so the Sub Menu field remains blank until you choose a Main Menu option. The Overview Page is divided into the following areas: Main Menu: used for the top-level navigation and drives the Sub Menu page. Sub Menu: depending on the chosen Main Menu, the Sub Menu changes.
• • •
System ID & System Location: displays the System ID and System Location. Logout: end the current session in order to change to a different user. Page Name: always shows the current location, or in other words, the current chosen Sub Menu.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-37 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
CU GUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• • •
LVD & CB: Master Low Voltage Disconnect and Circuit Breaker Status. CU: Control Unit/System Overview. Rectifier: Overview for each of the Rectifier.
•
SPD: Surge Protection Device Status.
The Overview Page provides an overview for the most important items and values of all elements of the system. The following colors are used to notify the operator of an event: • •••• • •
Green: error free element Yellow: warning or a minor error
• •
Red: major or critical error Purple: element Loss error. Displayed at any time if there was a previous communication between the elements. A faulty communication between elements at start up of the system will not be recognized as a fault, and the faulty element will be shown as not present.
•
Gray: element not present
Submenu CU
The System Control Unit overview page gives access to more detailed information about the Control Unit and the overall System. To access this detailed information, select Shelf from the Main Menu and CU from the Sub Menu or just click on the CU element in the Overview (Home) page. The following submenu pages can be expanded by clicking on the name Alarm Information
The Alarm Information section shows the alarms that are currently active. To view the active alarms click on Alarm Information in the Control Unit page. Non-active alarms and turned off alarms do not have an alarm sign displayed. To update the current Alarm Status press the Reload button. Battery Information
PRELIMINARY
To view the Battery Information click on Battery Information in the Master Control Unit page. The Battery Information page shows all relevant Battery Data, such as Manufacturer, ID and Nominal Capacity. It also shows the current Mid-Voltage levels and the Charge Status, which can be Float Charge, Discharge, Boost Charge or Battery Test. Restart System
Click the Restart button to perform a system restart.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
CU GUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rectifier
Rectifier Sections: Status Information; The Status Information page shows the operational state of a rectifier. Review the most important Rectifier status values within the Status Information sub section which include: DC Set Voltage, DC Bus Voltage, Power Output Rectifier Load, and Rectifier Temperature. Inventory
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Part Numbers, Serial Numbers (only for Rectifier and Control Unit) and Firmware Version (only for Control Unit) can be reviewed. For each Unit it is possible to change the Functional Version, Realization Version, and Item Change Status. Power Monitor
The Power Monitor displays the consumed Power as follows: • • •
kW/h per hour for the past 24 hours kW/h per day for the past 30 days kW/h per month for the past 12 months
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-39 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Procedure 5-10: Maintenance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-10: Maintenance Overview
The following maintenance procedures can be performed through the CU. The firmware must be copied to the PC before the following procedure can be done. Firmware Upgrade
Perform the following steps to upgrade the CU firmware. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Main menu, select Maintenance and Firmware upgrade. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Browse, locate the authorized firmware file on the PC. The filename has to start with “ENP_LRADIO_FW_” and must be provided in the correct format. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Upload to send the chosen file to the power supply. Result: A loading screen is displayed showing the progress of the upload. When
completed, a restart occurs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, return to the Main menu. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Battery Test
Perform the following steps to verify the status (health) of the battery. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Main menu, select Maintenance and Battery Test.
PRELIMINARY
The test can be done manually or automatically.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 5-10: Maintenance
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Enter the following parameters: • •
•
Constant Discharge Current [A]: Select the discharge current for the battery test. Test-End-Voltage and Test duration will be calculated internal. Test Interval [d]: specifies the time between automatically performed battery tests. Each successful finished test will restart this interval. Setting this parameter to ‘Off’ will deactivate this functionality.
PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Start Time [hh:mm]: defines the start time of the battery test according to the given interval.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Perform one of the following: •
Click Update to update the changed input parameters only.
•
Click Start Battery-Test to update the changed input parameters and start a battery test at the same time. Click Reload to update the current Test Status.
•
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, return to the Main menu. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Notes:
Keep the following information in mind when testing batteries: • • • •
The GUI will deny parameters, which will result in a discharge current lower than 3A. It is not possible to start or queue a battery test, when there is already a test running or queued. Clearing the Test Records will also clear a “Low Battery Voltage” alarm.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-41 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
There are several conditions, which have to be fulfilled before the battery test starts. If they are not fulfilled the test will be queued until the following conditions are met: – A battery has to be equipped – The load current is equal or bigger than the selected discharge current – The circuit breaker is closed – None of the following alarms is active: Battery Failure, Urgent Alarm, Non-Urgent Alarm – The actual charge current is smaller than 1A
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Emerson PSU Corrective Maintenance Emerson GUI-based maintenance procedures
Procedure 5-10: Maintenance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
– –
The battery temperature is above 10°C The battery voltage is equal or above 99% of the selected target voltage (includes the given V/cell & temperature compensation)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 5-42 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
6
6 elta PSU Corrective D Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the components of the Delta Power Supply Unit (DPSU) and perform GUI-based maintenance. Contents Delta PSU component replacement procedures
6-2
DPSU safety
6-2
Procedure 6-1: Replace DPSU rectifier
6-4
Procedure 6-2: Replace DPSU Controller
6-8 6-11
Procedure 6-4: Replace DPSU AC Input Module (AIM)
6-16
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
6-21
Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
6-25
DPSU Controller
6-25
Network setup
6-27
System
6-30
Rectifier
6-32
Battery
6-35
Alarms
6-41
Configuration
6-46
History
6-49
Control
6-51
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Procedure 6-3: Replace DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delta PSU component replacement procedures Overview Purpose
This section describes how to replace the components of the Delta Power Supply Unit (DPSU). The rectifier(s) and the controller can be hot-swapped. Contents DPSU safety
6-2
Procedure 6-1: Replace DPSU rectifier
6-4
Procedure 6-2: Replace DPSU Controller
6-8
Procedure 6-3: Replace DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module
6-11
Procedure 6-4: Replace DPSU AC Input Module (AIM)
6-16
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
6-21
DPSU safety WARNING Electric-shock hazard This product may be connected to an AC main power supply and may contain an internal battery supply. Disconnecting one power source may not de-energize the system, and can lead to serious injury. Disconnect and lock out the AC main power supply, if present, and the internal battery supply, if present, before servicing the equipment.
WARNING
PRELIMINARY
Electric-shock hazard Contact with energized network element power supply lines can result in serious personal injury. Do not touch the energized power supply connectors or power supply lines. Ensure the equipment is installed in a restricted location. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
DPSU safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Some parts of all electrical installations are energized. Failure to follow safe work practices and the safety warnings may lead to bodily injury and property damage. For this reason, only trained and qualified personnel (electrical workers as defined in IEC 60215 or EN 60215 + A1 or in the National Electrical Code or in ANSI/NFPA No. 10) may install or service the installation.
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Dangerous voltages and currents are present. Contact with energized equipment will cause an electric shock that may result in personal injury or death. Exercise care and follow safe work practices when measuring power external to the cabinet. Note: The DPSU rectifiers and Controller can be replaced while power is applied to the DPSU.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-1: Replace DPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-1: Replace DPSU rectifier Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the DPSU rectifier. The DPSU rectifier is hat-swappable and can be removed from the DPSU shelf while the system is powered. DPSU rectifier LED status
The following table describes the DPSU rectifier LED status. Table 6-1
DPSU rectifier LED status
LED
Indication
OK, ON green
If ON: rectifier is operating normally
OK, OFF
If OFF:
PRELIMINARY
OK, flashing green
•
Not working due to a loss of AC (Mains) power
•
Over voltage protection shut down
•
Over temperature protection shut down
•
Failed rectifier
If flashing: •
Rectifier is in standby mode because of a user command from the controller
•
AC input voltage is out of range
•
Rectifier is waiting to start-up during the start-up delay mode
NL, ON yellow
If ON: rectifier output is less than 5% of the nominal output current
NL, OFF
If OFF: •
Rectifier output is greater than 5%
•
Rectifier is in standby mode
•
AC input voltage is out of range
•
Rectifier is waiting to start-up during the start-up delay mode
NL, flashing
If flashing: rectifier is operating in current limit mode
COM, ON green
If ON: rectifier is communicating with the controller
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-1: Replace DPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-1
DPSU rectifier LED status
(continued)
LED
Indication
COM, OFF
If OFF: rectifier is not communicating with the controller
COM, flashing
If flashing: controller is identifying the rectifier module via a user command from the controller
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the DPSU rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 6-1.1: “Remove failed DPSU rectifier” (p. 6-6) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 6-1.2: “Install new DPSU rectifier” (p. 6-7) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-1.1: Remove failed DPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-1.1: Remove failed DPSU rectifier Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed DPSU rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open cabinet and locate failed DPSU rectifier by checking rectifier LEDs (see Table 6-1, “DPSU rectifier LED status” (p. 6-4)). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove rectifier as follows: 1. Push locking buttons to center of rectifier (locking pins inside). 2. Pull on Pull handle to remove rectifier from shelf (see following figure) Note: The rectifier requires some force to be pulled from the DPSU shelf to disconnect the main rear connector of the rectifier.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
Package the failed rectifier in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new rectifier. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-1.2: Install new DPSU rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-1.2: Install new DPSU rectifier Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new DPSU rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Open packaging and remove rectifier. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Insert rectifier into shelf as follows: 1. Push locking buttons to center of rectifier (locking pins inside). 2. Slide rectifier into shelf with two hands until rear connector is locked. 3. Push locking buttons away from center of rectifier to lock in place. Note: Do not use Pull handle to push rectifier into shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check for the following: •
Installation is complete when the rectifier OK and COM LED are on. Contact OMC that cell site is operational after repair.
•
Installation is not complete if the rectifier LEDs are off or flashing. Check GUI for errors (see for alarms/errors). Reseat the rectifier or if necessary, replace it.
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-2: Replace DPSU Controller
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2: Replace DPSU Controller Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the DPSU Controller. Note: Controller is hot-swappable and can be replaced with power applied to PSU. Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the DPSU Controller. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 6-2.1: “Remove failed DPSU Controller” (p. 6-9) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 6-2.2: “Install new DPSU Controller” (p. 6-10)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-2.1: Remove failed DPSU Controller
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2.1: Remove failed DPSU Controller Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed DPSU Controller. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Loosen captive locking screw on controller, do not remove screw (see following figure).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Carefully side the Controller out of the DPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Package the Controller in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new DPSU Controller. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-2.2: Install new DPSU Controller
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2.2: Install new DPSU Controller Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new DPSU Controller. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Remove new Controller from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Carefully side Controller into DPSU shelf and secure captive locking screw. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check that Controller LCD is on and verify DPSU is operational. Check Controller GUI for alarms/errors (see ). Replace Controller if necessary.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-3: Replace DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3: Replace DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the DPSU AIM Surge Protector Module (SPM). If cabinet is not equipped with batteries, AIM replacement requires cabinet powered off and traffic is lost until procedure is completed. If cabinet is equipped with batteries, check the charging current is sufficient before replacing DPSU AIM SPM.
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the DPSU AIM SPM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 6-3.1: “Remove failed DPSU AIM SPM” (p. 6-12) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 6-3.2: “Install new DPSU AIM SPM” (p. 6-14) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-3.1: Remove failed DPSU AIM SPM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.1: Remove failed DPSU AIM SPM Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed DPSU AIM SPM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Perform one of the following to turn AC power off before replacing DPSU AIM SPM: •
•
If cabinet is not equipped with batteries: 1. Lock and turn power off to BTSs/BBUs/RFMs. 2. Turn AC power off to cabinet. 3. When complete, go to next step. If cabinet is equipped with batteries: 1. Allow BTSs/BBUs/RFMs to remain on. 2. Turn AC power off to AIM. 3. When complete, go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Pull on AIM latch and slide AIM half way out of DPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Carefully cut and remove the two cable-ties from cable on left side of AIM (see following figure).
PRELIMINARY
Note: The input AC power cable is not shown for clarity. It does not have to be removed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Carefully remove the two captive fasteners, (see following figure) and separate the tray halves.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-3.1: Remove failed DPSU AIM SPM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove four SPM mounting screws (see following figure) and remove SPM from AIM (see following figure).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Package the SPM in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, perform the following procedure to install new SPM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-3.2: Install new DPSU AIM SPM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.2: Install new DPSU AIM SPM Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new DPSU AIM SPM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Remove new AIM SPM from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Set SPM inside AIM and secure with four SPM mounting screws (see following figure).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Slide AIM halves together as follows: 1. Slide halves together with side tabs slid into slots on wall of front half of AIM (see following figure).
PRELIMINARY
2. Secure both halves together with the two captive fastners (see following figure). 3. Tie-wrap cable back inside wall of AIM (see following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-3.2: Install new DPSU AIM SPM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Perform one of the following to turn AC power on after replacing DPSU AIM SPM: •
If cabinet is not equipped with batteries, turn AC power on to cabinet, turn power on to BTSs/BBUs/RFMs, then unlock. When complete, go to next step.
•
If cabinet is equipped with batteries, turn AC power on and check DPSU operation. When complete, go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Contact OMC that cell site is turned up after repair and confirm BTS/BBU/RFM operation. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-4: Replace DPSU AC Input Module (AIM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-4: Replace DPSU AC Input Module (AIM) Overview
The following procedure describes how to replace the DPSU AC Input Module (AIM). If cabinet is not equipped with batteries, AIM replacement requires cabinet power off and traffic is lost until procedure is completed. If cabinet is equipped with batteries, check the charging current is sufficient before replacing DPSU AIM. Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the DPSU AIM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 6-4.1: “Remove failed DPSU AIM” (p. 6-17) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 6-4.2: “Install new DPSU AIM” (p. 6-19)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-4.1: Remove failed DPSU AIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-4.1: Remove failed DPSU AIM Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed DPSU AIM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Contact OMC that cell site is being shutdown for repair and lock BBUs/BTSs. Turn power OFF with DC Battery Breaker and at AC power source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Remove AIM cables as follows (see following figure): 1. Disconnect AC power cable from main AC source. 2. Disconnect heater cables (Heater 1 and Heater 2). 3. Disconnect Earth/GND cable from GND lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Pull on AIM latch to remove AIM from DPSU shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect main AC power cable from AIM as follows: 1. Disconnect wires from terminal block with screwdriver (see following figures for single- and three-phase connections). 2. Open the EMI Shield Ground Strap on the AC cable using the star-shaped screwdriver. 3. Pull power cable out through front panel of AIM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4. If single-phase power connection, remove shorting bus bar from terminal block. 5. When completed, go to next step.
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-4.1: Remove failed DPSU AIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Package the AIM in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new AIM.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-4.2: Install new DPSU AIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-4.2: Install new DPSU AIM Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new DPSU AIM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Remove new AIM from packaging. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Reconnect main AC power cable to AIM as follows: 1. For single- or three-phase power connection, perform one of the following: •
If three-phase power connection (see “Steps” (p. 6-18)), go to next sub-step.
•
If single-phase power connection, slide shorting bus bar into terminal block (see “Steps” (p. 6-18)), then go to next sub-step. 2. Slide power cable in through front panel and EMI Shield Ground Strap of AIM (see following figure). 3. Reconnect wires to terminal block with screwdriver. Torque to 1.5 Nm. 4. Close EMI Shield Ground Strap using the star-shaped screwdriver. 5. When completed, go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Carefully side the AIM into DPSU shelf until latch locks.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-4.2: Install new DPSU AIM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Reconnect cables as follows: 1. Reconnect Earth/GND cable to GND lug. Use open-ended wrench to hold bottom nut in place. Torque locking nut to 7.3 Nm (65 in-lb). 2. Reconnect heater cables (Heater 1 and Heater 2). 3. Reconnect AC power cable to main AC source. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Turn power AC power ON and check for the following: •
•
If Rectifier OK and COM LEDs are on and the Controller LCD display is on, and no alarms are indicated, installation is complete. If necessary, update DPSU configuration as described in . When complete, go to next step. If Rectifier LEDs indicate a failure (refer to Table 6-1, “DPSU rectifier LED status” (p. 6-4) for details), and Controller GUI indicates alarms/errors (see for details), installation is not complete. If necessary, replace Controller.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Contact OMC that cell site is being turned up after repair. Unlock BBUs/BTSs. OMC should contact cell site to confirm it is operational.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable Overview
The following procedures describe how the DPSU battery sensor cable is replaced. Battery safety
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
WARNING Explosion hazard Injury and damage may be caused by ignited battery gases. Ensure adequate ventilation is provided. Smoking, fire, sparks, and open flame are prohibited near (0.5 m / 2 ft.) the batteries.
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Battery short circuits may be caused from contact with metal objects causing burns to the face and hands as well as damage to the equipment. You must therefore ensure the following: •
Always use insulated tools when working with or near batteries.
• • •
Never place metallic objects on the batteries. Do not wear jewelry (watches, metal rings or bracelets). Do not wear outer clothing composed of synthetic material (e.g. nylon).
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Sparks may occur when the battery circuit is opened, resulting in burns to the face and hands. Turn off and lockout the battery circuit breaker and unplug the battery cable before you work at the batteries. Always use insulated tools when working with or near batteries
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Battery acid hazard If the battery thermal probe is not installed correctly, the batteries may overcharge, heat, and burst causing personnel injury and damage to the product. Always ensure firm thermal probe adhesion between corresponding batteries in the string. Steps
Perform the following steps to replace the DPSU temperature sensor and battery symmetry mid-point sense lines from the batteries. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Turn DPSU Battery Breaker off and disconnect battery sensor cable from the DPSU shelf BATT DETECT connector (see following figure).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Replace one sensor/temperature line at a time. Locate and replace each temperature sensor and battery symmetry sense lines, one at a time, from batteries as shown in the following figures:
PRELIMINARY
Single battery string: all four sensors are connected at the mid-point (Battery 2 + post) of battery string (see the following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Two battery strings: one sensor is connected at the mid-point (Battery 2 + post) of battery string 1 and the other three sensors are connected to battery string 2 (see the following figure).
Three battery strings: one sensor is connected at the mid-point (Battery 2 + post) of each battery string. Temperature sensor is connected to battery string 2 (see the following figure).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta PSU component replacement procedures
Procedure 6-5: Replace DPSU battery sensor cable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Restring battery sensor cable between batteries and DPSU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect cable to DPSU shelf BATT DETECT connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Check battery voltages and temperature in the DPSU GUI (see ).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures Overview Purpose
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
This chapter describes the GUI-based maintenance procedures for the AC-DC power supply (Delta) installed in the Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station (lightRadio 9712 OD BS). The following procedures follow the structure of the GUI interface to setup the PC, connect the PC to the power supply, and access the web-based GUI. Contents DPSU Controller
6-25
Network setup
6-27
System
6-30
Rectifier
6-32
Battery
6-35
Alarms
6-41
Configuration
6-46
History
6-49
Control
6-51
DPSU Controller Overview
The CSU 502-series controller is a telecom-grade controller designed to work with the Delta PSU. The controller provides you with monitoring and control via an Ethernet based graphical user interface (GUI). In addition, an event log is available for review of past alarms and events.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
DPSU Controller
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 6-1 DPSU Controller
Connections
The following connections are associated with the Controller: • •
Ethernet – RJ45 port for TCP/IP based GUI. Connection uses standard, off-the-shelf straight-through or crossover CAT5 cable, not included. USB – mini-USB connection is a factory only interface
Display
The display (LCD) provides a user interface to review alarm, events, and adjust parameters. A joy stick is used to navigate UP and DOWN menus and adjust the value of parameters. At any time you want to quit what you are doing or back out of a menu by one step, you can press the joy stick to the left (ESC). LEDs
The following LEDs indicate PSU conditions: • • • •
MainF – Mainsfailure active, all AC power has been lost EQU – Equalize function is active MIN – Minor alarm is active MAJ – Major alarm is active
PRELIMINARY
Graphic User Interface
The CSU 502-series controller is available with an Ethernet based, graphical user interface (GUI), or sometimes called a web interface because it uses an Internet browser to access the GUI. The GUI uses Microsoft Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, or Google Chrome to access the web server on the network interface module of the controller.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Network setup
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Network setup Default IP address
The controller comes equipped with a default IP address as follows: • •
IP Address: 192.168.1.1 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Physical connection
The controller accepts an Ethernet cross-over cable for direct computer-to-computer connections or a standard straight through CAT5 cable through a switch or hub. Change the IP address for network access
If you wish to put the controller onto a network you can change the IP address via the front display using the following instructions: 1. Press the joy stick to the right to access the Main Menu. 2. Highlight Admin and press the joy stick to the right. 3. Enter the Administrator password (default 8888) by moving the joy stick up and down to enter the desired number and pressing the stick to the right to select the value. 4. Highlight the Setting menu and press the joy stick to the right. 5. Highlight the Sys Config menu and press the joy stick to the right. 6. Highlight Web IP menu and press the joy stick to the right. 7. Highlight IP Address menu and press the joy stick to the right. 8. Press the joy stick to the right to enter editing mode indicated by a box around the first set of numbers. 9. Adjust the value by moving the joy stick up and down to enter the desired value and pressing the stick to the right to save the change indicated by a solid box around the first set of numbers. 10. Press the joy stick down to highlight the next section of digits and repeat Step 8 to Step 10. 11. When complete press the joy stick to the left to exit the menu.
15. Enter the Gateway address and when complete press the joy stick to the left to exit the menu. 16. Press the joy stick to the left until you return to the Home screen. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
12. Step 12 Highlight the Subnet menu and press the joy stick to the right. 13. Enter the Subnet mask and when complete press the joy stick to the left to exit the menu. 14. Highlight the Gateway menu and press the joy stick to the right.
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Network setup
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Direct connection
The direct connection method requires a cross-over cable to communicate with the controller. Some newer computers have a feature called Auto MDIX that allows you to use a straight through cable on a direct connection. TCP/IP communication requires that the two computers communicating have similar addresses. The IP address and Subnet Mask are especially important. If your computer has a different IP address and Subnet than the controller the two will not communicate. Often, computers are set to dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) by default and need to communicate with a DHCP server to obtain an IP address. Perform the following steps to setup a direct connection between Controller and PC: 1. Change the IP address of your computer to match the controller’s IP address 2. Plug an Ethernet cross-over cable from the computer to the controller 3. Verify that the computer has made a connection 4. Follow Web Login instructions in “GUI login” (p. 6-28). GUI login
Use the following steps to log into the Ethernet-based GUI. 1. Once the controller’s IP has been established open the web browser and enter the IP address into the address bar (see following figure). 2. Enter the username and password (if login security is enabled) (see following figure). Note: The default user name and password are below: • •
User Account: 1234 Admin Password: 8888
PRELIMINARY
The username is not case-sensitive. It is recommended changing the default password immediately.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Network setup
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-29 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
System Home page
The home page is the initial page after logging into the system. The home page includes basic system status information as follows (see following figure): •
•
Site Name – The site identification name. See “Configuration” (p. 6-46) for information on adjusting this parameter. Site Location – User defined site location. See “Configuration” (p. 6-46) for information on adjusting this parameter. Site Description – User defined site description. See “Configuration” (p. 6-46) for information on adjusting this parameter. Web Firmware – The version of the web software
•
Permission – User level used for login
• •
PRELIMINARY
System
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
System
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
System Status
The following fields display system status: • •
• • • •
TA – ambient temperature value TB – battery temperature value Charge Mode – current system status (Float, Boost, Batt. Test, Mains Fail) CSU Firmware – version of the controller software
•
CSU Serial – serial number of the controller
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-31 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
DCV – measured system voltage Load I – total load current. This value is calculated from the total rectifier current minus the total battery current. Batt. I – total measured current from the battery
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
System
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function Buttons
Function buttons perform the following functions: • • • •
Manual Charge – Pressing this button will activate the equalize/boost feature (see “Parameters” (p. 6-35)). Battery Test – Pressing this button will activate the battery test feature (see “Battery Test Parameters” (p. 6-36)). Battery Test Fail Reset – Pressing this button will reset a battery test fail alarm. Alarm Relay Test – Pressing this button will activate each relay for three (3) seconds individually, followed by all relays activating for five (5) seconds.
Alarm List
Alarm List displays a list of the active alarm(s).
Rectifier Overview
PRELIMINARY
The following information describes rectifier information and activities (see following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-33 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SMR Properties
The following fields display SMR properties: • • • • • •
Type – rectifier model type System Power Limit – total system output power will be limited to this maximum value Rectifier Current Limit – each rectifier will be limited to this maximum value HVSD – High voltage shutdown value Fallback Volt – output voltage to which the rectifiers change if the controller and rectifiers lose communication for more than 60 seconds Capacity Alarm – Enables or disables the alarm if the system loses N+1 redundancy
Energy Saving
The following fields display Energy Saving: • • • • • •
Energy Saving – Enables or disables the energy management feature. On Threshold – rectifier will turn on a rectifier if the percent load per rectifier exceeds this value. Off Threshold – rectifier will turn off a rectifier if the percent load per rectifier drops below this value. Start Delay – activation of the energy saving feature will be delayed by this value. Cycle Period – time the controller will wait before cycling to turn off the next rectifier. Minimum Number of Rectifier – minimum number of rectifiers that will operate when energy saving is active.
Mains voltage measurement
The following field displays Mains voltage measurement: •
ACV – indicates measured AC voltage.
Set Mode – Click button to change to editable mode and change the parameters. Power Monitor
PRELIMINARY
The following fields display Power Monitor information: •
Current DC Power – The instantaneous DC power in watts delivered by the rectifiers.
• •
Current AC Power – The instantaneous AC power in watts consumed by the rectifiers. DC Power Delivered – The accumulated amount of DC power in watt-hours delivered by the rectifiers. AC Power Consumed – The accumulated amount of AC power in watt-hours consumed by the rectifiers.
•
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Rectifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reset Power Monitor – Pressing button resets the DC Power Delivered and AC Power Consumed values to zero. Rectifiers
The following fields display Rectifiers information: •
No. – rectifier ID number.
• • •
Model – model number of the rectifier. Serial – serial number of the rectifier. Voltage (V) – output voltage of the individual rectifier.
• • •
Current (A) – output current of the individual rectifier. Temp (°C) – internal temperature of the rectifier. Status – current status of the rectifier (N/A, OK, CL, RFA, Com-F, OFF).
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Battery Overview
The following information enables battery parameters and features to be changed. Parameters
The following fields display Battery Parameters information (see following figure): • • • •
Float Voltage – desired output voltage of the rectifiers. Boost Voltage – voltage at which the controller will set the rectifiers when the boost feature is activated. Battery Capacity – amp-hour (AH) rating of the batteries. Max. Charge I. – C-rate at which the controller will determine the battery current limit in amps (A).
Set Mode – Click button to change to editable mode and change the parameters
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-35 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Battery
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Battery Test Parameters
This section describes the parameters for the battery discharge test (see following figure). Battery Test Parameters
The following fields display Battery Discharge Test Parameters: •
Discharge Curr (C) – C-rate at which the controller will maintain the discharge current value during the test.
•
Discharge Curr (A) – amp (A) value at which the controller will maintain the discharge current value during the test. This value must be less than load value. Test Time (min) – length of time the test will last. Failure Volt (V) – voltage at which the controller will end the battery test.
PRELIMINARY
• •
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Battery
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Other Battery Test Parameters
The following fields display Other Battery Test Parameters (see previous figure): • •
Periodic Test – Enables or disables the periodic capacity test feature. Period – number of days between scheduled battery discharge tests.
• • •
Minimum Temperature – minimum temperature required for the test to start. Period Timer – time of the next scheduled battery discharge test. Test Timer – length of time the test has been active.
Set Mode – Click button to change to editable mode and change the parameters. Temperature Compensation
This section describes the parameters for temperature compensation (see following figure).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-37 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Temperature Compensation
The following fields sets or displays Temperature Compensation information: • • •
PRELIMINARY
Battery
Temp. Compensation Config. – Enables or disables the temperature compensation feature. Temp. Compensation Mode – Sets the temperature compensation mode to either linear or curve. Compensation Voltage – For reference, the voltage the controller is currently adjusting the output voltage.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Battery
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Linear Mode
The following fields sets or displays Linear Mode information: • • • • • •
Temp. Compensation During Boost – Enables or disables temperature compensation during an active boost session Slope – controller will raise or lower the output voltage by this value for every degree Celsius above or below the Reference Temperature. Reference Temperature – nominal battery temperature at which the controller will maintain the set float voltage.
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Compensation Voltage Upper Bound – maximum value above the float voltage to which the controller will raise the output voltage. Compensation Voltage Lower Bound – minimum value below the float voltage to which the controller will lower the output voltage. Compensation Cutoff Voltage – maximum voltage the controller will allow the output voltage to be adjusted even if the temperature continues to lower.
Curve Mode
The following fields sets or displays Curve Mode information: •
High Start Temperature – temperature at which the controller will activate the high temperature compensation feature.
•
High Temperature Slope – voltage at which the controller will lower the output voltage of the rectifiers for every degree above the high start temperature. High Stop Voltage – minimum voltage to which the controller will lower the output voltage of the rectifiers. Low Start Temperature – temperature at which the controller will activate the low temperature compensation feature. Low Temperature Slope – voltage at which the controller will raise the output voltage of the rectifiers for every degree below the low start temperature. Low Stop Voltage – maximum voltage to which the controller will raise the output voltage of the rectifiers. Runaway Temperature – temperature at which the controller will activate the thermal runaway feature.
• • • • • •
Runaway Stop Voltage – voltage to which the controller will lower the rectifier output voltage if the temperature exceeds the runaway temperature value.
Set Mode – Click button to change to editable mode and change the parameters.
This section describes the parameters for Boost Charge (see following figure).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-39 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Boost Charge
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Battery
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Boost Charge Mode
PRELIMINARY
The following fields sets or displays Boost Charge Mode information: • •
Voltage Mode – enables or disables a boost charge based on voltage. Trigger Voltage – voltage at which the batteries must fall to trigger the boost charge feature during a battery discharge.
• •
Capacity Mode – enables or disables a boost charge based on battery capacity. Boost Capacity – amount of charge (Amp-Hours) remaining in the batteries after a discharge for the boost charge feature to activate. Recharge Mode – enables or disables a boost charge based on battery recharge current.
•
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Battery
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
Periodic Mode – enables or disables a boost charge based on a period of time (days). Period – number of days between boost charges.
Boost Charge
The following fields sets or displays Boost Charge information: • •
Period Timer – amount of time (HH:MM:SS, Days) until the next periodic boost charge. Remaining Capacity – amount of charge (amp-hours) remaining in the batteries.
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Stop Criteria
The following fields sets or displays Stop Criteria information: • •
Min. Charge Current – amount of current at which the boost feature will deactivate if the battery charge current value falls below it after the duration time has been reached. Duration – amount of time the battery boost feature will be active.
Set Mode – click this button to change to editable mode and change the parameters.
Alarms Overview
The following information enables Alarms parameters and features to be changed. Alarms Setting
This section describes the parameters for Alarms Setting (see following figure).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-41 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Setting – DC Alarm
The following fields sets or displays Alarm Setting for DC Alarm information: • •
DC High – voltage at which the controller will trigger a DC high voltage alarm. DC Low – voltage at which the controller will trigger a DC low voltage alarm.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-42 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Setting – AC Alarm
The following fields sets or displays Alarm Setting for AC Alarm information: • •
AC High – voltage at which the controller will trigger an AC high voltage alarm. AC Low – voltage at which the controller will trigger an AC low voltage alarm.
Alarm Setting – Ambient Temp Alarm
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
The following fields sets or displays Alarm Setting for Ambient Temp Alarm information: • •
Ambient Temp. High – value at which the controller will trigger a high ambient temperature alarm. Ambient Temp. Low – value at which the controller will trigger a low ambient temperature alarm.
Alarm Setting – Battery Temp. Alarm
The following fields sets or displays Alarm Setting for Battery Temp. Alarm information: • •
Battery Temp High – temperature at which the controller will trigger a high battery temperature alarm. Battery Temp Low – temperature at which the controller will trigger a low battery temperature alarm.
Middle-Point Voltage
The following fields sets or displays Middle-Point Voltage information: • •
Set Threshold – voltage difference at which the controller will trigger a battery middle-point alarm. Clear Threshold – voltage difference at which the controller will release the battery middle-point alarm.
Digital Input Definition
The following fields sets or displays Digital Input Definition information: • • • •
Digital Input 1 – allows user to assign a value to digital input 1. Digital Input 2 – allows user to assign a value to digital input 2. Digital Input 3 – allows user to assign a value to digital input 3. Digital Input 4 – allows user to assign a value to digital input 4.
Set Mode – click button to change to editable mode and change the parameters. Relay Map
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-43 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Use the Alarms section to configure the alarm severity (major or minor) and output relays. Alarm configuration is a feature exclusive to the web interface (see following figure).
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-44 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Alarm Relay Test
The controller provides a relay test to assist in determining proper operation and connectivity to your alarm transport equipment. This test does not apply to the controller failure relay.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-45 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform the following steps to activate Alarm Relay Test: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Ensure there are no active alarm before beginning the test Click on the radio button next to the alarm relay you wish to test Verify that the relay has changed states Click radio button again to end the test. The relay will return to the normal state after 5 minutes of inactivity.
Configuration Overview
PRELIMINARY
The following information enables Configuration parameters and features to be changed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-46 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
System Settings
The following fields sets or displays System Settings information: System Time – system date and time (MM/DD/YYYY, HH:MM:SS). Temperature Unit – unit of measurement that the controller will display all temperatures.
•
Set PC Time – Press button to change the controller’s time to the user’s computer time. Change Password – Press button to change the user or admin password.
•
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-47 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current Monitor
The following fields sets or displays Current Monitor information: •
Shunt Size – Sets the amperage rating of the current monitors.
LVDS Function
The following fields sets or displays LVDS Function information: • • • •
LVDS – designation of the low voltage disconnect switch (LVDS) the user is programming. Voltage Mode – enables or disables the voltage mode for the LVDS. Temperature Mode – enables or disables the temperature mode for the LVDS. Open Voltage – voltage at which the contactor will open.
•
Open Temperature – temperature at which the contactor will open.
Site Information
The following fields sets or displays Site information: • • •
Name – user defined site name. Location – user defined site location. Description – user defined site description.
Network Setting
The following fields sets or displays Network Setting information: • • •
IP Address – IP address of the controller. Netmask – required subnet mask address for the network on which the controller is installed. Gateway – IP address of the gateway server.
SNMP Setting
PRELIMINARY
The following fields sets or displays SNMP Setting information: •
Trap IP Address – IP address to which the controller will send SNMP traps.
• • •
Read Community – community string for the read function. Read/Write Community – community string for the write function. Trap Community – community string for the trap function.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-48 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
History
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
History Overview
This section provides a log of alarms and events. All information can be downloaded to a PC via HTTP as a comma delimited file (Event_Logs.csv).
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
History
The following buttons display History information: • •
Download Event History – click button to download the event history file. Reset Event Log – click button to reset the event log.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-49 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
History
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-50 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Control
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Control Overview
This section provides information to upgrade firmware and upload/download profiles. Firmware Upgrade
PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
This section provides an interface to upgrade the firmware of the system, including the controller (CSU) and the Ethernet interface (web). Each of these parts has a separate file with a “.bin” file extension. When upgrading the system firmware from this interface each file must be uploaded separately on each individual controller.
Profile Upload
Click button uploads a previously saved parameter profile.
Profile Download
Click button downloads a configuration file (Profile.bin) with the current parameter settings.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-51 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance Delta GUI-based maintenance procedures
Control
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 6-52 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Part III: FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This part describes the corrective maintenance procedures for the FDD-LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (d2Uv5) (9926 BBU). Contents Chapter 7, Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU Corrective Maintenance
7-1
Chapter 8, RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
8-1
Chapter 9, eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
9-1
Chapter 10, bCEM Replacement Procedure
10-1
Chapter 11, 9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
11-1
Chapter 12, FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures
12-1
Chapter 13, Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
13-1
Chapter 14, Add new cell to 9926 BBU
14-1
Chapter 15, Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
15-1
Chapter 16, Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
16-1
Chapter 17, Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
17-1
Chapter 18, Reconfiguring cells
18-1
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary III-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD III-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7
7 lcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU A Corrective Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace failing/failed components applicable to the LTE 9926 BBU. Given the modularity of the base stations, repairs are essentially accomplished through replacement of the faulty component, software upgrades, and/or provisioning. Notes
Note: The LTE terms 9926 BBU and eNodeB are interchangeable in the context of these procedures. Contents LTE 9926 BBU replacement procedures
7-2
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU Corrective Maintenance
LTE 9926 BBU replacement procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LTE 9926 BBU replacement procedures The following table lists the procedures that apply to replacing the LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU configuration. Table 7-1
LTE 9926 BBU component replacement procedures
Replace component
Procedure
RUC/Fan Tray
Procedure 8-1: “Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU” (p. 8-1)
eCCM-U/eCCM2
Procedure 9-1: “Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM” (p. 9-2) Procedure 9-2: “Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-26)
bCEM
Procedure 10-1: “Replace bCEM” (p. 10-2)
9926 BBU Sub-Rack
Procedure 11-1: “Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU” (p. 11-1)
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
The following figure illustrates the circuit packs that make up the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 7-1 Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 7-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
8 UC/Fan Tray R Replacement Procedure
PRELIMINARY
8
Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU Purpose
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard To avoid possible deletion of the 9926 BBU database, when replacing a RUC/Fan Tray in an LTE 9926 BBU, ONLY USE FACTORY NEW RUC/Fan Trays. When replacing a +24V or -48V RUC/Fan Tray or performing the ECP CN CL2002CB for the -48V RUC/Fan Tray replacement, never insert a RUC/Fan Tray into a different eNodeB after its initial use. A new RUC/Fan Tray is programmed with factory default values that are detected by the eCCM and then reprogrammed for the given site. If a reprogrammed RUC/Fan Tray spare is removed and installed into another eNodeB, the controller will remove the site database, rendering the eNodeB inoperable (thus factory mode). Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support with any questions. This procedure describes how to replace the RUC/Fan Tray of a 9926 BBU. Note: Unless otherwise indicated, RUC/Fan Tray refers to both the RUC/Fan Tray and RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray (RUC/HC Fan Tray).
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Important! The RUC/Fan Tray includes the network entity identifier (NE ID) for the 9926 BBU. The NE ID is used to identify the 9926 BBU to the network and is used to obtain the OAM IP address through an optional Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) server or manually. If the DHCP server is activated, the 9926 BBU sends a request to a DHCP server using an “eNodeB unique identifier” and the DHCP server answers with the IP address that had been provisioned associated with this “eNodeB unique identifier”. This IP address is used by the 9926 BBU for the OAM flow. If the DHCP server feature is deactivated, a technician must enter the OAM IP address at commissioning time on the 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The RUC/Fan Tray is programmed at the factory with the relevant serialization number (NodeB unique identifier). If the DHCP server is used, the serialization number has been declared as the NE ID for the 9926 BBU. When replacing the RUC/Fan Tray, the cabinet serialization number must be programmed into the new RUC/Fan Tray so that there is no impact on the DHCP server. This is done automatically. Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window (1-2 hour duration). Safety
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original antistatic packaging if possible. Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE Service interruption
PRELIMINARY
Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the RUC/Fan Tray module. Figure 8-1 RUC/Fan Tray module
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
The following figure shows the power, ground, control and alarm connections for +24/-48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray. Figure 8-2 RUC/Fan Tray connections
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Depending on RUC/Fan Tray version, the terminal lugs vary in thread size, nut size, and torque as described in the following table. Table 8-1
RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications
RUC/Fan Tray
SLI
Thread size
Nut size
Torque
BBU V1 +24 VDC
3JR08022AA
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
BBU V2 +24 VDC
3JR37517AA
BBU V1 -48 VDC
3JR08021AC
BBU V2 -48 VDC
3JR08021AC
(10 in-lb) M5
8 mm
1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb)
Notes:
1.
Some +24 VDC RUC/Fan Trays come with copper terminal lugs. Take care not to over-torque them.
Check RUC/Fan Tray status
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, State Management, to check the D2U operational state of the 9926 BBU. The RUC/Fan Tray is part of the D2U Managed Object. The RUC/HC Fan Tray includes a status LED that indicates whether power is applied. The RUC/Fan Tray does not include a status LED. Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: • •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide
PRELIMINARY
Technical support
For technical support, software upgrades, and documentation, go to the Online Customer Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com) (login required). Phone numbers and email contacts can be selected by country under Product Technical Support. Indicate you are replacing the RUC/Fan Tray in a 9926 BBU.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • •
•
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) 7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers
• • • • •
Socket wrench Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver
•
ESD Strap
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Replacement process
The RUC/Fan Tray and CCM include the eNodeB serial number and eNodeB OAM IP address in non-volatile memory. The serial number and OAM IP address are used to identify the eNodeB in the EMS. This redundancy allows either device to be replaced without losing this information and maintaining communications with EMS. The RUC/Fan Tray can be found in two basic versions, factory default RUC or configured RUC. The factory default RUC includes a default serial number that the CCM recognizes during the RUC replacement process and allows the CCM to reprogram the stored eNodeB serial number into the RUC. The configured RUC is not recognized during the RUC replacement process by the CCM or EMS and cannot be reprogrammed automatically. The eNodeB must then go through a complete reconfiguration. During the replacement process, the RUC is checked. If the RUC is a factory default RUC, the RUC serial number is automatically updated from the CCM and the eNodeB is unlocked and operational. If the RUC is a configured RUC, the EMS receives appropriate error messages requiring a complete reconfiguration. Replacement procedure overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to replace the RUC/Fan Tray. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given step takes place, either from OMC or on-site at 9926 BBU (eNB).
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-2
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview
Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray
Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
1. eNB: connect and login to NEM
1. eNB: verify power off
2. OMC/eNB: check and clear alarms
2. eNB: insert new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
3. OMC/eNB: lock 9926 BBU
3. eNB: connect ground wire
4. eNB: turn power off at RUC/CB
4. eNB: connect power cables
5. eNB: disconnect power cables
5. eNB: connect alarm/ commissioning cables
6. eNB: disconnect ground wire
6. eNB: notify OMC
7. eNB: disconnect alarm/ commissioning cables
7. eNB: turn power on (RUC/equipment CB)
8. eNB: pull RUC/Fan Tray out
8. eNB/OMC: observe the following: •
if factory default RUC and OMC recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.
•
if configured RUC and OMC does not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
9. eNB: package RUC/Fan Tray
9. OMC: unlock 9926 BBU
10. eNB: go to Install new RUC/Fan Tray
10. eNB/OMC: check/compare/ resolve alarms 11. eNB: logout NEM and disconnect NEM PC
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the RUC/Fan Tray and restore Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 8-1.1: “Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU” (p. 8-7) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 8-1.2: “Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU” (p. 8-10)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 8-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 8-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed RUC/Fan Tray from the LTE 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significance to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
If possible, lock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock the eNodeB NE (9926 BBU): 1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters.
2. Lock eNodeB NE. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details.
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE •
3. When complete, continue with the following step. From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to lock the eNodeB NE (9926 BBU): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click eNB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is locked. 4. When complete, continue with the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power is not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker. Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the power cable from the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: 1. Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs. 2. Remove the nuts and washers. 3. Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside. 4. When completed, go to the next step. Refer to for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power connections. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the ground wire from the GND lug between the power terminals. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Press down on the locking tab on the RUC/Fan Tray and pull on the pull ring to remove the RUC/Fan Tray.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 8-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 8-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in the LTE 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide new factory default RUC/Fan Tray into the RUC/Fan Tray slot until the latching tab locks into place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect the ground wire to the GND lug between the power terminals with washer and nut. Torque 7 mm nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) or 8 mm nut to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb). Do not over-torque the nut. Refer to Figure 8-2, “RUC/Fan Tray connections” (p. 8-3) and Table 8-1, “RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications” (p. 8-4) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray ground connections. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Reversing polarity-sensitive direct-current power cables when terminating them can damage/destory sensitive components. Verify direct-current power cables are terminated properly, positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (–) to negative (–). Connect the power cable to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
PRELIMINARY
1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lugs, positive-to-positive (+) and negative-to-negative (―). 2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque 7 mm nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) or 8 mm nut to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb). Do not over-torque the nut. 3. Push the protective boot back over the terminal lugs. 4. When completed, go to the next step. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 8-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Figure 8-2, “RUC/Fan Tray connections” (p. 8-3) and Table 8-1, “RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications” (p. 8-4) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power connections.
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn power ON at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
2. Turn power ON at the RUC/Fan Tray with power switch (press 1). Without a power switch, turn power ON at the equipment circuit breaker.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power ON at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Observe for one of the following: •
If factory default RUC and OMC recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.
•
If configured RUC and OMC do not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Note: Unlocking a network element (eNodeB NE) enables radio resources. Unlock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters. Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details. 2. Unlock eNodeB NE. Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE 3. When complete, continue with the following step. Note: If necessary, Cell Configuration must be unlocked from SAM.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 4. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: TMA RRH/TRDU BB (CEM) CB (CCM)
PRELIMINARY
RET D2U (RUC) 5. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. 6. When complete, continue with the following step. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 8-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When operational, exit NEM, disconnect the NEM PC. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
RUC/Fan Tray Replacement Procedure
Procedure 8-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 8-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9
9CCM-U/eCCM2 e Replacement Procedure
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the eCCM-U/eCCM2 using either NEM or SAM. Contents Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
9-2
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
9-26
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
9-60
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 in the LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU using NEM. Note: Unless otherwise indicated, “CCM” indicates the referenced information applies to both the “eCCM-U” and “eCCM2”. Hot-swap FRU
No Attention: The CCM hardware is designed to be electronically hot-swappable. However, the CCM replacement procedure will not work correctly if the CCM is hot swapped. This procedure is written requiring the eNodeB is Locked and power turned OFF before removing the CCM from the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window. If not done previously, this procedure requires additional preparation time for collecting software updates for the eNodeB and NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or equivalent transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and engineering department. Replacement duration for the CCM using NEM is indicated for the following arrangements: • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare - 25 minutes (actual not provided) From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare - 25 minutes (actual, 15 min) From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade - 25 minutes (actual, 13 min 40 s)
•
From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback - 45 minutes (actual not provided)
PRELIMINARY
The durations are approximate and include full database backup, shutdown, CCM replacement, power on, software download, activation, acceptance, and full database restore.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION Laser Class 1 hazards - laser emission Laser emissions can damage the eyes. Never look into the end of the fiber-optic cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage. Apply an appropriate cover/cap over the cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original antistatic packaging if possible. Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard FRUs/circuit packs can be damaged if field repairs are attempted. FRUs/circuit packs are not field serviceable devices. Do not attempt to repair/replace ANY FRU/circuit pack components outside of a qualified Alcatel-Lucent repair center.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the eCCM-U faceplate. Figure 9-1 eCCM-U faceplate
The following figure shows the eCCM2 faceplate.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 9-2 eCCM2 faceplate
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM connector changes
The following table describes the differences/similarities between the eCCM-U and eCCM2 connectors. Table 9-1 Faceplate
CCM connector changes GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
table notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual SMP
10-pin RJ45
10-pin RJ45
RJ45 (RS-232 + 100bT)
RJ45 (GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN 1.0/2.3
10-pin RJ45
10-pin RJ45
Same as eCCM-U
Same as eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45 (GbE)
(3JR20 073DB) eCCM2 P3 (3JR20 120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
SFP connectors: the eCCM2 supports the same set of SFPs as the eCCM-U.
2.
Alarm connector: if the eCCM2 is to be connected to the RUC faceplate in the same manner as the eCCM-U, the same cable can be used (3JR22028AC). The eCCM2 connector replaces some eCCM-U connections (Evolium BCB link for future use) with User Alarms. If access to User Alarms is required, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support.
3.
BH1, BH2, BH3, BH4 connectors: BH1 (OPT1) and BH3 (GE1) are supported. BH2 and BH4 are not supported (for future enhancements). BH1 is default connection and BH3 is backup. If BH1 is connected first, a reset is required to enable BH3, even when BH1 is unplugged.
Check CCM status
Refer to “eCCM-U LED status” (p. G-1) to determine the status of the CCM using the status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs. Before you begin
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare
• •
From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. Replacement procedure overview using NEM
Attention: Before field personnel can go to the cell site, a number of prerequisite tasks need to be performed as described in Procedure 9-1.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM” (p. 9-9). This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site field personnel to replace the CCM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given step takes place, either at OMC and/or at the cell site (9926 BBU) (eNB)) using NEM. Table 9-2 Things to do before going to
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM Remove CCM using NEM
Install CCM using NEM
Restore 9926 BBU using NEM
1. eNB: required personnel (2)
1. eNB: disconnect backhaul cable (SAM)
1. eNB: verify power at RUC/Fan Tray is OFF
1. eNB: connect and login NEM to CCM, watch for “Factory Mode” or “Connection Error”
2. OMC/eNB: required documentation
2. eNB: connect NEM PC and login to NEM
2. eNB: Install CCM:
2. eNB: if required, update and activate 9926 BBU software using NEM
PRELIMINARY
cell site using NEM
1.
Insert CCM, secure with screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables: •
for eCCM-U, go to Step 3
•
for eCCM2, go to Step 4
3. eNB: required NEM software. Save on NEM PC.
3. eNB: if possible, check and clear alarms
3. eNB: connect eCCM-U cables (no BH). Go to Step 5
3. eNB: Restore full database (DB) using NEM
4. eNB: required eNodeB software. Save on NEM PC.
4. eNB: if possible, lock 9926 BBU
4. eNB: connect eCCM2 cables (+BH). Go to Step 5
4. eNB: Set ENBEquipment parameter to either eCCM-U or eCCM2 to match installed CCM using NEM
5. If eNodeB IP Security enabled, check/update replacement CCM
5. eNB: if possible, backup full database (DB) using NEM
5. eNB: turn power on at RUC/CB
5. eNB: unlock 9926 BBU using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-2 Things to do before going to
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM
(continued)
Remove CCM using NEM
Install CCM using NEM
Restore 9926 BBU using NEM
6. eNB: close NEM and disconnect NEM PC
6. eNB: observe CCM LEDs,
6. eNB: check/compare/ resolve alarms using NEM.
cell site using NEM
6. eNB: required full DB backup available. Save on NEM PC.
7. OMC/eNB: required eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
8. eNB: required tools
9. eNB: go to cell site and Remove CCM using NEM
7. eNB: turn power OFF at RUC/CB
•
if successful go to Restore 9926 BBU using NEM
•
if not successful, reset eNodeB or contact technical support.
•
For self-commissioning, –
if pre-LR13 load, go to Restore 9926 BBU using NEM
–
If LR13 load, PnP configures CCM.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
7. eNB: Close NEM and disconnect NEM PC. When completed, do one of following:
8. eNB: disconnect CCM cables:
•
For eCCM-U, go to Step 8 to connect Backhaul cable.
•
For eCCM2, go to Step 9 to check for alarms
1.
eCCM-U, go to Step 9
8. eNB: for eCCM-U, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows:
2.
eCCM2, go to Step 10
1.
notify OMC
2.
Connect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU
3.
If SAM detects the eNB, go to Step 9.
4.
If SAM cannot detect eNB, contact technical support.
9. OMC: check/compare/ resolve alarms using SAM
10. eNB: disconnect eCCM2 cables. Go to Step 11
10. OMC: if necessary, update CCM MAC address on 7750 backhaul network or other network
11. eNB: Remove CCM
11. eNB: when operational, secure location (technician leaves site)
12. eNB: go to Install CCM using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9. eNB: disconnect eCCM-U cables. Go to Step 11
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) and restore 9926 BBU and RFM operation using NEM and OMC support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 9-1.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM” (p. 9-9) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 9-1.2: “Remove CCM using NEM” (p. 9-13) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 9-1.3: “Install new CCM using NEM” (p. 9-17) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 9-1.4: “Restore CCM using NEM” (p. 9-20)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM Overview
The following steps outline information that should be available for the replacement of the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). OMC should have this information maintained in maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using NEM.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Steps
Perform the following action items before going out to the cell site: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Personnel The procedure requires field and OMC (SAM) personnel. The field personnel (technician) goes out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The OMC (SAM) personnel provides operational support for the field personnel during the procedure. The field and OMC (SAM) personnel should review the replacement procedure together and the role of each person. The personnel must have direct contact with one another during the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Documentation •
For field personnel, must have a copy of the following documents: – Copy of this replacement procedure –
•
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide – Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA – Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact CCM replacement. Remember to load any tools associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are available at Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/ portal/olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved NodeB) under Technical Content for My Favorite Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412 eNodeB (Evolved Node B) is displayed. For OMC (SAM) personnel, must have a copy of the following documents: – Copy of this replacement procedure – Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
–
Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department
–
Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE Parameter Reference Access to the 5620 SAM documentation suite Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact CCM replacement. Remember to load any tools associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are available at Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/ portal/olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved NodeB) under Technical Content for My Favorite Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412 eNodeB (Evolved Node B) is displayed.
– – – –
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide and THIS procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NEM software For field personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC. If necessary, check LTE release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM software is not current, download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for NEM software installation. This procedure allows the field technician the ability to replace the CCM using NEM only, with minimal support from OMC. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
eNodeB software For field personnel, have current running eNodeB software.
PRELIMINARY
Check the current running eNodeB software release assigned to the eNodeB from either software repositories or release notes. If the running eNodeB software is not present on the NEM PC, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository. See Appendix H, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” to download running eNodeB software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to the NEM PC.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: An LA2.0 to LR13.3.L upgrade is not supported on a eCCM-U. Upgrade from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed using NEM. The upgrade must be performed on the eCCM-U before upgrading to an eCCM2 or downgrading to an eCCM-U with an LA2.0.x load. Attention: When an LA3.0.x loaded eCCM-U is upgraded to LR13.3.L, the OAM IP addresses must be reset using NEM before completing the procedure (refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27) for details).
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
eNodeB IP Security If IPsec is enabled using digital certificates and the eCCM-U/eCCM2 does not have a factory installed certificate, then convert the eNodeB to either a non-IPsec configuration or PreSharedKeys (PSK) configuration. Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network IP Security
Integration Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0012-USZZA, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
eNodeB full database (DB) backup file For field personnel, check that the full database (DB) backup of the affected eNodeB is present and current on the NEM PC. Before the eCCM-U or eCCM2 field swap, a full database (DB) backup file must be created. The DB backup includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done from a NEM PC connected to the 9926 BBU. Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. Whenever possible, it is best practice to create a full database (DB) backup for the site during installation and periodic updates to ensure any changes made to the site since the last scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check with OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during initial installation). If necessary, consult the SAM administrator for the location of the backup files and copy them to the NEM PC. If the full database (DB) backup is not available at all, the 9926 BBU will need to be recommissioned during installation of the new CCM (see Appendix I, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details).
7
eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and OMC personnel, provide the eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties from cell site records (collected during initial installation) in case the information is lost on the eNodeB during the replacement procedure. Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. From eNodeB, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows: 1. From NEM, select Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties tab. 2. Do a Print Screen of the VLAN 0 Transport Properties and save the screen capture. Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting OAM addresses), refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27), to reset the OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Tools For field personnel, collect the following tools for this procedure: •
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed
•
• •
RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
• • •
T-8 Torx screwdriver Protective caps for fiber-optic cables and dust caps for SFP slots ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When ready, the field personnel can go to the cell site and continue with the following procedure. The OMC personnel should be backup during the replacement procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.2: Remove CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.2: Remove CCM using NEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) in the 9926 BBU using NEM.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From eNodeB, locate the 9926 BBU, and disconnect the backhaul cable from CCM as follows: • •
On eCCM-U disconnect from eCCM-U GE MDA port. On eCCM2 disconnect from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3, as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address)
• •
User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. 4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed:
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.2: Remove CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
“Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?” Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock. 5. When complete, go to following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Note: The full database (DB) backup cannot be performed during the following conditions: • • •
eNodeB software download or activation process started or already in progress. Full DB backup (or restore) request started or already in progress. Configuration changes started or already in progress.
From eNodeB, if a full DB backup was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform full DB backup using NEM as follows: 1. From the main menu, select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. 2. From the main menu, select Configuration > Full eNodeB DB Backup. 3. Navigate to the folder that stores the backup file. IMPORTANT: DO NOT CHANGE the automatically named backup file, after the backup is completed. The filename of a backup file is incorporated in the file itself and a consistency check is performed before restoring it. 4. Click on OK when the download is complete. 5. From the main menu, select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. 6. Continue with the following step to remove NEM from the CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Logout from NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
With a power switch:
•
1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker. Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
8
Disconnect CCM cables as follows: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9
•
For eCCM2, go to Step 10
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.2: Remove CCM using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected. 2. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected. 3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
5. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected. 6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM-U ports they were initially connected to. 7. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps and dust covers for SFPs on CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
For eCCM2, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM2 ports they were initially connected to. 2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected. 3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected. 4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected. 5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 6. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps and dust covers for SFPs on CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be removed from faceplate.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.2: Remove CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the faceplate, rotate handle 90°, and pull the CCM out of the slot. 4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.3: Install new CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.3: Install new CCM using NEM Overview
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: • • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) in the 9926 BBU using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws. 2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate. 3. Connect the CCM cables as follows: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 3 •
For eCCM2, go to Step 4
Note: If swapping between the eCCM-U and eCCM2, refer to “CCM connector changes” (p. 9-5) for changes in faceplate connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Important! For eCCM-U, Do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE MDA port and the NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed to do so in the following procedure. For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows: 2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required. 3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.3: Install new CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed eCCM-U. 6. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. 7. When complete, go to Step 5 to turn power on. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and SFPs before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Important! For eCCM2, Do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed in the following procedure (connect BH here). For eCCM2, connect the cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed CCM. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector.
6. Backhaul cable(s) to ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3, as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 5 to turn power on. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and dust caps from SFPs before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
From eNodeB, turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows: • •
With power switch, turn power switch ON and BBU circuit breaker ON. Without power switch, turn power ON at BBU circuit breaker.
From OMC, For eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the next step: ReachabilityProblem/ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after initial power up and eNodeB resets.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.3: Install new CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to “eCCM-U LED status” (p. G-1), for the following: • •
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following procedure to restore the eNodeB. If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following: – Verify power is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the PDP. – If the CCM does not show a positive sign of operation, replace CCM with this procedure, Procedure 9-1: “Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM” (p. 9-2) or contact technical support.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) to an operational state using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). Important! Wait for at least 5 minutes before logging in with NEM. This allows time for the 9926 BBU to accept the replacement CCM. From eNodeB, Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, CCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem
•
Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
Watch for one of the following messages: •
Watch for the following “ Connection Error ” message and continue as follows: – – –
If “ Connection Error ” message is not displayed, continue with the following step. If “ Connection Error ” message is displayed, NEM connection has failed. Contact technical support. If “ Unsupported MIB version #R_LA3#V_0.03.61 detected. NEM will try to find BASIC MIB. ” is displayed, click OK. Starting SFTP Server ... is displayed. When done. is displayed, continue with the following step.
•
Watch for the “ eNB is in factory mode ” message and continue as follows: –
Whether the “ eNB is in factory mode ” message is displayed or not, continue with the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
2
From eNodeB, using NEM, update or install with the current LTE RAN load that was installed on the failed CCM on the replacement CCM (factory or spared) for proper operation. Note: The replacement CCM must have at least a base load of LR13.1 or later so NEM can manage it. Loads before LR13.1 will cause the process to fail.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Appendix H, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” for the software load installation procedure. As previously mentioned, the software loads should be downloaded onto the NEM PC before going to the cell site. Note: Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will lose communication with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. This may happen after the activate operation. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the activate operation. The “In progress” symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long after the activate itself should have completed. If this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up NEM again on the eNodeB. NEM should indicate that the eNodeB is in the activate state. Follow the NEM prompts to accept the new load.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
From OMC, For eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the next step: ReachabilityProblem/ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after SW update and eNodeB resets. When completed, go to the following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Note: This step restores the full eNodeB database backup file after the CCM has been replaced. The database includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done from a locally connected NEM. Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. From eNodeB, Perform the following steps to restore the full eNodeB database backup file to the 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. 2. Select Configuration > Full eNodeB DB Restore. 3. Click on the folder icon to display the directories and files available on the system. If necessary, filter the files with one of the following Files of Type: •
*_full_DB_backup.sdb: Only the full DB backup files for the currently connected eNodeB (default). • All files: All files from the selected directory are displayed. 4. Select the file created during the full DB backup. 5. Click Open.
An eNodeB reset occurs automatically after the full DB restoration to activate the restored full DB. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
6. Click OK to restore the selected eNodeB full DB from the code server via file transfer, or click Cancel to abort the operation.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will lose communication with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the database restoration. The “In progress” symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long after the restoration itself should have completed. If this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up NEM again on the eNodeB. 7. When completed, go to one of the following steps: • • •
Step 4, check for downloaded RRH software. Step 5, set “ ENBEquipment parameters” when upgrading/downgrading CCM. Step 6, unlock eNodeB.
From OMC, for eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the next step: ReachabilityProblem/ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after database restored, eNodeB resets, and the end state is NodeDatabaseCorruption. Then, perform a NE Reconfig to get back to Managed. Note: If the full database could not be backed up, the eNodeB must be recommissioned. See Appendix I, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details. Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for assistance. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Note: Skip this step if TRDUs are used. Perform this step if the eNodeB is configured with RRHs. From eNodeB, check for RRH software on eNodeB as follows: 1. From NEM PC, select the Root View window and click SW Properties tab. 2. Check “Running SW File Descriptor” column for RRH software load.
PRELIMINARY
The RRH software has a filename like: #BI_070E#FT_OMsw#FI_RH2XALB39#FV_ 00000006. 3. Continue as follows: • If correct RRH software is downloaded, go to the next step. • If RRH software is not downloaded, go to next sub-step. 4. From main menu, Select Configuration > Set Code Server and click Yes on question message. The Set Code Server is displayed. 5. In the pop-up menu, navigate to the NEM PC folder containing the software load currently running on the eNodeB. 6. Once the correct folder is displayed in the File Name field, click Open to complete the Set Code Server function.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. If the RRH does not return to the Enabled state, right click the RRH in NEM and select Reset Equipment. RRH should reboot and download the active software automatically. 8. Verify the RRH restores to the enabled/unlocked state. If it does not, contact technical support ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different CCM, for example: • •
eCCM-U > eCCM2 (upgrade) eCCM2 > eCCM-U (downgrade)
Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties can cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting. The following “ ENBEquipment parameters” must be set when upgrading/downgrading the CCM as follows: •
•
For eCCM-U > eCCM2 upgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2 – For eCCM2, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values. For eCCM2 > eCCM-U downgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U – For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values.
From eNodeB, Set the parameters to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from NEM: 1. Select Root View > eNB Properties tab. 2. Click Edit.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3. Set expectedControllerType field to the correct value, eCCM-U or eCCM2, to match the installed CCM. 4. Set maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB to customer specified values, to match the installed CCM. 5. Click OK. Reconfiguring parameters resets the eNodeB. After the reset stabilizes, go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9926 BBU: 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 3. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: • TMA • • •
RRH/TRDU BB (bCEM) CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
• RET • D2U (RUC) 4. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the 9926 BBU. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From eNodeB, close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. Close NEM. Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU. When completed, do one of the following: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9 to connect Backhaul cable.
•
For eCCM2, go to Step 10 to check for alarms.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From eNodeB, for eCCM-U only, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). 2. Connect Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to eCCM-U GE MDA port
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-1.4: Restore CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Determine if SAM detects the 9926 BBU as follows: a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms at OMC. b. If SAM has not detected the 9926 BBU, contact technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
From OMC, for eCCM2 only, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU (network element).
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix J, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”, then go to next step. If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
If the eNodeB was using IPsec with digital certificate and IkeAuth Method was certificates (prior to card replacement) set the IkeAuth Method to certificates. This restores the environment as it was prior to the eCCM-U/eCCM2 replacement. Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network IP Security
Integration Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0012-USZZA, IP Security feature using PreShared Keys and using Certificates, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
When operational, secure location (technician leaves site). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU using the OMC SAM client. Note: Unless otherwise indicated, “CCM” indicates the referenced information applies to both the “eCCM-U” and “eCCM2”. Hot-swap FRU
No Note: The CCM hardware is designed to be hot-swappable. However, in this configuration it is not recommended. The procedure is written requiring power to be removed before removing the CCM. Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window. If not done previously, this procedure requires additional preparation time for collecting software updates for the eNodeB and NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or equivalent transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and engineering department. Replacement duration for the CCM using 5620 SAM is indicated for the following arrangements: • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare - 45 minutes (actual, 35 min 30 s) From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare - 45 minutes (actual, 32 min) From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade - 45 minutes (actual, 30 min 20 s)
•
From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback - 45 minutes (actual, 36 min)
PRELIMINARY
The durations are approximate and include MIB backup, shutdown, CCM replacement, power on, software download, activation, acceptance, and MIB restore.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION Laser Class 1 hazards - laser emission Laser emissions can damage the eyes. Never look into the end of the fiber-optic cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage. Apply an appropriate cover/cap over the cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original antistatic packaging if possible. Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard FRUs/circuit packs can be damaged if field repairs are attempted. FRUs/circuit packs are not field serviceable devices. Do not attempt to repair/replace ANY FRU/circuit pack components outside of a qualified Alcatel-Lucent repair center.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the eCCM-U faceplate. Figure 9-3 eCCM-U faceplate
The following figure shows the eCCM2 faceplate.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 9-4 eCCM2 faceplate
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM connector changes
The following table describes the differences/similarities between the eCCM-U and eCCM2 connectors. Table 9-3 Faceplate
CCM connector changes GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
table notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual SMP
10-pin RJ45
10-pin RJ45
RJ45 (RS-232 + 100bT)
RJ45 (GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN 1.0/2.3
10-pin RJ45
10-pin RJ45
Same as eCCM-U
Same as eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45 (GbE)
(3JR20 073DB) eCCM2 P3 (3JR20 120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
SFP connectors: the eCCM2 supports the same set of SFPs as the eCCM-U.
2.
Alarm connector: if the eCCM2 is to be connected to the RUC faceplate in the same manner as the eCCM-U, the same cable can be used (3JR22028AC). The eCCM2 connector replaces some eCCM-U connections (Evolium BCB link for future use) with User Alarms. If access to User Alarms is required, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support.
3.
BH1, BH2, BH3, BH4 connectors: BH1 (OPT1) and BH3 (GE1) are supported. BH2 and BH4 are not supported (for future enhancements). BH1 is default connection and BH3 is backup. If BH1 is connected first, a reset is required to enable BH3, even when BH1 is unplugged.
Check CCM status
Refer to “eCCM-U LED status” (p. G-1) to determine the status of the CCM using the status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs. Before you begin
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare
• •
From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-29 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. Replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
Attention: Before field personnel can go to the cell site, a number of prerequisite tasks need to be performed as described in Procedure 9-2.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-36). This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site field personnel to replace the CCM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given steps take place, either at OMC or at the cell site (9926 BBU (eNB)) using 5620 SAM. Table 9-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
PRELIMINARY
SAM
5620 SAM
1. OMC/eNB: required personnel (2)
1. OMC: View alarms raised against BBU
1. eNB: when technician reaches cell site, contact OMC to verify eNodeB is locked, and indicate ready to remove CCM.
1. eNB: verify power off at RUC/Fan Tray
1. OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to restore the eNodeB MIM configuration.
1. OMC: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM.
2. OMC/eNB: required documentation
2. OMC: Import a replacement software image into 5620 SAM
2. eNB: turn power off at RUC/PDP
2. eNB: Install CCM:
2. OMC: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB
2. OMC: Monitor software upgrade status.
1.
Insert CCM, secure with screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables: a.
for eCCM-U, go to Step 3
b.
for eCCM2, go to Step 4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
5620 SAM
3. OMC/eNB: required NEM software (backup to SAM procedure)
3. OMC: Perform an immediate backup operation on affected 9926 BBU
4. OMC/eNB: required 9926 BBU software
4. OMC: Lock 9926 BBU
5. OMC/eNB: required MIB backup file
6. OMC/eNB: eNodeB MIM backup file.
3. eNB: disconnect CCM cables: 1.
for eCCM-U, go to Step 4
2.
for eCCM2, go to Step 5
3. eNB: connect eCCM-U cables. Go to Step 5
3. OMC: Perform immediate restore operation on eNodeB to restore SNMP MIB parameters.
3. OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to restore the eNodeB MIM configuration.
4. OMC: Set “
4. OMC: Perform immediate restore operation on eNodeB to restore SNMP MIB parameters.
4. eNB: disconnect eCCM-U cables. Go to Step 6
4. eNB: connect eCCM2 cables. Go to Step 5.
5. OMC: Contact on-site technician that eNodeB is ready for CCM removal.
5. eNB: disconnect eCCM2 cables. Go to Step 6.
5. eNB: notify OMC that CCM is installed and power is being applied.
5. OMC: Unlock eNodeB
6. eNB: go to Remove CCM using 5620 SAM
6. eNB: Remove CCM
6. eNB: turn power on at RUC/PDP
6. OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state.
ENBEquipment
parameters” to match installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online or offline configuration.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
5. OMC: Set “ ENBEquipment
parameters” to match installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online or offline configuration. 6. OMC: Unlock eNodeB
If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-31 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
7. OMC/eNB: required eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
5620 SAM
7. eNB: go to Install CCM using 5620 SAM
7. eNB: observe CCM LEDs, •
if successful go to next step.
•
if not successful, reset eNodeB or contact technical support.
7. OMC: if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
PRELIMINARY
(continued)
If the network has a AlcatelLucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router, then go to next step.
7. OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state. If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support.
If network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
8. eNB: required tools
5620 SAM
8. eNB: Contact the OMC, check SAM OAM Link Status field: •
If OAM Link Status field displays Up, 10-15 minutes after power-up, go to next step.
•
If OAM Link Status field displays Down, 10-15 minutes after power-up, do one of following: –
restore OAM link at cell site (NEM).
–
If OAM link cannot be restored, contact technical support.
8. eNB: when operational secure location (technician leaves site)
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
8. OMC: if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router, then go to next step.
•
If network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-33 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
9. eNB: go to cell site and Remove CCM using 5620 SAM
PRELIMINARY
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
5620 SAM
9. OMC: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as follows: •
For aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects an aligned software image and SNMP IDs between SAM and eNodeB, alarm is raised, go to Restore 9412 eNodeB with aligned software using 5620 SAM
•
For mis-aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects a mis-aligned software image between the expected (in SAM) and actual eNodeB and SNMP IDs, alarms are raised: Go to Restore 9412 eNodeB with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM.
9. eNB: when operational secure location (technician leaves site)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) and restore 9926 BBU operation using 5620 SAM and an on-site technician. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 9-2.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-36)
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 9-2.2: “Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-40) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 9-2.3: “Remove CCM using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-42) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 9-2.4: “Install new CCM using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-44) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Procedure 9-2.5: “Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-48) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Procedure 9-2.6: “Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-54) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-35 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM Overview
The following steps outline information that should be available for the replacement of the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). OMC should have this information maintained in maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM. Steps
Perform the following action items before going out to the cell site: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Personnel The procedure requires field and OMC (SAM) personnel. The field personnel (technician) goes out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The OMC (SAM) personnel provides operational support for the field personnel during the procedure. The field and OMC (SAM) personnel should review the replacement procedure together and the role of each person. The personnel must have direct contact with one another during the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Documentation •
For OMC (SAM) personnel, must have a copy of the following documents: – Copy of this replacement procedure – –
–
PRELIMINARY
– –
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Access to the 5620 SAM documentation suite
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the 5620 SAM operation and maintenance functions described in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide and THIS procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NEM software (for backup)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and OMC personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC and SAM client. If necessary, check LTE release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM software is not current, download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for NEM software installation. Note: In this procedure, NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure. NEM software must be current with the eNodeB software, e.g., LR13.3.L, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
eNodeB software For field and OMC personnel, have current running eNodeB software. Check the current running eNodeB software release assigned to the eNodeB from either software repositories or release notes. If the running eNodeB software is not present on the NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository. See Appendix H, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” to download running eNodeB software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to the NEM PC and SAM client. Note: In this procedure, loading software from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. Attention: An LA2.0 to LR13.3.L upgrade is not supported on a eCCM-U. Upgrade from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed with NEM. The upgrade must be performed on the eCCM-U before upgrading to an eCCM2 or downgrading to an eCCM-U with an LA2.0.x load. Attention: When an LA3.0.x loaded eCCM-U is upgraded to LR13.3.L, the OAM IP addresses must be reset with NEM before completing the procedure (refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27) for details). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file For field and OMC personnel, check that the SNMP MIB backup file of the affected eNodeB is present and current on the NEM PC and SAM client.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-37 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Whenever possible, it is best practice to create a SNMP MIB backup for the site during installation and periodic updates to ensure any changes made to the site since the last scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check with the OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during initial installation). If necessary, consult the SAM administrator for the location of the
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
backup files and copy them to the NEM PC and SAM client. If the SNMP MIB is not available at all, the 9926 BBU will need to be recommissioned during installation of the new CCM (see Appendix I, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details). Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIB from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. If the eNodeB is operational; an SNMP MIB backup can be created from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
•
From OMC, perform an immediate backup of the SNMP MIB. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, NE maintenance, Section, eNodeB backup and restore, Procedure, To perform an immediate eNodeB backup or restore, for details. From eNodeB, backup as follows: 1. Open NEM and login. 2. From the main menu, select Configuration > MIB Backup. 3. Click Yes to accept internal SFTP server. 4. Navigate to the folder where backup file is going to be stored. IMPORTANT: DO NOT CHANGE the automatically named backup file (*.sdb), after the backup is completed. The filename of a backup file is incorporated in the file itself and a consistency check is performed before restoring it. 5. Click Download. 6. Click OK when the download is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
eNodeB MIM backup file For field and OMC personnel, provide a MIM backup of the eNodeB from either the SAM database or a configuration snapshot (refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots, Procedure, To take a configuration snapshot ). The MIM backup is required to restore the eNodeB if the current active eNodeB MIM data is unavailable.
PRELIMINARY
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIM from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and OMC personnel, provide the eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties from cell site records (collected during initial installation) in case the information is lost on the eNodeB during the replacement procedure. Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
From eNodeB, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows: 1. From NEM, select Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties tab. 2. Do a Print Screen of the VLAN 0 Transport Properties and save the screen capture. Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting OAM addresses), refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27), to reset the OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site with NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Tools For field personnel, collect the following tools for this procedure: •
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed
•
• •
RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
• • •
T-8 Torx screwdriver Protective caps for fiber-optic cables and dust caps for SFP slots ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When ready, the field personnel can go to the cell site and continue with the following procedure. The OMC personnel should be available to complete the replacement procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-39 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for details to the referenced procedures: • • •
Chapter, Troubleshooting Chapter, NE maintenance Chapter, Online configuration
Lost OAM communication
Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting OAM addresses), e.g., LA3.0 to LR13.3, refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27), to reset the OAM addresses first. This has to be done at the local cell site with NEM. If an LA3.0 loaded eCCM-U is being upgraded to a LR13.3.L loaded eCCM2, follow these steps: 1. Upgrade the eCCM-U to LR13.3.L first. 2. Reset the OAM addresses at the local cell site with NEM as described above. 3. Continue with the following steps to replace the eCCM-U with the eCCM2 and restore the eCCM2. Steps
Perform the following procedure to prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From OMC: View alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state before the CCM replacement.
PRELIMINARY
Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
•
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, Alarm and fault management
• •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From OMC: Import a replacement software image into the 5620 SAM, if required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To import an eNodeB
software image into the 5620 SAM, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From OMC: If an eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform an immediate backup (eNodeB SNMP MIB) operation on the affected eNodeB, if possible.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Note: A backup operation may not be possible if the eCCM has failed. If the backup fails, do not perform a restore in Procedure 9-2.6: “Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-54) or Procedure 9-2.5: “Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-48). Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
eNodeB backup or restore, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From OMC: Lock the eNodeB. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
From OMC: Contact on-site technician that eNodeB is ready for CCM removal. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CCM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-41 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) in the 9926 BBU at the cell site. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From eNodeB: when technician reaches cell site, contact OMC to verify the eNodeB is locked, open cabinet, and indicate ready to remove CCM. Note: Unless otherwise stated, the following steps are performed at the cell site. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the PDP BBU circuit breaker. Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Disconnect eCCM-U or eCCM2 cables as follows: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 4.
•
For eCCM2, go to Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.
PRELIMINARY
5. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected. 6. Backhaul cable from eCCM-U GE MDA port. 7. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected to the same eCCM-U ports in the same way they were initially connected. 8. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 6 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-42 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
For eCCM2, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. 2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected. 3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected. 4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 6. Backhaul cables from ports BH1 (default) and BH3 as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 6 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. 2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be removed from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the faceplate, rotate handle 90°, and pull the CCM out of the slot. 4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-43 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM Overview
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: • • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) in the 9926 BBU at the cell site. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws. 2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate. 3. Connect the eCCM-U or eCCM2 cables as follows: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 3 •
For eCCM2, go to Step 4
Note: If swapping between the eCCM-U and eCCM2, refer to “CCM connector changes” (p. 9-29) for changes in faceplate connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows:
PRELIMINARY
1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required. 2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required. 3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required. 5. Backhaul cable to GE MDA port 6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-44 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the failed CCM. 7. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. 8. When complete, go to Step 5, to notify OMC that CCM is installed. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
For eCCM2, connect the cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the failed CCM. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector.
6. Backhaul cable(s) to ports BH1 (default) and BH3 as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 5, to notify OMC that CCM is installed. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Notify OMC that CCM is installed and power is being applied. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows: • •
With power switch, turn power switch ON and PDP circuit breaker ON. Without power switch, turn power ON at PDP circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-45 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to “eCCM-U LED status” (p. G-1), for the following: •
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the next step.
•
If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following: – Verify power is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the PDP. – If the CCM does not show a positive sign of operation, replace CCM with this procedure, Procedure 9-2: “Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-26) or contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Contact the OMC, check the SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field, and proceed as follows: • •
If the OAM Link Status field displays Up, 10-15 minutes after power-up, go to the following step. If the OAM Link Status field displays Down, 10-15 minutes after power-up, do one of the following: – Perform Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27) to restore the OAM link at the cell site (NEM). – If the OAM link cannot be restored, contact technical support. Note: Observe the following conditions occurring with factory loaded CCMs: •
•
If the factory load flashed on the CCM is older than LR13.1, then the OAM link status parameter in SAM always displays as DOWN becasue there is no “OAM Link Status” and no table in the eNodeB for SAM to read to mark the OAM Link Status as UP. As a consequence, this parameter status has to be ignored and the installation has to be continued. If the factory load flashed on the CCM is at least LR13.1 or newer, the OAM link status parameter from SAM has to be taken into account.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From OMC: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as follows:
PRELIMINARY
•
•
For aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects an aligned software image and SNMP IDs between SAM and eNodeB, the following alarm is raised: NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected, go to Procedure 9-2.5: “Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-48) to align the configuration and then the SW if it is required. For mis-aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects a mis-aligned software image between the expected (in SAM) and actual eNodeB and SNMP IDs, the following alarms are raised: NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected and MediationAuthenticationFailure. Go to Procedure 9-2.6: “Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-54) to align the software and configuration.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-46 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-47 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for details to the referenced procedures: • • •
Chapter, Troubleshooting Chapter, NE maintenance Chapter, Online configuration
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) with aligned software to an operational state using 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to replace the eNodeB MIM with the most recently synchronized version from the 5620 SAM database as follows: 1. Trigger an NE reconfiguration by right-clicking on an eNodeB in the Equipment tree or Topology map and choosing Actions > Reconfigure NE from the contextual menu. A warning dialog box appears. 2. Select the check box in the warning to indicate that you acknowledge the implications of the action and click on the Yes button. Wait for the reconfigure action to complete. This may take several minutes. 3. Verify that the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm is cleared and the eNodeB returns to a managed state.
PRELIMINARY
The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, Site, State field displays “Managed” after reboot. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. Note: Reconfiguring the eNodeB database configuration replaces the entire eNodeB MIM, regardless of the existing configuration on the NE. The procedure can trigger a full or partial eNodeB reset, which is service-affecting.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-48 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Procedure, To reconfigure an eNodeB
database configuration, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From OMC: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Software Upgrade from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Software Upgrade form opens with the Software Upgrade Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Software Images tab. The form displays additional tabs.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
3. Click on the eNodeB Software Images tab. 4. Manually download image from the 5620 SAM to the selected eNodeB as follows: a. Select an image from the list and click on the Download Image button. The Select Sites form opens. b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. The form closes and a dialog box appears. c. Click on the Yes button. The file transfer begins. Activating software resets eNodeB. 5. Manually activate software image as follows: a. Click on the Activate Image button. The Select Sites list form opens. b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. A dialog box appears. c. Click on the Yes button to close the dialog box and activate the software image. Activating software resets eNodeB. 6. Monitor software upgrade status, as required. The software activation is finished when the Upgrade State changes to Activate Complete. Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To monitor software upgrade status, to monitor the software upgrade/update. 7. Perform validation testing to verify the functionality and stability of the software image. See the appropriate Alcatel-Lucent LTE Macro and Metro eNodeB Software Upgrade Procedure, for more information. 8. Accept the software image to finalize the software upgrade as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Attention: Do not perform a restore operation if the backup operation in Procedure 9-2.3: “Remove CCM using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-42), could not be completed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-49 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
a. Click on the Accept Image button. The Select Sites form opens. b. Choose the eNodeB from the list and click on the OK button to accept the image and close the form. 9. When completed, go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Backup/Restore from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Backup/Restore form opens with the Backup/Restore Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Backup/Restore Status tab. The managed devices are listed. Depending on the operation type, the Backup State or Restore State column displays the current state of the operation. The possible values are: • Not Attempted - operation is not yet attempted • Saving Config - device configuration is being saved on the device • Transferring files - file transfer is in progress • Success - operation is complete and successful • Failure - operation is complete but unsuccessful 3. Select an eNodeB from the list and perform one of the following steps, depending on the operation that you want to perform. Click on the Restore button. 4. Click on the Yes button. The restore operation starts, and the current restore state for the device is indicated in the Restore State column. 5. Resynchronize an NE with the 5620 SAM database, if required, by clicking on the Resync button. 6. Close the Backup/Restore form. 7. When completed, go to the following step. Note: The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. The Administrative State of an eNodeB is set to Locked after a successful restore operation. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
eNodeB backup or restore, for details. Note: If the full database could not be backed up, the eNodeB must be recommissioned. See Appendix I, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details. Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for assistance. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different CCM, for example, eCCM-U > eCCM2 (upgrade) or eCCM2 > eCCM-U (downgrade). Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties form may or may not cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-50 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following “ ENBEquipment parameters” must be set when upgrading/downgrading as follows: •
•
For eCCM-U > eCCM2 upgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2 – For eCCM2, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values. For eCCM2 > eCCM-Uupgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U – For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
From OMC: Set the “ ENBEquipment parameters” to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online configuration or offline configuration as follows: •
For online configuration: Set the parameters by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Manage > Equipment > Equipment from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Manage Equipment list form opens. 2. Choose ENB Equipment (LTE) from the Select Object Type drop-down list. 3. Configure the filter criteria, if required, and click on the Search button. A list of ENB Equipment objects is displayed. 4. Select the appropriate “ ENBEquipment parameters” from the list and click on the Properties button. The ENB Equipment (Edit) form opens with the General tab displayed. 5. On the General tab, change the parameter attributes to match the installed CCM. 6. Click on the Apply button in the ENB Equipment (Edit) form and the Network Element (Edit) form, if required, in order to save the configuration changes.
•
3. Use the 5620 SAM configuration snapshot function to export the eNodeB configuration data in the form of a snapshot file. 4. Automatically or manually transfer the snapshot file to 9952 WPS and 9959 NPO application servers. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-51 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7. When completed, go to the following step. For offline configuration: Set the parameter by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Use the 9952 WPS to create/change a delta WO file containing “ ENBEquipment parameters” for the eNodeB, and transfer the files to the 5620 SAM, as required. 2. Use the 5620 SAM activation manager function to validate and deploy the WO to the eNodeB.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Perform file management tasks for the CM XML file and activation log file. 6. When completed, go to the following step. Reference: Refer to the following guides to set the parameters:
• • – – •
9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE to create the WO and transfer it to the 5620 SAM. 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide: For online, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Workflow to manage online configuration For offline, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Workflow to manage offline configuration, validate and deploy WOs to eNodeBs 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Parameters Reference Guide Note: If the eNodeB does not reset after more than 15 minutes, a full resynchronization may be required. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, eNodeB configuration troubleshooting, Procedure, To resynchronize an eNodeB database configuration, for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
From OMC: Unlock eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. 2. Select one or more eNodeBs in the navigation tree, right-click, and choose Actions > State Unlock from the contextual menu. A dialog box appears. 3. Click on the Yes button. The unlock request is sent to the NE. 4. Verify the lock and operational status of an eNodeB as follows: a. Navigate to the ENB Equipment properties view for the eNodeB. b. Click on the States tab. c. Verify that the displayed value of the Administrative State parameter is “Unlocked”. d. Verify that the Current Operational State parameter displays the expected transmission status (“Enabled”). e. Close the ENB Equipment form. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
PRELIMINARY
eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
From OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state following the CCM replacement. If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-52 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
• • •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, Alarm and fault management Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix J, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”, then go to next step. If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From eNodeB: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-53 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for details to the referenced procedures: • • •
Chapter, Troubleshooting Chapter, NE maintenance Chapter, Online configuration
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) with mis-aligned software to an operational state using 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From OMC: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Software Upgrade from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Software Upgrade form opens with the Software Upgrade Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Software Images tab. The form displays additional tabs. 3. Click on the eNodeB Software Images tab. 4. Manually download image from the 5620 SAM to the selected eNodeB as follows: a. Select an image from the list and click on the Download Image button. The Select Sites form opens. b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. The form closes and a dialog box appears. c. Click on the Yes button. The file transfer begins. 5. When completed, go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
Note: If the software image download to an eNodeB that is in a state of software misalignment, such as immediately following an eCCM board replacement, the 5620 SAM automatically performs the “activate” and “accept” stages of the software upgrade. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
software upgrade on an eNodeB, Steps 1-4, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From OMC: Monitor software upgrade status.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-54 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the Upgrade State in the Global Status tab displays “Accept Complete”. Following the successful software replacement, the 5620 SAM clears the NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected alarm and raises the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm to remind operators to reconfigure the NE. Go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To monitor software
upgrade status, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration replace the eNodeB MIM with the most recently synchronized version from the 5620 SAM database as follows: 1. Trigger an NE reconfiguration by right-clicking on an eNodeB in the Equipment tree or Topology map and choosing Actions > Reconfigure NE from the contextual menu. A warning dialog box appears. 2. Select the check box in the warning to indicate that you acknowledge the implications of the action and click on the Yes button. Wait for the reconfigure action to complete. This may take several minutes. 3. Verify that the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm is cleared and the eNodeB returns to a managed state. The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, Site, State field displays “Managed” after reboot. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. Note: Reconfiguring the eNodeB database configuration replaces the entire eNodeB MIM, regardless of the existing configuration on the NE. The procedure can trigger a full or partial eNodeB reset, which is service-affecting. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Procedure, To reconfigure an eNodeB
database configuration, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: Do not perform a restore operation if the backup operation in Procedure 9-2.3: “Remove CCM using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-42), could not be completed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-55 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Backup/Restore from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Backup/Restore form opens with the Backup/Restore Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Backup/Restore Status tab. The managed devices are listed. Depending on the operation type, the Backup State or Restore State column displays the current state of the operation. The possible values are: • Not Attempted - operation is not yet attempted • Saving Config - device configuration is being saved on the device • Transferring files - file transfer is in progress • Success - operation is complete and successful • Failure - operation is complete but unsuccessful 3. Select an eNodeB from the list and perform one of the following steps, depending on the operation that you want to perform. Click on the Restore button. 4. Click on the Yes button. The restore operation starts, and the current restore state for the device is indicated in the Restore State column. 5. Resynchronize an NE with the 5620 SAM database, if required, by clicking on the Resync button. 6. Close the Backup/Restore form. 7. When completed, go to the following step. Note: The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. The Administrative State of an eNodeB is set to Locked after a successful restore operation. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
eNodeB backup or restore, for details. Note: If the full database could not be backed up, the eNodeB must be recommissioned. See Appendix I, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details. Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for assistance. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different CCM, for example, eCCM-U > eCCM2 (upgrade) or eCCM2 > eCCM-U (downgrade). Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties form may or may not cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-56 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following “ ENBEquipment parameters” must be set when upgrading/downgrading as follows: •
•
For eCCM-U > eCCM2 upgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2 – For eCCM2, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values. For eCCM2 > eCCM-U downgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U – For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
From OMC: Set the “ ENBEquipment parameters” to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online configuration or offline configuration as follows: •
For online configuration: Set the parameters by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Manage > Equipment > Equipment from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Manage Equipment list form opens. 2. Choose ENB Equipment (LTE) from the Select Object Type drop-down list. 3. Configure the filter criteria, if required, and click on the Search button. A list of ENB Equipment objects is displayed. 4. Select the appropriate “ ENBEquipment parameters” from the list and click on the Properties button. The ENB Equipment (Edit) form opens with the General tab displayed. 5. On the General tab, change the parameter attributes to match the installed CCM. 6. Click on the Apply button in the ENB Equipment (Edit) form and the Network Element (Edit) form, if required, in order to save the configuration changes.
•
3. Use the 5620 SAM configuration snapshot function to export the eNodeB configuration data in the form of a snapshot file. 4. Automatically or manually transfer the snapshot file to 9952 WPS and 9959 NPO application servers. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-57 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7. When completed, go to the following step. For offline configuration: Set the parameter by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Use the 9952 WPS to create/change a delta WO file containing “ ENBEquipment parameters” for the eNodeB, and transfer the files to the 5620 SAM, as required. 2. Use the 5620 SAM activation manager function to validate and deploy the WO to the eNodeB.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Perform file management tasks for the CM XML file and activation log file. 6. When completed, go to the following step. Reference: Refer to the following guides to set the parameters:
• • – – •
9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE to create the WO and transfer it to the 5620 SAM. 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide: For online, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Workflow to manage online configuration For offline, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Workflow to manage offline configuration, validate and deploy WOs to eNodeBs 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Parameters Reference Guide Note: If the eNodeB does not reset after more than 15 minutes, a full resynchronization may be required. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, eNodeB configuration troubleshooting, Procedure, To resynchronize an eNodeB database configuration, for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
From OMC: Unlock eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. 2. Select one or more eNodeBs in the navigation tree, right-click, and choose Actions > State Unlock from the contextual menu. A dialog box appears. 3. Click on the Yes button. The unlock request is sent to the NE. 4. Verify the lock and operational status of an eNodeB as follows: a. Navigate to the ENB Equipment properties view for the eNodeB. b. Click on the States tab. c. Verify that the displayed value of the Administrative State parameter is “Unlocked”. d. Verify that the Current Operational State parameter displays the expected transmission status (“Enabled”). e. Close the ENB Equipment form. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
PRELIMINARY
eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state following the CCM replacement. If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-58 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-2.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
• • •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, Alarm and fault management Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix J, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”, then go to next step. If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From eNodeB: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-59 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the SFP transceivers on the eCCM. Hot-swap FRU
Yes Intervention time
5 minutes Tools required
None Safety
CAUTION Laser Class 1 hazards - laser emission Laser emissions can damage the eyes. Never look into the end of the fiber-optic cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage. Apply an appropriate cover/cap over the cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
NOTICE Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard
PRELIMINARY
Static discharge can damage circuit pack components. Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-60 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
Up to six SFP transceivers are located in the eCCM-U front panel as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-5 eCCM-U front panel
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Remove SFP transceiver
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed SFP transceiver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Notify OMC of service interruption and take the RRH associated with the failed SFP transceiver out-of-service. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Locate the failed SFP transceiver by noting the status of the LEDs (green LEDs are OFF). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Disconnect the fiber-optic cable from the SFP transceiver. Attention: Cover optic connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Push in or pull down (depending on SFP type) on the locking handle and pull the SFP transceiver out of the port.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-61 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Attention: Cover optic connector ends of the SFP transceivers with protective cap.
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Store or set aside SFP transceiver until needed. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Insert SFP transceiver
Perform the following procedure to install the SFP transceiver in the eCCM-U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Retrieve SFP transceiver. Verify the SFP is correct for the CCM connections (see the following tables). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Locate the unused SFP transceiver port. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Slide the SFP transceiver into the port and pull up on the locking handle. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Remove protective caps from SFP transceiver and fiber-optic cable and insert the cable into the SFP transceiver. Verify the status LEDs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Have OMC test 9926 BBU and RRH. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
CPRI interface SFP optical module provisioning
The following table describes the available CCM CPRI interface Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) optical modules for cabling between the 9926 BBU and the RRH.
PRELIMINARY
Table 9-5
CPRI interface SFP optical modules
SLI
Code Description
Provisioning Rule
1AB187280063
CPRI SFP transceiver
CPRI I-III, 850 nm, Multi-Mode Dual Fiber (0.3 km)
Multi-Mode Dual-Fiber (MMDF)
Rule: 1*(nb of RRH)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-62 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-5
CPRI interface SFP optical modules
(continued)
SLI
Code Description
Provisioning Rule
1AB194670018
CPRI SFP transceiver
CPRI I-III, 1550 nm, Single-Mode Single Fiber, (15 km) – Downlink
Single-Mode Single-Fiber (SMSF)
Rule: 1*(nb of RRH) on d2U side (CPRI optical output) 1AB187280065
CPRI SFP transceiver Single_Mode Dual-Fiber (SMDF)
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
1310 nm, 15 km, LC Connector Rule: 1*(nb of RRH) on d2U side (CPRI optical output)
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-63 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection diagram
The following figure depicts the 9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection, based on the fiber selection. Figure 9-6 9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection diagram
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-64 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Backhaul interface SFP optical module provisioning
The following table describes the available CCM backhaul interface Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) optical modules for cabling between the 9926 BBU and backhaul services. Table 9-6
Backhaul interface SFP optical modules
SLI
Code Description
Provisioning Rule
3HE00027CA
Backhaul SFP – GIGE SX 850 nm LC optical module
1-port 1000BASE-SX SFP,
Multi-Mode Dual-Fiber (MMDF) 3HE00028CA
Backhaul SFP – GIGE LX LC optical module Single-Mode Dual-Fiber (SMDF)
PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
850 nm, 500 m, LC Connector Rule, mutually exclusive with 3HE00028CA 1-port 1000BASE-LX SFP, 1310 nm, 10 km, LC Connector Rule, mutually exclusive with 3HE00027CA
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-65 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
eCCM-U/eCCM2 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 9-3: Replace SFP transceivers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 9-66 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
10 bCEM Replacement Procedure
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
10
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Procedure 10-1: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 10-1: Replace bCEM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the broadband Channel Element Module (bCEM), bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1, in a rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Hot-swap FRU
Yes Intervention time
30 minutes Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components.
PRELIMINARY
Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 10-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 10-1: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the location of the bCEM in the rack-mounted 9926 BBU. Figure 10-1 Replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
The following figure shows the bCEM faceplate. Figure 10-2 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
TEST ICE Connector
Check bCEM status
Refer to “bCEM LED status” (p. G-11), to determine the status of the bCEM using the status LEDs. Before you begin
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
The following information must be available at OMC and at the cell site to replace the bCEM.
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Procedure 10-1: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to replace the bCEM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given step takes place, either at OMC or on-site at rack-mounted 9926 BBU (eNB). Table 10-1
bCEM replacement procedure (rack-mounted)
Remove bCEM
Install bCEM
1. eNB: check for failed bCEM LED status
1. eNB: insert new bCEM
2. OMC/eNB: connect NEM PC/open NEM
2. eNB: observe bCEM LEDs. OMC/eNB: if required reset bCEM
3. OMC/eNB: check and clear alarms
3. eNB: attach EMI bracket (top slot)
4. OMC/eNB: lock cells
4. eNB: notify OMC
5. OMC/eNB: lock bCEM (BB)
5. OMC/eNB: unlock cells
6. eNB: remove EMI bracket
6. OMC/eNB: check/compare/ resolve alarms
7. eNB: loosen faceplate screws
7. OMC/eNB: close NEM/disconnect NEM PC
8. eNB: pull bCEM 9. eNB: pack bCEM 10. eNB: go to Install bCEM Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: • •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
PRELIMINARY
The following tools are required for this procedure: •
NEM PC with NEM installed
•
• •
RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
•
T-8 Torx screwdriver
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 10-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 10-1: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
ESD Strap Blank filler pack for bCEM slot if left unused for more than an hour
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the bCEM and restore 9926 BBU operation (from eNodeB).
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 10-1.1: “Remove bCEM” (p. 10-6) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 10-1.2: “Install bCEM” (p. 10-10) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Procedure 10-1.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 10-1.1: Remove bCEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed bCEM from rack-mounted 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Check status LEDs of each bCEM to determine which one has failed. Refer to “bCEM LED status” (p. G-11) to determine the status of the bCEM using the status LEDs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Lock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
PRELIMINARY
•
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock Cells, as required: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support, for more details. 2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 10-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 10-1.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB. Note: NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM. 4. Select Tree View. 5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration. 7. Right-click BB and select Lock Cell. Repeat step for each Cell.
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
8. When completed, go to the next step. •
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock the Cells, using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration. 4. Right-click BB and select Lock Cell. Repeat step for all Cells. 5. When completed, go to the next step. Note: If the lock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter displays Locking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Lock all bCEMs from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support for more details. 2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB. 3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The 9400 NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB.
4. Select Tree View.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Note: 9400 NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Procedure 10-1.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select BB (CEM) of interest. 7. Right-click BB and select Lock Module. Repeat step for each bCEM as required. 8. When completed, go to the next step. From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs, using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select BB (CEM) of interest. 4. Right-click BB and select Lock Module. Repeat step for each bCEM as required. 5. When completed, go to the next step. Note: If the lock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter displays Locking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
On top bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate.
PRELIMINARY
Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit packs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 10-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 10-1.1: Remove bCEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it.
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Do not leave slot open for more than one hour. Damage to the 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur due to inadequate cooling airflow. Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow through the 9926 BBU. When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new bCEM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Procedure 10-1.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 10-1.2: Install bCEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
1
Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the CEMs, CCM, and RRH. For LED status, refer to Appendix G, “LED status” for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, perform one of the following to check bCEM status: •
•
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). The bCEM should reset automatically when power is applied. Continue with the following step. If at initial power up, the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and the bCEM does not reset, perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB: 1. To reset the bCEM at eNodeB, start with Sub-step 2. To reset the bCEM at OMC, start with Sub-step 3. 2. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable and factory configured IP address (192.168.10.1, for local NEM access only). 3. 4. 5. 6.
Open NEM and select the Tree view. Click HW Modules. Select the BB that is equivalent to the bCEM being replaced. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEM should reboot and download active software automatically.
PRELIMINARY
7. If the bCEM restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the bCEM does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
On top slot bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 10-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 10-1.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Skip this step for the other bCEM slots.
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unlock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support, for more details. 2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB. 3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB. Note: NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM. 4. Select Tree View.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration.
PRELIMINARY
bCEM Replacement Procedure
Procedure 10-1.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
7. Right-click BB and select Unlock Cell. Repeat step for each Cell. 8. When completed, go to the next step. From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells, using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration. 4. Right-click BB and select Unlock Cell. Repeat step for all Cells. 5. When completed, go to the next step. Note: If the unlock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter displays Unlocking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When operational, exit NEM, and disconnect NEM PC from BBU or close NEM at OMC.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 10-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
11 BBU Sub-Rack 9926 Replacement Procedure
PRELIMINARY
11
Procedure 11-1: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in a LTE 9926 BBU. The 9926 BBU Sub-Rack provides the following functions: • • •
Power and control between circuit packs. Houses eCCM-U/eCCM2 (CCM) Houses bCEM
•
Houses RUC/Fan Tray or RUC/HC Fan Tray (RUC/Fan Tray)
Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window (1-2 hour duration). Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots)
• • •
7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers Socket wrench Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb))
• •
No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
T-8 Torx screwdriver ESD Strap
Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. Figures
The following figure shows the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for an equipment rack installation. Figure 11-1 Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Procedure 11-1.1: “Shutdown LTE 9926 BBU” (p. 11-4) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 11-1.2: “Remove bCEM(s)” (p. 11-6) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 11-1.3: “Remove CCM” (p. 11-7)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 11-1.4: “Remove RUC/Fan Tray” (p. 11-9) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Procedure 11-1.5: “Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack” (p. 11-11) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.6: “Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack” (p. 11-12) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Procedure 11-1.7: “Install RUC/Fan Tray” (p. 11-13) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Procedure 11-1.8: “Install bCEM(s)” (p. 11-15) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Procedure 11-1.9: “Install CCM” (p. 11-16) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Procedure 11-1.10: “Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)” (p. 11-18) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.1: Shutdown LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.1: Shutdown LTE 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to shutdown the failed LTE 9926 BBU and replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary)
• • •
Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Notify OMC of service interruption and take 9926 BBU out of service. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB):
PRELIMINARY
1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. 4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed: “Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?” Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock. 5. When complete, go to following step. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.1: Shutdown LTE 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power is not removed, the procedure will not work properly.
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
•
Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.2: Remove bCEM(s)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.2: Remove bCEM(s) Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On top bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs, if installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Package the bCEM in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CCM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.3: Remove CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.3: Remove CCM Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Disconnect eCCM-U or eCCM2 cables as follows: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 2
•
For eCCM2, go to Step 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.
5. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected. 6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM-U ports they were initially connected to. 7. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 4 to remove CCM. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
For eCCM2/eCCM2-HR, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM2 ports they were initially connected to. 2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected. 3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected.
Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected. 5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 6. When complete, go to Step 4 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.3: Remove CCM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows: 1. If necessary, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. 2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be removed from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the faceplate, rotate handle 90°, and pull the CCM out of the slot. 4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.4: Remove RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.4: Remove RUC/Fan Tray Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the RUC/Fan Tray. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Disconnect the power cable from the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: 1. Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs. 2. Remove the nuts and washers. 3. Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect the ground wire from the lug between the power terminals.
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from eCCM-U).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.4: Remove RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Cable (from eAM) Alarm/ Commissioning Cable (from eCCM) -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Press on the locking tab on the RUC/Fan Tray and pull on the pull ring to remove the RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Package the RUC/Fan Tray in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.5: Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.5: Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Remove four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket from the corners of the sub-rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide the sub-rack out of the equipment rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Package the sub-rack in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide sub-rack into cabinet with the RUC/Fan Tray slot on the right side. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Secure sub-rack with four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket in the corners of the rack. Torque to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install RUC/Fan Tray.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.7: Install RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.7: Install RUC/Fan Tray Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the RUC/Fan Tray. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Verify the following circuit breaker and/or switch are set in the OFF position: • •
RUC/Fan Tray Power switch (press O), if switch is provided. Equipment circuit breaker in OFF position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide RUC/Fan Tray into the RUC/Fan Tray slot until the latching tab locks into place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect the ground wire to the lug between the power terminals with washer and nut. Torque nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket.
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect the power cable to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: 1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lugs, positive-to-positive and negative-to-negative. 2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque nuts to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket. 3. Push the protective boot back over the terminal lugs.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
-48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray Power Connections (from PDP)
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.7: Install RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM). Alarm Cable (from eAM) Alarm/ Commissioning Cable (from eCCM) -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install bCEM(s).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.8: Install bCEM(s)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.8: Install bCEM(s) Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM(s). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
NOTICE
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
On the top bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the CCM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.9: Install CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.9: Install CCM Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws. 2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate. 3. Connect the eCCM-U or eCCM2 cables as follows: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 2 •
For eCCM2, go to Step 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Important! For eCCM-U, do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE MDA port and the NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed to do so in the following procedure. For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows: 1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required. 2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required. 3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required. 5. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the order they were on the failed CCM. 6. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. 7. When complete, go to Step 4 to turn power on. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Important! For eCCM2, do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed in the following procedure. For eCCM2, connect the cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.9: Install CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the order they were on the failed CCM. 2. Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required. 3. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required. 4. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required. 5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 6. Backhaul cable to ports, BH1 (default) and BH3, as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 4 to turn power on.
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, continue with the following procedure to restore 9926 BBU. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack) Overview
This procedure assumes the same circuit packs removed from the failed sub-rack are operational and are being re-installed in the new sub-rack. Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU to an operational state. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Read Step 3 before continuing with this step. Turn power ON to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With power switch: 1. Turn power ON with the BBU circuit breaker. 2. Turn power ON with power switch (press 1) on the RUC/Fan Tray Without power switch, turn power ON with the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 11-1.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to “eCCM-U LED status” (p. G-1), for the following: •
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following step.
•
If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following: – Verify power (and voltage) is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the RUC/Fan Tray. – If power is applied, follow the LED status on each circuit pack and if necessary recycle power to reboot system. –
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
If the 9926 BBU reboot appears to be progressing as indicated in the LEDs, continue with the following steps to attempt to complete the restoration and note the LED status on each circuit pack as the steps are performed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9412 eNodeB: 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 3. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: • • • •
eNB D2U FAN RET and RET Aid Table
• • • • • •
BB (bCEM) CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2) RRH/TRDU TMA Sectors Cell Configuration
4. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB.
Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
PRELIMINARY
9926 BBU Sub-Rack Replacement Procedure
Procedure 11-1.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
From eNodeB, close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM as follows: 1. Close NEM. 2. Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU. 3. When completed, do one of the following: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 7 to connect Backhaul cable. •
For eCCM2, go to Step 10 to check for alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From eNodeB, for eCCM-U only, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). 2. Connect Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to eCCM-U GE MDA port 3. Determine if SAM detects the 9926 BBU as follows: a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms. b. If SAM has not detected the 9926 BBU, contact technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When operational, exit NEM and disconnect the NEM PC.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 11-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
12 FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures
PRELIMINARY
12
Overview The following chapters describe upgrades and/or reconfiguration procedures for the FDD-LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit: •
Chapter 13, “Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU”
•
Chapter 14, “Add new cell to 9926 BBU”
•
Chapter 15, “Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1”
•
Chapter 25, “Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage”
•
Chapter 16, “Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation”
•
Chapter 17, “Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation”
•
Chapter 18, “Reconfiguring cells”
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 12-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
13
13 Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to add an another bCEM (from 1 to 2 or from 2 to 3) to an existing 9926 BBU. Mainly done locally on 9926 BBU site except for final check from OMC/SAM: hot insertion, sector creation from NEM, updated HW view from OMC, any impact of current telecom traffic on other bCEM, or rollback process in case of a problem. The bCEM is also referred to as the broadband board (BB) or modem. Contents Hardware issues
13-1
Procedure 13-1: Install a new bCEM
13-2
Procedure 13-2: Remove existing bCEM
13-4
Hardware issues Hot swap
The bCEM is capable of hot swapping in a 9926 BBU. Once inserted OAM detects the circuit pack and updates the 9926 BBU OAM as necessary Circuit pack removal
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Removing a circuit pack without correct preparation can result in OAM disabling LTE cells unexpectedly.
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Procedure 13-1: Install a new bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1: Install a new bCEM Before you begin
Verify there is an open modem slot in the 9926 BBU. If an bCEM is being replaced, refer to for details. The 9926 BBU must have a minimum of one bCEM (one sector) for one sector operation. Up to two additional bCEMs can be added to the 9926 BBU for six sector operation. Steps
Perform the following procedure to install an bCEM in an open 9926 BBU modem slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the CEMs, CCM, and RFMs (TRDU or RRH). For LED status, refer to Appendix G, “LED status” for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Perform one of the following: •
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). The bCEM should reset automatically when power is applied. Installation complete.
•
If at initial power up, the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 5 minutes and the bCEM does not reset, perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEM: 1. Physically connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable or contact OMC to connect to the 9926 BBU remotely. For RJ45 NEM Test Cable details, refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Introduction, Section, Hardware Requirements, Sub-Section, Cabling. 2. Open NEM.
PRELIMINARY
3. 4. 5. 6.
Click the Tree view icon (see Chapter, Tree View, Section, Hardware Modules ). Click the desired 9926 BBU, then click HW Modules. Select the disabled BB in the bCEM being replaced. Right click BB, a context-sensitive menu opens, and click Reset Equipment to reset the BB (bCEM). The bCEM should reboot and download active software automatically. When a managed object is reset, the supported objects are temporarily disabled.
7. If the bCEM restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 13-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 13-1: Install a new bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the bCEM does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM. Result: Once the bCEM is inserted in one of the modem slots, the 9926 BBU OAM
detects the bCEM and proceeds to verify if it has the correct software; if the bCEM does not have the correct software, the 9926 BBU OAM proceeds to update the bCEM software. Once the bCEM has the correct software; the bCEM is initialized and if it passes initialization, the operational state is set to “enabled”. The bCEM is ready to support LTE cells.
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Reference: Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, State Management, Section, Managed Objects , Sub-Section, Operational state transitions, Sub-heading, BB operational state for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
On far right (or top) bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit pack slots.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
If necessary, add new LTE cells to the bCEM. Refer to for details. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Procedure 13-2: Remove existing bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-2: Remove existing bCEM Purpose
This procedure describes how to remove a bCEM with minimum loss of service. Carefully read the procedure and understand the interactions in the system before proceeding. Since it is not known which LTE cells are supported on which bCEM, all LTE cells should be locked before removing the bCEM, or just remove the bCEM. If just removed, the 9926 BBU OAM process detects the bCEM is no longer available; changes the operational state of the BB MO associated with the bCEM to “disable” if it is not already set to “disable”. When the BB MO is set to “disable”, the LTE cells supported on this BB MO is set to “disable” as well. Steps
NOTICE Loss of service Not locking the associated LTE cells can result in an unexpected loss of service. Identify and lock the LTE cells before removing the bCEM board. Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM (sector/cell) from the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If the bCEM is not locked, perform the following steps to manually lock the bCEM: 1. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable or contact OMC to connect to the 9926 BBU remotely. For RJ45 NEM Test Cable details, refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Introduction, Section, Hardware Requirements, Sub-Section, Cabling.
PRELIMINARY
2. Open NEM. 3. Click the Tree view icon (see Chapter, Tree View, Section, Hardware Modules , Sub-Section, Display Hardware Module Status). 4. Click the desired 9926 BBU, then click HW Modules. 5. Select the BB (bCEM) to be locked. 6. Right click BB, a context-sensitive menu opens, and click Lock Module to lock the BB (bCEM). 7. When completed, continue with the following step.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 13-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 13-2: Remove existing bCEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
On far right (or top slot) bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit pack slots.
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Loosen two mounting screws from the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extraction hole in the middle of the circuit pack and pull bCEM out of the slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Do not leave slot open. Damage to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur due to inadequate cooling airflow. Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow through the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Procedure 13-2: Remove existing bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 13-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
14
Add new cell to 9926 BBU 14
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to add a new cell to an Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU with a bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1 already installed that has an unused cell. Contents LTE cell creation
14-1
Procedure 14-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU
14-3
LTE cell creation Purpose
This section describes how a cell is created for the eNodeB. Overview
The LTE cell represents the cell supported by the local eNodeB. The eNodeB OAM consists of the Call Processing XML domain that allows the operator to configure cells, S1 and X2 communication links, Radio Trace sessions and other related parameters. For this task the operator can use the wizard featured in the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS. With the cell creation a new set of channels is proposed for UL and DL.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
LTE cell creation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Definitions
The following terms are used in this procedure: •
•
•
•
•
•
Cell MO represents one LTE carrier on a sector in the eNodeB. A cell is supported by a BB and a Sector. The BB generates a digital signal based on the configuration parameters associated with the Cell. The digital signal generated by the BB is fed to the RFM that supports the Sector associated with the Cell. X2 MO represents the X2-C control plane connection to an adjacent eNodeB in the LTE network. An eNodeB can have X2-C connections to multiple adjacent eNodeBs. The X2-U user plane connections to adjacent eNodeBs are not monitored by this MO. S1 MO represents the S1-C control plane connection to a peer MME in the LTE network. An eNodeB can have S1-C connections to multiple MMEs. The S1-U user plane connections to MMEs or SGWs are not monitored by this MO. Baseband Board (BB or eCEM-U) represents the hardware unit that supports the baseband processing function. In this release, each eCEM-U is mapped to a single sector. Therefore, a three sector eNodeB contains three of these cards, while a single sector eNodeB contains only one card eCEM-U. Carrier (or Controller) Board (CB or eCCM-U) represents the motherboard on the D2U. CB is a container object that represents all the components housed on the motherboard such as the CPU that runs the OA&M and Call Processing control software, the Network Processing Unit, CPRI switch, GigE switch, SRIO switch, compact flash, optional oscillator, optional GPS receiver and various other devices. Radio Frequency Module (RFM) represents the RRH, TRDU, or R-OCM. The RFM uses the CPRI interface to communicate with the BBU via the CPRI ports on the eCCM-U.
LTE cell creation process
During LTE cell creation, the operator has to use the algorithm of centralized PCI implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS in order to allocate the PCI to the cell. Centralized automatic allocation of PCI is one of the SON features. It consists of generating, from the OAM system, a PCI value for each cell and ensuring its uniqueness with respect to the neighbor cells and the neighbor's neighbor cells.
PRELIMINARY
During creation at the cell level, the concerned eNodeB equipment can require a reset operation. Creation only requires a reset if Class A objects or parameters were created, deleted, or modified.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 14-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 14-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 14-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU Purpose
This procedure provides instructions to add new cell to 9926 BBU. Note: Unless indicated otherwise, the references cited in this procedure are from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE RAN User Guide.
PRELIMINARY
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to add new cell to 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Configure the eNodeB offline using the 5620 SAM offline configuration procedure as follows: 1. From 5620 SAM client, create a configuration snapshot instance of the 9926 BBU being updated. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots, Procedure, To create a snapshot instance, for details. Result: Configuration snapshot is stored in the /opt/5620sam/server/nms/ activation/snapshot_export directory. 2. From the 9952 WPS, prepare the new configuration, run checks, and export the delta workorder (WO) as follows (refer to 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for details): a. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9954 WPS operating procedures, Section, Checks management, Procedure, Check network objects, to check the delta workorder. b. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9954 WPS operating procedures, Section, Data sharing management, Procedure, Deliver a workorder for activation, to export the delta workorder back to 5620 SAM client. 3. From 5620 SAM client, activate and deploy the delta workorder to the 9926 BBUs as follows: a. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure, To create an activation session, to activate the workorder. b. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure, To deploy a WO using the activation manager, to deploy the workorder to an 9926 BBU.
2
Unlock the 9926 BBU to restore service.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
Procedure 14-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online
configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check the performance data to ensure the Telecom traffic is available for the updated eNodeBs. Refer to Chapter, LTE RAN statistics, Section, eNodeB PM statistics, Procedure, To create or modify an eNodeB performance management policy, to check performance data. Reference: Also, refer to 5620 SAM Statistics Management Guide for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From 5620 SAM client, check that no alarms are raised on the updated 9926 BBUs. Reference: Refer to the following guides and procedures to check for alarms from
the 9926 BBUs: •
Refer to 5620 SAM User Guide, Chapter, Alarm management, Section, Alarm management procedures, Procedure, To view alarms raised against equipment, logical components, and services, to view alarms.
•
Refer to 5620 SAM Alarm Reference, Chapter, Alcatel-Lucent 9xxx eNodeB alarms, for 9926 BBU alarm descriptions. Refer to 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide, to troubleshoot reported alarms from the 9926 BBU.
•
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 14-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
15
15 Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace/upgrade one to three bCEMP1.0s with a bCEMP1.1 in a rack-mounted 9926 BBU. The terms “eNodeB” or “eNB” and “BBU” or “9926 BBU” are interchangeable. The term “bCEM” refers to either “bCEMP1.0” or “bCEMP1.1”. Contents Preparation
15-1
Procedure 15-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
15-4
Preparation Purpose
Note: This procedures only supports TDD 9926 BBUs. The following information describes what is needed to replace/upgrade a bCEMP1.0 with a bCEMP1.1. Note: This procedure is used only to replace bCEMP1.0(s) with a bCEMP1.1. Do not use this procedure to replace an bCEMP1.0/bCEMP1.1 with another bCEMP1.0/bCEMP1.1.
Yes
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Hot-swap FRU
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intervention time
1.5 hour Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components. Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components. Figures
The following figure shows the bCEM (bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1) faceplate. Figure 15-1 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
TEST ICE Connector
Required software
PRELIMINARY
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEMP1.1 installation: •
Consult the LTE eNodeB TDD Release Notes, for current software requirements for BBU, SAM, NEM, and MIM.
•
Current SNMP MIB backup files (must be loaded on NEM PC)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 15-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required hardware
If necessary, the following hardware must be replaced/updated before the bCEMP1.1 is installed in the 9926 BBU: • • •
Replace 9926 BBU V1+ sub-rack (d2Uv4) with 9926 BBU V2 sub-rack (d2Uv5). Replace RUC/Fan Tray with the RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray. Replace eCCM-U with the eCCM-U (DB) or eCCM2-HR (CCM).
•
Replace all bCEMP1.0s (one per sector) with one bCEMP1.1 (one supports up to three sectors). Two blank filler plates for empty slots.
•
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
If necessary, consult with Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for the latest product configurations/updates. Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: • • •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide LTE eNodeB TDD Release Notes Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • • • •
RJ45 Ethernet NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479 (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver
•
NEM PC with current NEM software installed
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 15-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 15-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace a bCEMP1.0 with a bCEMP1.1 and restore BBU operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 15-1.1: “Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU” (p. 15-5) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 15-1.2: “Install bCEMP1.1” (p. 15-8)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 15-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 15-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 15-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the operational bCEMP1.0(s). All bCEMP1.0s must be removed.
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary)
• • •
Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. 4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed: “Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?” Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock. 5. When complete, go to following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Update software to the current load.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Check the current running BBU (eNodeB) software release assigned to the BBU from either software repositories or release notes. If the running BBU software is not present on the NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository.
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 15-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
See Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” to download running BBU software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to the NEM PC and SAM client. Note: The bCEMP0.1 must be updated from MUPF upgrade D7 to D8 before removal. It will reset two times during the upgrade. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Remove bCEMP1.0 as follows: •
From Slots 2 or 3: 1. Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. 2. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool into bCEMP1.0 extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack and pull out of the slot.
•
From Slot 4: 1. If necessary, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate (see the following figure). 2. Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool into bCEMP1.0 extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot.
PRELIMINARY
Note: Store EMI bracket for later use, cannot be used with blank filler pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Package each bCEMP1.0 in an ESD safe bag or container for storage.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 15-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 15-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new bCEMP1.1. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 15-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 15-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1 Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEMP1.1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before inserting the bCEMP1.1, read Step 2 to be aware of the LED status during powerup. Insert bCEMP1.1 into an available slot and secure with the two faceplate mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Perform one of the following to check bCEMP1.1 status: •
•
Check that the bCEMP1.1 LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). The bCEMP1.1 should reset automatically when power is applied. Continue with the following step. If the bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not reset, perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEMP1.1: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Open NEM and select the Tree view. Click HW Modules. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEMP1.1. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEMP1.1 should reboot and download active software automatically. 5. If the bCEMP1.1 restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the bCEMP1.1 does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEMP1.1. If the bCEMP1.1 continues to fail, contact technical support.
Note: Additional LED status information can be found in Appendix L, “LED status”. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE
PRELIMINARY
Equipment damage hazard Do not leave slot open for more than one hour. Damage to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur due to inadequate airflow. Use blank filler pack as required to maintain proper air flow through the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 15-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 15-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, insert a blank filler pack into each empty slot, typically Slots 3 and 4, and secure with faceplate mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Unlock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters.
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details. 2. Unlock eNodeB NE. Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE 3. When complete, continue with the following step. Note: If necessary, Cell Configuration must be unlocked from SAM. •
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 4. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: TMA RRH/TRDU BB (CEM) CB (CCM) RET D2U (RUC) 5. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. 6. When complete, continue with the following step.
5
From OMC, reset BBU as follows: 1. Open NEM and select the Tree view. 2. Click HW Modules.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 15-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Select the affected eNB from the list. 4. Right click the eNB and select Reset Equipment. 5. The BBU reboots and downloads active software automatically. 6. If the BBU restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the BBU does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM (P1). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From OMC, test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From eNodeB, when operational, disconnect the NEM PC.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 15-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
16
16 Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to configure the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU with one bCEM already installed for dual-band, dual-modem operation. The procedure adds a second bCEMP1.0 or greater and a second set of RFMs (RRHs/TRDUs, up to three) for the second band. Notices
Note: The term “9926 BBU” refers to either the 9412 eNodeB or a distributed 9926 BBU throughout this procedure. Contents Preparation
16-2
Procedure 16-1: Configure 9926 BBU hardware
16-9
Procedure 16-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems
16-12
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preparation Purpose
The following information describes what is needed to upgrade a Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU, with a bCEM already installed, and adding a second bCEM to configure for a dual-band cell site. Note: The bCEM must be a bCEMP1.0 or greater. Hot-swap FRU
Yes Intervention time
1 hour Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components.
PRELIMINARY
Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the bCEM faceplate. Figure 16-1 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
TEST ICE Connector
The following figure shows a dual-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs installed and six RFMs (RRHs/TRDUs) (up to three for each band). Refer to Table 16-1, “Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation” (p. 16-4) for supported RFM combinations. Figure 16-2 Dual-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs 9926 BBU CCM Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #1 bCEM #1 Band #1
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #2 Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #3
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #1 bCEM #2 Band #2
RRH Band #1
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #2
Sector #1
RRH Band #2
RRH Band #1
Sector #2
RRH Band #2
RRH Band #1
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #3
Sector #3 RRH Band #2
Required software
• • •
LTE Release 6.0 or later) SAM 10.0 Rx or later Current SNMP MIB backup files (must be loaded on NEM PC)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEM installation:
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
LA6.0 NEM or later LA6.0 MIM or later
Consult the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for current software requirements. Required license
Parameter, isDualCarrierEnabled, requires a license token activation. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI) Customer License Manager User Guide for details. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure for feature activation procedures. Required hardware
The following hardware must be installed and operational (single-band) before the second bCEM is installed in the 9926 BBU: • •
9926 BBU V2 sub-rack RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray
• • •
eCCM-U (CA/CB) or eCCM2 One bCEM Up to three RFMs for one band (refer to Table 16-1, “Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation” (p. 16-4) for supported RFM combinations)
The following hardware must be available for the dual-band upgrade: • •
One bCEM Up to three RRHs/TRDUs need to be installed and CPRI lines run to the 9926 BBU for the second band (refer to Table 16-1, “Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation” (p. 16-4) for supported RFM combinations)
The following RFM (RRH/TRDU) combinations are supported when the 9926 BBU is configured for dual-band operation.
PRELIMINARY
Table 16-1
Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation
RFM combinations
Description
2x40-07L and 2x40-07U
2x40W 700 MHz Lower (Band 13) and 2x40W 700 MHz Upper (Band 17)
2x40-07L and 2x40-AWS
2x40W 700 MHz Lower (Band 13) and 2x40W 1721 MHz AWS (Band 4)
2x40-08 and 2x40-26
2x40W 800 MHz (Band 20) and 2x40W 2600 MHz (Band 7)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, consult with Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for the latest product configurations/updates. Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide
• • •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE Parameter Reference 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes
•
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI) Customer License Manager User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure Alcatel-Lucent LTE FDD Remote Radio Head (RRH) Technical Description
• • •
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station (DBS) LTE Base Band Unit (BBU) Technical Description Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • •
• • •
Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
• • •
T-8 Torx screwdriver ESD Strap Key for door, if required
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) 7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers Socket wrench
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware procedure overview
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to upgrade the 9926 BBU with two bCEMs and up to six RFMs. The following table illustrates the upgrade procedures involved and where the given steps take place, either at OMC or on-site at the 9926 BBU. Note: The 9926 BBU must be operational with a single bCEMP1.0 or greater and the appropriate number and type of RFMs for the first band. Configure 9926 BBU hardware
The following table outlines the installation of the bCEM and RFMs for the second band in the 9926 BBU. Table 16-2
Configure 9926 BBU hardware procedure overview
Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU
Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU
1. eNB: Remove blank filler plate.
1. eNB: Run and dress CPRI cables from RFMs to the 9926 BBU.
2. eNB: Slide bCEM into slot and secure
2. eNB: Plug the CPRI cables into CCM CPRI ports, OPTIC 4, OPTIC 5, and OPTIC 6. Do not swap existing CPRI cable ports with new CPRI cable ports.
3. eNB: Perform one of the following to check bCEM status:
3. eNB: Check LED status on the CCM and bCEM.
•
Check bCEM LEDs for normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). bCEM resets automatically when power is applied
•
If bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not reset, manually reset bCEM
PRELIMINARY
4. eNB: When complete, go to Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU
4. eNB: When complete, go to Procedure 16-2: “Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems” (p. 16-12).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation
The following table outlines the configuration of the 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two bCEMs and up to six RFMs. Table 16-3
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation procedure overview Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
1. OMC: From 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab.
1. OMC: From 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab.
1. OMC: Use SAM activation manager to validate and deploy WO to eNodeB
2. OMC: Select workorder to modify from Workorders tree
2. OMC: Select the workorder to export from Workorders sub-tree.
2. OMC: Use SAM configuration snapshot to export eNodeB configuration data in form of snapshot files.
3. OMC: Either from context-sensitive functions menu (right-click), or from Workorders menu, select Set workorder as current.
3. OMC: From either the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or Workorders menu, select Export workorder… and on live server repository…
3. OMC: Automatically or manually transfer snapshot files to application servers:
4. OMC: When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close to the close the window.
4. OMC: Navigate to the proper folder where the workorder (.xwo) will be stored, type in File Name, then click Save.
4. OMC: Perform file management tasks for CM XML files and log files related to activation.
5. OMC: If needed, change NE values using operational procedures, or per object or per attribute changes. Once NE values have been changed, go back to the Workorders tab and select the current workorder.
5. OMC: When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close.
5. OMC: Reset eNodeB
6. OMC: From Change panel select network object changes to modify them for the desired eNodeB.
6. OMC: When completed, go to Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM.
6. OMC: Check and clear alarms as required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Modify workorder
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 16-3
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation procedure overview (continued)
Modify workorder
Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
7. OMC: Either from context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or from Workorders menu, inhibit or disinhibit changes
7. OMC: Test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step.
8. OMC: Once all modifications needed have been completed, from the Workorders menu, click Recompute planning view.
8. eNB: When operational, disconnect NEM PC
9. OMC: Click Yes. 10. OMC: When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close to end procedure. 11. OMC: Current network can then be checked. Repeat from Step 5 until workorder is properly modified.
PRELIMINARY
12. OMC: When completed, go to Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 16-1: Configure 9926 BBU hardware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-1: Configure 9926 BBU hardware Overview
This procedure describes how to install the second bCEM (bCEMP1.0 or greater) and connect the RFMs to the CCM. Note: This procedure assumes the 9926 BBU is installed and operational in a single-band configuration with up to three RFMs installed. Refer to Table 16-1, “Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation” (p. 16-4) for supported RFM combinations.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Steps
Preform the following procedures to install the second bCEM and connect the RFMs to the CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 16-1.1: “Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU” (p. 16-10) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 16-1.2: “Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU” (p. 16-11) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Procedure 16-1.1: Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-1.1: Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the second bCEM (bCEMP1.0 or greater). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Remove blank filler plate from available slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Insert bCEM into the slot, and secure with the two faceplate mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Perform one of the following to check bCEM status: •
•
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off) after about 15 minutes and should reset automatically. Continue with the following step. If the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not reset (disabled, failed status), perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEM through NEM (opened locally or from SAM): 1. Select the Tree view. 2. Click HW Modules. 3. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEM. 4. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEM should reboot and download active software automatically. 5. If the bCEM restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the bCEM does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM. If the bCEM continues to fail, contact technical support. Note: Additional LED status information can be found in Appendix G, “LED status”.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When complete, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 16-1.2: Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-1.2: Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU Before you begin
The RFMs (RRHs/TRDUs) must be properly installed and cabled before they can be connected to the 9926 BBU. If necessary, contact technical support to have them installed.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Steps
Perform the following steps to connect the RFMs to the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Run and dress CPRI cables from RFMs to the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Important! Before connecting the CPRI cables, verify the SPF connectors have been properly cleaned before connecting them to the CCM. Plug the CPRI cables into CCM CPRI ports, OPTIC 4, OPTIC 5, and/or OPTIC 6. Note: It is not recommended to swap existing CPRI cables and CCM ports (Ports 1-3) with the new CPRI cables and CCM ports (Ports 4-6). If the cables and ports are changed the 9926 BBU must be reconfigured. Refer to Chapter 18, “Reconfiguring cells” for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check LED status on the CCM and bCEM. Reference: Refer to Appendix G, “LED status”, for additional information. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When complete, continue with the following procedure, Procedure 16-2: “Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems” (p. 16-12). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Procedure 16-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems Overview
This procedure assumes the initial 9926 BBU is operational with Band 1 and RFMs properly configured. Steps
Preform the following procedures to configure the eNodeB for dual-band operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 16-2.1: “Modify workorder” (p. 16-13) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 16-2.2: “Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM” (p. 16-15) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 16-2.3: “Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM” (p. 16-17)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 16-2.1: Modify workorder
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-2.1: Modify workorder Overview
This procedure describes how to modify (inhibit or disinhibit) attributes, values, or changes that belong to a workorder. This procedure includes synchronization of the current network with the current workorders. However, the technician can modify a workorder without impacting the current network. Ensure that the workorder to modify is part of the workspace.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for additional information. Steps
Perform the following procedure to modify the current workorder to include the parameters for the dual-band configuration. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the workorder to modify from the Workorders tree. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click), or from the Workorders menu, select Set workorder as current. Result: A Setting current workorder window is displayed with a progress bar. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Then click Close to the close the window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If needed, change network element values using operational procedures, or per object or per attribute changes. Once the network element values have been changed, go back to the Workorders tab and select the current workorder. Result: The current Workorder is updated with the attribute value change. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the change panel, select the network object changes to change/update the following ENBEquipment/Enb/lteCell parameters as required: • •
isDualCarrierEnabled/… (true) expectedModemType/… (bCEM)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
6
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Procedure 16-2.1: Modify workorder
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If needed, from the Inhibit change panel select the attribute changes to modify them. Use SHIFT+click or CONTROL+click to select multiple objects or attributes. Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro
Products Parameters Reference Guide, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or from the Workorders menu, inhibit or disinhibit changes using the following commands: • • •
Inhibit network change Disinhibit network change Inhibit changes for subtree
•
Disinhibit changes for subtree Result: The Workorders tree root is displayed in red followed by (misaligned).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Once all the modifications needed have been completed, from the Workorders menu, click Recompute planning view. Result: A Confirmation window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes. Result: A Recompute network window with a progress bar is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close to end the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
The current network can then be checked. Repeat from Step 5 until the workorder is properly modified. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 16-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM Overview
This procedure describes how to export a workorder. Important! When exporting a single workorder in CM XML format, the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS creates a _reverse.xwo workorder file. If the activation of the workorder leads to a problem in the live network, the reverse workorder can be used to restore the network back to its initial state. Thus, Alcatel-Lucent recommends using this procedure to provide an easy way to restore the network.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for network elements may cause a service disruption. Alcatel-Lucent recommends that all workorders be merged into one workorder prior to exporting to live network elements. Once you have exported a simple workorder, the exported workorder might contain inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for a live network element. Exporting a workorder will create a _reverse.xwo workorder file that can be used to restore the live network to its initial state. Steps
Perform the following procedure to export the workorder to 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab. Result: The workorders tree is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the workorder to export from the Workorders sub-tree. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From either the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or Workorders menu, select Export workorder… and on live server repository…
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Important! The Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS) backup function does not save Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (9952 WPS) workorders and a full 5620 SAM restore removes the workorders from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM server. If needed, the user must save workorders on the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC then retransfer them from the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC to the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM server.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Procedure 16-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: A Select an output file window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Navigate to the proper folder where the workorder (.xwo) will be stored, type in the File Name, then click Save. Result: An Export workorder… window with a progress bar is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 16-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 16-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM Steps
Perform the following procedure to configure the 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with the activation manager. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Offline configuration, for additional information and procedures.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Use the activation manager function of the 5620 SAM to validate and deploy WOs to eNodeBs as follows: 1. Create an activation session. See Procedure , To create an activation session. 2. Deploy a WO by using the activation manager. See Procedure, To deploy a WO using the activation manager. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Use the configuration snapshot function of the 5620 SAM to export eNodeB configuration data in the form of snapshot files. 1. Create a snapshot instance. See Procedure, To create a snapshot instance. 2. Take configuration snapshots manually. See Procedure, To take a configuration snapshot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Automatically or manually transfer snapshot files to the following application servers: • •
9952 WPS 9459 NPO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Perform file management tasks for CM XML files and log files related to activation as required. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unlock the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the bCEM: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view.
2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB. 3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The 9400 NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support, Procedure, To launch the 9400 NEM from the 5620 SAM client GUI for more details.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Procedure 16-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. Select Tree View. 5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select BB (bCEM) of interest. 7. Right-click BB and select Unlock Module. 8. When completed, go to the next step. •
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock the bCEM using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select BB (bCEM) of interest. 4. Right-click BB and select Unlock Module. 5. When completed, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Attention: Perform this step only if the software is not loaded on the new bCEM after reset occurs from the previous step. From OMC, reset eNodeB as follows: 1. Open NEM and select the Tree view. 2. Click HW Modules. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Select the affected eNB from the list. Right click the eNB and select Reset Equipment. The eNodeB reboots and downloads active software automatically. If the eNodeB restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the eNodeB does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM (P1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
PRELIMINARY
•
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 16-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
From OMC, test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step. Note: If the testing fails and it looks as though the cell cannot be successfully placed in service, contact technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From eNodeB, when operational, disconnect the NEM PC, and if necessary, close and lock door to cabinet. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 16-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
Procedure 16-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 16-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
17
17 Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to configure the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation. This procedure requires two bCEMs, assuming a bCEMP1.1 is already installed and operational. Contents Preparation
17-1
Procedure 17-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation
17-9
Procedure 17-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation
17-12
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration
17-19
Preparation Purpose
The following information describes what is needed to upgrade a Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation with two bCEMs installed. Hot-swap FRU
Yes
1 hour
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Intervention time
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components. Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components. Figures
The following figure shows the bCEM faceplate. Figure 17-1 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
PRELIMINARY
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
TEST ICE Connector
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows a dual-carrier, single-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs installed and three FDD RRH 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS. Figure 17-2 Dual-carrier, single-band 9926 BBU 9926 BBU CCM
RRH #1 Carrier #1 Carrier #2
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #1 bCEM #1 Band #1
Sector #1
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #2 Bandwidth #1 Carrier #1 Sector #3
RRH #2 Carrier #1 Carrier #2
Sector #2
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #2 Sector #1 bCEM #2 Band #1
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #2 Sector #2
RRH #3 Carrier #1 Carrier #2
Sector #3
Bandwidth #1 Carrier #2 Sector #3
Required software
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEM installation: • • • • •
LTE Release LA6.0 or later SAM 11.0 Rx LA6.0 NEM LA6.0 MIM Current SNMP MIB backup files for 9926 BBU being upgraded (must be loaded on NEM PC)
Consult the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for specific software requirements.
Parameter, isDualCarrierEnabled, requires a license token activation. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI) Customer License Manager User Guide for details. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure for feature activation procedures. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Required license
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required hardware
The following hardware must be installed and operational before the second bCEM is installed in the 9926 BBU: • • •
9926 BBU V2 sub-rack (d2Uv5) RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray eCCM-U (CA/CB) (3JR20073CB) or eCCM2
• •
bCEMP1.1 Supported FDD RRHs as follows: – Single 4x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH per sector (Alcatel-Lucent) – Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRHs, master-slave configuration, per sector (OEM)
The following hardware must be available for the upgrade: • •
One bCEMP1.1 Three CPRI link rate 3 fiber optic cables
If necessary, consult with Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for the latest product configurations/updates. Required documentation
The following LTE and CDMA documents must be available for this procedure. LTE documentation
The following LTE documents must be available for this procedure: • • • • •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE Parameter Reference 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI) Customer License Manager User Guide
•
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure
PRELIMINARY
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • •
•
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) 7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers
• • • • •
Socket wrench Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver
• •
ESD Strap Key for door, if required
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure overview
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to upgrade the 9926 BBU (eNB). The following table illustrates the upgrade procedures involved and where the given steps take place, either at OMC or on-site at the 9926 BBU (eNB). Note: The 9926 BBU is already operational with a single bCEM. Install second bCEM hardware procedure overview
The following table outlines the installation of the bCEM and connection of the RRHs to the 9926 BBU. Table 17-1
Install second bCEMP1.1 hardware procedure overview
Install second bCEMP1.1
Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU
1. eNB: Remove blank filler plate next to bCEMP1.1.
1. eNB: Run and dress CPRI cables from RRHs to the 9926 BBU.
2. eNB: Slide bCEMP1.1 into slot and secure
2. eNB: Plug the CPRI cables into SPF connectors (1-3) on CCM
3. eNB: Perform one of the following to check bCEMP1.1 status:
3. eNB: Check LED status on the CCM and bCEMP1.1.
•
Check bCEMP1.1 LEDs for normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). bCEMP1.1 resets automatically when power is applied
•
If bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not reset, manually reset bCEMP1.1
4. eNB: When complete, go to Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU
4. eNB: When complete, go to Procedure 17-2: “Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation” (p. 17-12).
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation procedure overview
The following table outlines the configuration of the 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation.
PRELIMINARY
Table 17-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation procedure overview
Modify workorder
Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
Configure BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM
1. OMC: From 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab.
1. OMC: From 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab.
1. OMC: Use SAM activation manager to validate and deploy WO to BBU (eNodeB)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 17-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation procedure overview (continued)
Modify workorder
Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
Configure BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM
2. OMC: Select workorder to modify from Workorders tree
2. OMC: Select the workorder to export from Workorders sub-tree.
2. OMC: Use SAM configuration snapshot to export BBU (eNodeB) configuration data in form of snapshot files.
3. OMC: Either from context-sensitive functions menu (right-click), or from Workorders menu, select Set workorder as current.
3. OMC: From either the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or Workorders menu, select Export workorder… and on live server repository…
3. OMC: Automatically or manually transfer snapshot files to application servers:
4. OMC: When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close to the close the window.
4. OMC: Navigate to the proper folder where the workorder (.xwo) will be stored, type in File Name, then click Save.
4. OMC: Perform file management tasks for CM XML files and log files related to activation.
5. OMC: If needed, change NE values using operational procedures, or per object or per attribute changes. Once NE values have been changed, go back to the Workorders tab and select the current workorder.
5. OMC: When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close.
5. OMC: Reset BBU (eNodeB)
6. OMC: From Change pane select network object changes to modify them for the desired BBU (eNodeB).
6. OMC: When completed, go to Configure 9412 eNodeB offline from 5620 SAM.
6. OMC: Check and clear alarms as required.
7. OMC: Test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7. OMC: Either from context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or from Workorders menu, inhibit or disinhibit changes
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 17-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation procedure overview (continued)
Modify workorder 8. OMC: Once all modifications needed have been completed, from the Workorders menu, click Recompute planning view.
Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
Configure BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM 8. eNB: When operational, disconnect NEM PC
9. OMC: Click Yes. 10. OMC: When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close to end procedure. 11. OMC: Current network can then be checked. Repeat from Step 5 until workorder is properly modified.
PRELIMINARY
12. OMC: When completed, go to Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 17-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation Overview
This procedure describes how to install the second bCEMP1.1 and connect the RRHs to the eCCM-U.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Note: This procedure assumes the 9926 BBU is installed and operational in a single-carrier configuration with up to three RRHs installed. Steps
Preform the following procedures to install the second bCEMP1.1 and connect the RRHs to the CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 17-1.1: “Install second bCEMP1.1” (p. 17-10) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 17-1.2: “Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU” (p. 17-11) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Procedure 17-1.1: Install second bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-1.1: Install second bCEMP1.1 Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEMP1.1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: This procedure assumes the 9926 BBU is operational with a single bCEMP1.1. Remove blank filler plate next to the bCEMP1.1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Insert bCEMP1.1 into open slot, and secure with the two faceplate mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Perform one of the following to check bCEMP1.1 status: •
•
Check that the bCEMP1.1 LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off) after about 15 minutes and should reset automatically. Continue with the following step. If the bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not reset (disabled, failed status), perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEMP1.1 through NEM (opened locally or from SAM): 1. Select the Tree view. 2. Click HW Modules. 3. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEMP1.1. 4. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEMP1.1 should reboot and download active software automatically. 5. If the bCEMP1.1 restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the bCEMP1.1 does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEMP1.1. If the bCEMP1.1 continues to fail, contact technical support. Note: Additional LED status information can be found in Appendix G, “LED status”.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4
When complete, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 17-1.2: Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-1.2: Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following steps to connect the 4x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH per sector to the 9926 BBU. Refer to “Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration” (p. 17-19) if the two OEM 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRHs are connected to the BBU.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Run and dress CPRI cables from RRHs to the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Plug the CPRI cables into available SPF connectors (1-3) on CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check LED status on the CCM and bCEMP1.1. Reference: Refer to Appendix G, “LED status”, for additional information. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When complete, continue with the following procedure, Procedure 17-2: “Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation” (p. 17-12). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Procedure 17-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation Overview
This procedure assumes the initial 9412 eNodeB is operational with the appropriate band and RRHs configured. Steps
Perform the following procedures to configure the 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 17-2.1: “Modify workorder” (p. 17-13) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 17-2.2: “Export single workorder to 5620 SAM” (p. 17-15) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 17-2.3: “Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM” (p. 17-17)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 17-2.1: Modify workorder
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-2.1: Modify workorder Overview
This procedure describes how to modify (inhibit or disinhibit) attributes, values, or changes that belong to a workorder. This procedure includes synchronization of the current network with the current workorders. However, the technician can modify a workorder without impacting the current network. Ensure that the workorder to modify is part of the workspace.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for additional information. Steps
Perform the following procedure to modify the current workorder to include the parameters for the dual-carrier configuration. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the workorder to modify from the Workorders tree. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click), or from the Workorders menu, select Set workorder as current. Result: A Setting current workorder window is displayed with a progress bar. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Then click Close to the close the window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If needed, change network element values using operational procedures, or per object or per attribute changes. Once the network element values have been changed, go back to the Workorders tab and select the current workorder. Result: The current workorder is updated with the attribute value change. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Propagate the dual-carrier template into an existing configuration (workorder). Refer to the Release Notes for Dual-Carrier Templates for parameter details.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
6
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Procedure 17-2.1: Modify workorder
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or from the Workorders menu, inhibit or disinhibit changes using the following commands: • • •
Inhibit network change Disinhibit network change Inhibit changes for subtree
•
Disinhibit changes for subtree Result: The Workorders tree root is displayed in red followed by (misaligned).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Once all the modifications needed have been completed, from the Workorders menu, click Recompute planning view. Result: A Confirmation window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes. Result: A Recompute network window with a progress bar is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close to end the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
The current network can then be checked. Repeat from Step 5 until the workorder is properly modified. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 17-2.2: Export single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-2.2: Export single workorder to 5620 SAM Overview
This procedure describes how to export a workorder. Important! When exporting a single workorder in CM XML format, the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS creates a _reverse.xwo workorder file. If the activation of the workorder leads to a problem in the live network, the reverse workorder can be used to restore the network back to its initial state. Thus, Alcatel-Lucent recommends using this procedure to provide an easy way to restore the network, if necessary.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for network elements may cause a service disruption. Alcatel-Lucent recommends that all workorders be merged into one workorder prior to exporting to live network elements. Once you have exported a simple workorder, the exported workorder might contain inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for a live network element. Exporting a workorder will create a _reverse.xwo workorder file that can be used to restore the live network to its initial state. Steps
Perform the following procedure to export the workorder to 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab. Result: The workorders tree is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the workorder to export from the Workorders sub-tree. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From either the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or Workorders menu, select Export workorder… and on live server repository…
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Important! The Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS) backup function does not save Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (9952 WPS) workorders and a full 5620 SAM restore removes the workorders from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM server. If needed, the user must save workorders on the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC then retransfer them from the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC to the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM server.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Procedure 17-2.2: Export single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: A Select an output file window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Navigate to the proper folder where the workorder (.xwo) will be stored, type in the File Name, then click Save. Result: An Export workorder… window with a progress bar is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Click Close. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 17-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 17-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM Steps
Perform the following procedure to configure the 9412 eNodeB for dual-carrier operation with the activation manager. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Offline configuration, for additional information and procedures.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Use the activation manager function of the 5620 SAM to validate and deploy WOs to BBUs (eNodeBs) as follows: 1. Create an activation session. See Procedure , To create an activation session. 2. Deploy a WO by using the activation manager. See Procedure, To deploy a WO using the activation manager. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Use the configuration snapshot function of the 5620 SAM to export eNodeB configuration data in the form of snapshot files. 1. Create a snapshot instance. See Procedure, To create a snapshot instance. 2. Take configuration snapshots manually. See Procedure, To take a configuration snapshot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Automatically or manually transfer snapshot files to the following application servers: • •
9952 WPS 9459 NPO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Perform file management tasks for CM XML files and log files related to activation as required. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unlock the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the bCEM: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view.
2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support, Procedure, To launch the 9400 NEM from the 5620 SAM client GUI for more details.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Procedure 17-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The 9400 NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB. 4. Select Tree View.
•
5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select BB (bCEM) of interest. 7. Right-click BB and select Unlock Module. 8. When completed, go to the next step. From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock the bCEM using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select BB (bCEM) of interest. 4. Right-click BB and select Unlock Module. 5. When completed, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Attention: Perform this step only if the software is not loaded on the new bCEM after reset occurs from the previous step. From OMC, reset eNodeB as follows: 1. Open NEM and select the Tree view. 2. Click HW Modules. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Select the affected eNB from the list. Right click the eNB and select Reset Equipment. The eNodeB reboots and downloads active software automatically. If the eNodeB restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the eNodeB does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM (P1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
PRELIMINARY
•
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 17-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms. •
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From OMC, test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step. Note: If the testing fails and it looks as though the cell cannot be successfully placed in service, contact technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From eNodeB, when operational, disconnect the NEM PC, and if necessary, close and lock door to cabinet. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration Overview
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRHs (OEM) are daisy chained to appear as a single logical unit (each sector) to achieve the 4Rx diversity required for the dual-carrier, single-band configuration.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 17-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RRH cabling
The following figure shows how the two RRHs are daisy-chained to provide the necessary 4x4 RRH configuration for each sector. Figure 17-3 RRH cabling for dual-carrier, single-band configuration
PRELIMINARY
When connecting the RRHs to the BBUs (CDMA/LTE, CPRI), temporarily connect the CDMA BBU to RRH #1, and a special user alarm cap on RRH #2 CPRI to designate RRH #2.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 17-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Reconfiguring cells 18
PRELIMINARY
18
Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs Overview
This procedure describes how to reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs, and moving CPRI cables between CCM ports to change the number of sectors configured on the 9926 BBU. Required documentation
The following documentation is required to complete the reconfiguration of the cells: • • •
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 9952 Wireless Provisioning System Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes
• • •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE Parameter Reference Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE Alarm Reference
Required software
This procedure requires a minimum software load of LA6.0.x or later. Also, create the following delta workorders (*.xwo): One to delete one or more cells (DeleteCellx.xml) One to delete one or more CPRI connections. (DeleteCPRIx.xml)
• • •
One to add one or more cells (AddCellx.xml) One to add one or more CPRI connections. (AddCPRIx.xml) One to reconfigure the sector(s) (reconfigSectorx.xml)
The software load and workorders should be loaded on the NEM PC before going to the cell site.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 18-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
PRELIMINARY
Reconfiguring cells
Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
Perform the following procedure to reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs, and moving CPRI cables between CCM ports in an existing band. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Use NEM (from SAM or on site) to check which cells (Cell Configuration) are assigned to the RFMs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to delete the cell(s) (DeleteCell1.xml). This will cause an eNodeB reboot.
Result: The following figure shows the result of the reboot. Note Cell_1 is missing
PRELIMINARY
from Cell Configuration tab.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 18-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, Commissioning Wizard for information on importing delta workorders into the BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Remove CPRI cable (or CPRI-SFP cable) and wait for “RFM communication alarm” (RFM CommFail 4006006!) to display on Active Alarms tab.
PRELIMINARY
Reconfiguring cells
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to delete CPRI equipment (deleteCPRI1.xml).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 18-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Reconfiguring cells
Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To clear Alarm Window, remove SFP (ignore if SFP already pulled). If SFP Alarm is still present, the alarm disappears after eNodeB reboot.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If disabled sector is still displayed after deleting RFM, close and reopen the NEM, the alarm disappears.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 18-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Reconfiguring cells
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Plug the SFP(s) and CPRI cable(s) (or SFP-CPRI cable) into the correct CCM OPTICx port (x=1-6) as previously assigned. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to add the CPRI equipment (addCPRIx.xml (x=1-6)). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to add the cell(s) (AddCellx.xml (x=1-6)). This will cause an eNodeB reboot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When complete, return to the appropriate procedure and if necessary, create a workorder to reconfigure the sector(s). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 18-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Reconfiguring cells
Procedure 18-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 18-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Part IV: TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This part describes the corrective maintenance procedures for the TDD-LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (d2Uv5) (9926 BBU). Contents Chapter 19, LTE Product Safety
19-1
Chapter 20, Corrective maintenance process
20-1
Chapter 21, Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
21-1
Chapter 22, Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
22-1
Chapter 23, Add new cell to 9926 BBU
23-1
Chapter 24, Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
24-1
Chapter 25, Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
25-1
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IV-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD IV-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
19
LTE Product Safety 19
Overview Purpose
This chapter presents the safety precautions that apply to the product. In regions such as North America and the European Union, the statements that are required are determined primarily by national or multi-national regulations. However, in some regions, contract terms determine which statements are required. The presence of the statement indicates that the product does comply with that statement wherever it is required to do so. Contents Structure of safety statements
19-2
General precautions for installation procedures
19-3
Specific safety hazards
19-5
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 19-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
Structure of safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Structure of safety statements Overview
This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document. General structure
Safety statements include the following structural elements: Figure 19-1 Structure of safety statements
E L P M
CAUTION
Lifting hazard
SA
Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injury due to the size and weight of the equipment.
PRELIMINARY
Always use three people or a lifting device to transport and position this equipment. [ABC123]
Item
Structure element
Purpose
1
Safety alert symbol
Indicates the potential for personal injury (optional)
2
Safety symbol
Indicates hazard type (optional)
3
Signal word
Indicates the severity of the hazard
4
Hazard type
Describes the source of the risk of damage or injury
5
Safety message
Consequences if protective measures fail
6
Avoidance message
Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
7
Identifier
The reference ID of the safety statement (optional)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 19-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Structure of safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Signal words
The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows: Table 19-1
Signal words for hazard severity
Signal word
Meaning
DANGER
Indicates an extremely hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
Indicates a hazardous situation not related to personal injury.
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
Within this document, the safety label typically includes additional information such as the hazard type, a description of the damage that can be caused, and the steps that should be taken to avoid the hazard.
General precautions for installation procedures Overview
The following general precautions must be observed for installation procedures.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 19-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Personal injury Failure to observe these safety precautions may result in personal injury or damage to equipment. To avoid personal injury or damage to equipment, observe the following instructions: • •
Read and understand all instructions. Follow all warnings and instructions marked on this product.
•
Installation and maintenance procedures must be followed and performed by trained personnel only. The equipment must be provided with a readily accessible disconnect device as part of site preparation.
• •
• • • • • • • • •
• •
PRELIMINARY
General precautions for installation procedures
•
The equipment is intended for installation in restricted access locations where access is controlled or where access can only be gained by service personnel with a key or tool. Access to this equipment is restricted to qualified service personnel only. Grounding and circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the equipment. Never operate the equipment with grounding/bonding conductor disconnected. Install only equipment identified in the product's installation manual. Use of other equipment may result in an improper connection which could lead to fire or injury. Use caution when installing or modifying telecommunications lines. The product has multiple power inputs. Before servicing, Disconnect all inputs to reduce the risk of energy hazards. For continued protection against risk of fire, all fuses used in this product must be replaced only with fuses of the same type and rating. Never install telecommunications wiring during a lightning storm. Never install telecommunications connections in wet locations. Never touch uninsulated telecommunications wiring or terminals unless the telecommunications line has been disconnected at the interface. Never push objects of any kind into the product through slots, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a fire or an electrical short. Never spill liquids of any kind on the product. Slots and openings in the product are provided for ventilation. To protect it from overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered. The product should not be placed in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided. To reduce the risk of an electrical shock, do not disassemble the product. Opening and removing covers and/or circuit boards may expose you to dangerous voltages or other risks. Incorrect reassembly can cause electrical shock when the unit is subsequently used.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 19-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Specific safety hazards Overview
This topic reviews specific hazards for installation and/or maintenance.
DANGER
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
Lightning Strikes! Lightning strikes are possible during stormy weather, and could result in death or severe injury. Do not work on the installation itself or on the power supply lines or antenna feeders of a cell site during stormy weather.
WARNING Energy Hazard! Some parts of all electrical installations are energized. Failure to observe this fact and the safety warnings may lead to bodily injury and property damage. For this reason, only trained and qualified personnel (electrical workers as defined in IEC 215 + A1 or EN 60215) may install or service the installation.
WARNING Energy Hazard! The power supply lines to the network element are energized. Short circuits can cause burns to the face and hands. Open the load disconnect switch in the distribution box to completely de-energize the network element.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 19-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING Beryllium Oxide Poisoning Hazard! The transmitter units include components which contain beryllium oxide (BeO). In this form, BeO ceramics do not constitute a hazardous material as long as this material is not destroyed by external mechanical forces. In the event that repair work is carried out by the customer or by third parties, the following regulations must be observed: • •
Applicable version of the Regulation on Hazardous Materials in the Workplace Appropriate accident prevention regulations.
The following must be specifically observed: • •
Do not eat, drink, or smoke in areas where work is taking place on BeO ceramic components. Wash your hands carefully under running water after working with BeO ceramic components.
If the following symptoms occur, contact a physician: •
Irritation of the respiratory organs
•
Difficulty breathing or skin irritation.
WARNING Laser hazard This equipment operates with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation can cause considerable injuries to the eyes. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector when the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions.
WARNING Laser hazard
PRELIMINARY
The light from laser and high-radiance LED's may cause eye damage if absorbed by the retina. In the US consult ANSI Z136.2, in Europe consult IEC-60825 Safety of laser products, for guidance on the safe use of optical fiber communication systems in the workplace.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 19-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE Condensation may cause a short circuit! Sudden changes in the weather may lead to the formation of condensation on components. Operating the unit when condensation moisture is present can destroy the unit.
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
Units which show signs of condensation must be dried before installation.
NOTICE Electrostatically Sensitive Components! Semiconductor elements can be damaged by static discharges. The following rules must be complied with when handling any module containing semiconductor components: •
Wear conductive or antistatic work clothes (for example, a coat made of 100% cotton).
• • • •
Wear grounded ESD wrist strap. Wear shoes with conductive soles. Leave the modules in their original packaging until ready for use. Make sure there is no difference in potential between yourself, the workplace, and the package before removing, unpacking, or packing a module. Hold the module only by the grip without touching the connection pins, tracks, or components. Place modules removed from the equipment on a conductive surface. Test or handle the module only with grounded tools on grounded equipment. Handle defective modules exactly like new ones to avoid causing further damage.
• • • •
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 19-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LTE Product Safety
Specific safety hazards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE Grounding caution! This equipment has a connection between the grounding conductor of the DC supply circuit and the grounding conductor. This equipment shall be connected directly to the DC supply system grounding electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from a grounding terminal bar or bus to which the DC supply system grounding electrode conductor is connected. This equipment shall be located in the same immediate area (such as, adjacent cabinets) as any other equipment that has a connection between the grounded conductor of the same DC supply circuit and the grounding conductor, and also the point of grounding of the DC system. The DC system shall not be grounded elsewhere. The DC supply source is to be located within the same premises as the equipment.
PRELIMINARY
There shall be no switching or disconnecting devices in the grounded circuit conductor between the DC source and the point of connection of the grounding electrode conductor.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 19-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
20
20 Corrective maintenance process
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes the corrective maintenance process, and safety, tools, and torque requirements for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Contents Replacement/repair process
20-2
Safety requirements
20-3
Required tools
20-3
Torque requirements for mechanical connections
20-5
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 20-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance process
Replacement/repair process
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement/repair process Overview
The replacement/repair process follows the identification of a failed Field Replaceable Unit (FRU). Depending on the FRU, the process may require a simple swap of the unit, or it may require resetting and/or re-calibrating cell operating parameters. Replacement process
The process for replacing a failed FRU is as follows: 1. Verify that the FRU is out-of-service. 2. If required, change cell configuration. 3. Replace FRU. Service technicians use this document to replace the failed components. 4. Return FRU back to service. 5. Test, and if necessary, configure or calibrate FRU. Hot swap FRUs
FRUs have the capability of being inserted or removed while power is applied. That is, the circuit breaker for the cell or FRU can be left on while replacing the FRU. One pin (or two, depending on FRU) on each backplane connector is designed for last contact (ground is first contact) on the FRU. These pins are connected to an on-board hot swap controller which senses the presence of applied power and ramps up the on-board voltages to their required levels, preventing any potential damage to FRUs during an insertion or extraction when power is applied. The following table shows whether a cabinet needs to be powered down during replacement of the various modules.
PRELIMINARY
Table 20-1
Hot-swapped components
Component
Hot swapped (Yes/No)
enhanced Core Controller Module (eCCM-U)
No 1
enhanced Core Controller Module-2 High Rate (eCCM2-HR)
No 1
broadband Channel Element Module (bCEM)
Yes
RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray
No
9926 BBU Sub-Rack
No
enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) 2
Yes
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 20-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Replacement/repair process
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notes:
1.
eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR can be hot swapped, but is not recommended.
2.
Provides user and frame alarm services for both rack-mount and cabinet configurations.
Safety requirements
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance process
General personnel safety instructions
The personnel must follow the safety instructions specific to the installed site: •
Rules concerning the premises (see instructions posted on site or in the building)
•
Rules linked to general personnel safety instructions
The personnel working on the cabinet must be authorized to work according to security standards. Equipment safety instructions
Adhere to the following safety guidelines: • •
Follow Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection procedures. Use only recommended tools, especially when using a torque wrench.
•
Do not mishandle cables and connections.
Required tools The following tools are required before indoor and/or outdoor corrective maintenance can be performed on the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB or Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Table 20-2
Required tools
Item
Description
1
NEM PC (LMT), see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for hardware and software requirements
2
RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details.
3
Flush-cut wire cutter
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 20-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Note: Only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected through the cable (Do not use standard Ethernet cable during replacement procedures).
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance process
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 20-2
Required tools
Item
Description
4
Screwdrivers:
5
PRELIMINARY
Required tools
(continued)
•
1/4 in. flathead
•
#1 Phillips-head
•
#2 Phillips-head
Sockets for 1/4 in. drive torque wrench: •
5 mm deep socket
•
7 mm deep socket
•
8 mm deep socket
•
9 mm deep socket
•
3/4 in. deep socket
•
1-1/4 in. deep socket or open-end wrench
6
6 in. driver extension for 1/4 in. drive
7
Calibrated 1/4 in. torque wrench/screwdriver, range: 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 27 N-m (240 in-lb)
8
Secure Torx 1/4 in. drive bits •
T-8
•
T-25
•
T-27
9
1/4 in. socket wrench
10
T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
11
7/16 in. Door Tool (unless keys are required)
12
ESD wrist strap
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 20-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Torque requirements for mechanical connections
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Torque requirements for mechanical connections The following table lists torque requirements for mechanical connections on the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB or Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Table 20-3
Torque requirements for mechanical connections
Fastener
Torque1 N-m (in-lb)
M6 machine thread fastener (nuts, hex head bolts, etc.)
2.8 (25)
M5 machine thread fastener (nuts, hex head bolts, etc.)
2.8 (25)
M5 x 16 mm thread rolling screw
2.8 (25)
M4 machine thread fastener (nuts, hex head bolts, etc.)
1.5 (14)
M3 screw
1.1 (10)
SMA coaxial connectors
1.1 (10)
N-type coaxial connectors
2.2 20()
Filter Nut
27 (240)
GPS Hatchplate connector nut
4.5 (40)
RUC/Fan Tray power terminal nuts
1.1 (10)
Antenna cable nut
27 (240)
Lifting detail (supplied with cabinet from cabinet manufacturer)
122 (1080)
RUC Fan Tray
1.7 (10)
GPS connector nut
27 (240)
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance process
Notes:
1.
Torque tolerance is ±10%. Torque values are common to minimize torque wrench proliferation at assembly.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 20-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance process
Torque requirements for mechanical connections
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 20-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
21
21 Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace failing/failed components applicable to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU in a distributed (or standalone) configuration. Given the modularity of the base stations, repairs are essentially accomplished through replacement of the faulty component, software upgrades, and/or provisioning. Contents 9926 BBU replacement procedures
21-2
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
21-3
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
21-16
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
21-41
Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM
21-74
Procedure 21-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
21-85
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM
21-105
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
9926 BBU replacement procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU replacement procedures The following table lists the procedures that apply to replacing the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU components. Table 21-1
9926 BBU component replacement procedures
Replace component
Procedure
RUC/Fan Tray
Procedure 21-1: “Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU” (p. 21-3)
eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR
Procedure 21-2: “Replace CCM using NEM” (p. 21-16) Procedure 21-3: “Replace CCM using SAM” (p. 21-41)
bCEM
Procedure 21-4: “Replace bCEM” (p. 21-74)
9926 BBU Sub-Rack
Procedure 21-5: “Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack” (p. 21-85)
eAM
Procedure 21-6: “Replace eAM” (p. 21-105)
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
The following figure illustrates the circuit packs that make up the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 21-1 Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU Purposte
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
To avoid possible deletion of the 9926 BBU database, when replacing a RUC/Fan Tray in an LTE 9926 BBU, ONLY USE FACTORY NEW RUC/Fan Trays. When replacing a +24V or -48V RUC/Fan Tray or performing the ECP CN CL2002CB for the -48V RUC/Fan Tray replacement, never insert a RUC/Fan Tray into a different eNodeB after its initial use. A new RUC/Fan Tray is programmed with factory default values that are detected by the eCCM and then reprogrammed for the given site. If a reprogrammed RUC/Fan Tray spare is removed and installed into another eNodeB, the controller will remove the site database, rendering the eNodeB inoperable (thus factory mode). Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support with any questions. This procedure describes how to replace the RUC/Fan Tray of a 9926 BBU. Note: Unless otherwise indicated, RUC/Fan Tray refers to both the RUC/Fan Tray and RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray (RUC/HC Fan Tray). Important! The RUC/Fan Tray includes the network entity identifier (NE ID) for the eNodeB. The NE ID is used to identify the 9926 BBU to the network and is used to obtain the OAM IP address through an optional Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) server or manually. If the DHCP server is activated, the eNodeB sends a request to a DHCP server using an “eNodeB unique identifier” and the DHCP server answers with the IP address that had been provisioned associated with this “eNodeB unique identifier”. This IP address is used by the 9926 BBU for the OAM flow. If the DHCP server feature is deactivated, a technician must enter the OAM IP address at commissioning time on the 9926 BBU.
Hot-swap FRU
No .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
The RUC/Fan Tray is programmed at the factory with the relevant serialization number (NodeB unique identifier). If the DHCP server is used, the serialization number has been declared as the NE ID for the eNodeB. When replacing the RUC/Fan Tray, the cabinet serialization number must be programmed into the new RUC/Fan Tray so that there is no impact on the DHCP server. This is done automatically.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic periods or maintenance window (1-2 hour duration). Safety
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original antistatic packaging if possible. Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. Figures
The following figure shows the RUC/Fan Tray module.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 21-2 RUC/Fan Tray module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows the power, ground, control and alarm connections for +24/-48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray. Figure 21-3 RUC/Fan Tray connections
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Depending on RUC/Fan Tray version, the terminal lugs vary in thread size, nut size, and torque as described in the following table. Table 21-2
RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications
RUC/Fan Tray
SLI
Thread size
Nut size
Torque
BBU V1 +24 VDC
3JR08022AA
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
BBU V2 +24 VDC
3JR37517AA
BBU V1 -48 VDC
3JR08021AC
BBU V2 -48 VDC
3JR08021AC
(10 in-lb) M5
8 mm
1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb)
Notes:
1.
Some +24 VDC RUC/Fan Trays come with copper terminal lugs. Take care not to over-torque them.
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, State Management, to check the D2U operational state of the 9926 BBU. The RUC/Fan Tray is part of the D2U Managed Object.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Check RUC/Fan Tray status
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The RUC/HC Fan Tray includes a status LED that indicates whether power is applied. The RUC/Fan Tray does not include a status LED. Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide
•
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide
Technical support
For technical support, software upgrades, and documentation, go to the Online Customer Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com) (login required). Phone numbers and email contacts can be selected by country under Product Technical Support. Indicate you are replacing the RUC/Fan Tray in a 9926 BBU. Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • •
•
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) 7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers
• • • • •
Socket wrench Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver
•
ESD Strap
PRELIMINARY
Replacement process
The RUC/Fan Tray and CCM include the eNodeB serial number and eNodeB OAM IP address in non-volatile memory. The serial number and OAM IP address are used to identify the eNodeB in the EMS. This redundancy allows either device to be replaced without losing this information and maintaining communications with EMS. The RUC/Fan Tray can be found in two basic versions, factory default RUC or configured RUC. The factory default RUC includes a default serial number that the CCM recognizes during the RUC replacement process and allows the CCM to reprogram the
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stored eNodeB serial number into the RUC. The configured RUC is not recognized during the RUC replacement process by the CCM or EMS and cannot be reprogrammed automatically. The eNodeB must then go through a complete reconfiguration. During the replacement process, the RUC is checked. If the RUC is a factory default RUC, the RUC serial number is automatically updated from the CCM and the eNodeB is unlocked and operational. If the RUC is a configured RUC, the EMS receives appropriate error messages requiring a complete reconfiguration.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Replacement procedure overview
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to replace the RUC/Fan Tray. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given step takes place, either from OMC or on-site at 9926 BBU (eNB). Table 21-3
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview
Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray
Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
1. eNB: connect and login to NEM
1. eNB: verify power off
2. OMC/eNB: check and clear alarms
2. eNB: insert new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
3. OMC/eNB: lock 9926 BBU
3. eNB: connect ground wire
4. eNB: turn power off at RUC/CB
4. eNB: connect power cables
5. eNB: disconnect power cables
5. eNB: connect alarm/ commissioning cables
6. eNB: disconnect ground wire
6. eNB: notify OMC
7. eNB: disconnect alarm/ commissioning cables
7. eNB: turn power on (RUC/equipment CB)
8. eNB: pull RUC/Fan Tray out
8. eNB/OMC: observe the following: •
if factory default RUC and OMC recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.
•
if configured RUC and OMC does not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
9. eNB: package RUC/Fan Tray
9. OMC: unlock 9926 BBU
10. eNB: go to Install new RUC/Fan Tray
10. eNB/OMC: check/compare/ resolve alarms 11. eNB: logout NEM and disconnect NEM PC
Perform the following procedures to replace the RUC/Fan Tray and restore Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 21-1.1: “Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU” (p. 21-9)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Steps
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 21-1.2: “Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU” (p. 21-12) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed RUC/Fan Tray from the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significance to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
If possible, lock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock the eNodeB NE (9926 BBU): 1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters.
2. Lock eNodeB NE.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE •
3. When complete, continue with the following step. From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to lock the eNodeB NE (9926 BBU): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click eNB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is locked. 4. When complete, continue with the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power is not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker. Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the power cable from the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: 1. Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs. 2. Remove the nuts and washers. 3. Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside. 4. When completed, go to the next step. Refer to Figure 21-3, “RUC/Fan Tray connections” (p. 21-5) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power connections. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the ground wire from the GND lug between the power terminals. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
7
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Press down on the locking tab on the RUC/Fan Tray and pull on the pull ring to remove the RUC/Fan Tray.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide new factory default RUC/Fan Tray into the RUC/Fan Tray slot until the latching tab locks into place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect the ground wire to the GND lug between the power terminals with washer and nut. Torque 7 mm nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) or 8 mm nut to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb). Do not over-torque the nut. Refer to Figure 21-3, “RUC/Fan Tray connections” (p. 21-5) and Table 21-2, “RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications” (p. 21-5) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power connections. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Reversing polarity-sensitive direct-current power cables when terminating them can damage/destory sensitive components. Verify direct-current power cables are terminated properly, positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (–) to negative (–). Connect the power cable to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
PRELIMINARY
1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lugs, positive-to-positive (+) and negative-to-negative (―). 2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque 7 mm nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) or 8 mm nut to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb). Do not over-torque the nut. 3. Push the protective boot back over the terminal lugs. 4. When completed, go to the next step. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Figure 21-3, “RUC/Fan Tray connections” (p. 21-5) and Table 21-2, “RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications” (p. 21-5) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power connections.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn power ON at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
2. Turn power ON at the RUC/Fan Tray with power switch (press 1). Without a power switch, turn power ON at the equipment circuit breaker.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power ON at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Observe for one of the following: •
If factory default RUC and OMC recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.
•
If configured RUC and OMC do not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Note: Unlocking a network element (eNodeB NE) enables radio resources. Unlock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters. Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details. 2. Unlock eNodeB NE. Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE 3. When complete, continue with the following step. Note: If necessary, Cell Configuration must be unlocked from SAM.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 4. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: TMA RRH/TRDU BB (CEM) CB (CCM)
PRELIMINARY
RET D2U (RUC) 5. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. 6. When complete, continue with the following step. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When operational, exit NEM, disconnect the NEM PC. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR in the LTE Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU using NEM. Note: Unless otherwise indicated, “CCM” indicates the referenced information applies to both the “eCCM-U” and “eCCM2-HR”. Hot-swap FRU
No Attention: The CCM hardware is designed to be electronically hot-swappable. However, the CCM replacement procedure will not work correctly if the CCM is hot swapped. This procedure is written requiring the eNodeB is Locked and power turned OFF before removing the CCM from the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window. If not done previously, this procedure requires additional preparation time for collecting software updates for the eNodeB and NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or equivalent transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and engineering department.
PRELIMINARY
Replacement duration for the CCM using NEM is indicated for the following arrangements: • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare - 25 minutes (actual not provided) From failed eCCM2-HR to working eCCM2-HR spare - 25 minutes (actual, 15 min) From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2-HR upgrade - 25 minutes (actual, 13 min 40 s)
•
From failed/working eCCM2-HR to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback - 45 minutes (actual not provided)
The durations are approximate and include full database backup, shutdown, CCM replacement, power on, software download, activation, acceptance, and full database restore.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION Laser Class 1 hazards - laser emission Laser emissions can damage the eyes. Never look into the end of the fiber-optic cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage. Apply an appropriate cover/cap over the cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original antistatic packaging if possible. Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard FRUs/circuit packs can be damaged if field repairs are attempted. FRUs/circuit packs are not field serviceable devices. Do not attempt to repair/replace ANY FRU/circuit pack components outside of a qualified Alcatel-Lucent repair center.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the eCCM-U faceplate. Figure 21-4 eCCM-U faceplate
The following figure shows the eCCM2-HR faceplate.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 21-5 eCCM2-HR faceplate
Check CCM status
Refer to Appendix L, “LED status” to determine the status of the CCM using the status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Before you begin
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: • • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2-HR to working eCCM2-HR spare From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2-HR upgrade From failed/working eCCM2-HR to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. Replacement procedure overview using NEM
Attention: Before field personnel can go to the cell site, a number of prerequisite tasks need to be performed as described in Procedure 21-2.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM” (p. 21-22). This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site field personnel to replace the CCM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given step takes place, either at OMC and/or at the cell site (9926 BBU) (eNB)) using NEM. Table 21-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM
Things to do before going to
Remove CCM and bCEM(s)
cell site using NEM
using NEM
1. eNB: required personnel (2)
1. eNB: disconnect backhaul cable (SAM)
1. eNB: verify power at RUC/Fan Tray is OFF
1. eNB: connect and login NEM to CCM, watch for “Factory Mode” or “Connection Error”
2. OMC/eNB: required documentation
2. eNB: connect NEM PC and login to NEM
2. eNB: Install CCM:
2. eNB: if required, update and activate 9926 BBU software using NEM
3. eNB: if possible, check and clear alarms
Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
1.
Insert CCM, secure with screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables: •
for eCCM-U, go to Step 3
•
for eCCM2-HR, go to Step 4
3. eNB: connect eCCM-U cables (no BH). Go to Step 5
3. eNB: Install bCEM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3. eNB: required NEM software. Save on NEM PC.
Install new CCM using NEM
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 21-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM Install new CCM using NEM
(continued)
Things to do before going to
Remove CCM and bCEM(s)
cell site using NEM
using NEM
Install bCEM(s) and restore
4. eNB: required eNodeB software. Save on NEM PC.
4. eNB: if possible, lock 9926 BBU
4. eNB: connect eCCM2-HR cables (+BH). Go to Step 5.
4. eNB: restore full DB.
5. If eNodeB IP Security enabled, check/update replacement CCM
5. eNB: if possible, backup full database (DB) using NEM
5. eNB: turn power ON at RUC/CB
5. eNB: Set ENBEquipment parameter to either eCCM-U, or eCCM2-HR to match installed CCM using NEM
6. eNB: required full DB backup available. Save on NEM PC.
6. eNB: close NEM and disconnect NEM PC
6. eNB: observe CCM LEDs,
6. eNB: unlock 9926 BBU using NEM
9926 BBU using NEM
•
If the eCCM2/eCCM2-HR functional, go to Step 7.
•
If eCCM-U functional, go to Step 7.
•
if not successful, reset eNodeB or contact technical support.
•
For self-commissioning, –
if pre-LR13 load, go to Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
–
If LR13 load, PnP configures CCM.
7. eNB: go to Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
The eNodeB reboots and comes up in required load with valid configuration data.
7. OMC/eNB: required eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
7. eNB: turn power OFF at RUC/CB
7. eNB: check/compare/ resolve alarms using NEM.
8. eNB: required tools
8. eNB: disconnect CCM cables:
8. eNB: Close NEM and disconnect NEM PC.
1.
eCCM-U, go to Step 9
2.
eCCM2-HR, go to Step 10
When completed, do one of the following: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9 to connect Backhaul cable.
•
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 10 to check for alarms
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2: Replace CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 21-4
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM Install new CCM using NEM
(continued)
Things to do before going to
Remove CCM and bCEM(s)
cell site using NEM
using NEM
9926 BBU using NEM
Install bCEM(s) and restore
9. eNB: go to cell site and Remove CCM and bCEM(s)
9. eNB: disconnect eCCM-U cables. Go to Step 11
9. eNB: for eCCM-U, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows: 1.
notify OMC
2.
Connect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU
3.
If SAM detects the eNB, go to Step 10.
4.
If SAM cannot detect eNB, contact technical support.
10. eNB: disconnect eCCM2-HR cables. Go to Step 11
10. OMC: check/compare/ resolve alarms using SAM
11. eNB: Remove CCM
11. OMC: if necessary, update CCM MAC address on 7750 backhaul network or other network
12. eNB: Remove bCEM(s)
12. If eNodeB IP Security enabled, reset replacement CCM
13. eNB: go to Install CCM using NEM
13. eNB: when operational, close door (technician leaves site)
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM) and restore 9926 BBU and RFM operation using NEM and OMC. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 21-2.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM” (p. 21-22) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 21-2.2: “Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using NEM” (p. 21-27) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-2.3: “Install new CCM using NEM” (p. 21-31) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 21-2.4: “Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM” (p. 21-34) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM Overview
The following steps outline information that should be available for the replacement of the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM). OMC should have this information maintained in maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU. Steps
Perform the following action items before going out to the cell site: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Personnel The procedure requires field and OMC (SAM) personnel. The field personnel (technician) goes out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The OMC (SAM) personnel provides operational support for the field personnel during the procedure. The field and OMC (SAM) personnel should review the replacement procedure together and the role of each person. The personnel must have direct contact with one another during the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Documentation •
For field personnel, must have a copy of the following documents: – Copy of this replacement procedure –
PRELIMINARY
•
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide – Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099FMZZA – Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact CCM replacement. Remember to load any tools associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are available at Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/ portal/olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved NodeB) under Technical Content for My Favorite Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412 eNodeB (Evolved Node B) is displayed. For OMC (SAM) personnel, must have a copy of the following documents: – Copy of this replacement procedure – Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
–
Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department
–
Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099FMZZA Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE Parameter Reference Access to the 5620 SAM documentation suite Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact CCM replacement. Remember to load any tools associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are available at Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/ portal/olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved NodeB) under Technical Content for My Favorite Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412 eNodeB (Evolved Node B) is displayed.
– – – –
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide and THIS procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NEM software For field personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC. If necessary, check LTE release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM software is not current, download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for NEM software installation. This procedure allows the field technician the ability to replace the CCM using NEM only, with minimal support from OMC. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
eNodeB software For field personnel, have current running eNodeB software. Check the current running eNodeB software release assigned to the eNodeB from either software repositories or release notes. If the running eNodeB software is not present on the NEM PC, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
See Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” to download running eNodeB software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to the NEM PC.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: The following table defines the software replacement paths supporting a nominal software upgrade path with database migration. Source
Target
Comment
LR13.3 FL (FDD)
LR14.1 (FDD)
For controller replacement or eNodeB installation
LR14.1 (FDD)
LR13.3 (FDD)
For controller replacement in LR13.3 eNodeB
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
eNodeB IP Security If IPsec is enabled using digital certificates and the eCCM-U or eCCM2/eCCM2-HR does not have a factory installed certificate, then convert the eNodeB to either a non-IPsec configuration or PreSharedKeys (PSK) configuration. Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network IP Security
Integration Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0012-USZZA, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
eNodeB full database (DB) backup file For field personnel, check that the full database (DB) backup of the affected eNodeB is present and current on the NEM PC. Before the CCM field swap, a full database (DB) backup file must be created. The DB backup includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done from a NEM PC connected to the 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. Whenever possible, it is best practice to create a full database (DB) backup for the site during installation and periodic updates to ensure any changes made to the site since the last scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check with OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during initial installation). If necessary, consult the SAM administrator for the location of the backup files and copy them to the NEM PC. If the full database (DB) backup is not available at all, the 9926 BBU will need to be recommissioned during installation of the new CCM (see Appendix N, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: One of the following conditions occurs to the database when the software is installed: •
•
If a different SW load (release/FDD/TDD) from the eNodeB is detected on the CCM, the database is replaced with an unconfigured database (minimal DB load). A full DB restore is required that matches the current software load requirements. If the same SW load on the CCM matches the eNodeB SW load, the configured database is not replaced. A full DB restore is not required.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties For field and OMC personnel, provide the eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties from cell site records (collected during initial installation) in case the information is lost on the eNodeB during the replacement procedure. Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. From eNodeB, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows: 1. From NEM, select Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties tab. 2. Do a Print Screen of the VLAN 0 Transport Properties and save the screen capture. Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting OAM addresses), refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27), to reset the OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Tools For field personnel, collect the following tools for this procedure: • •
• • •
T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver Protective caps for fiber-optic cables and dust caps for SFP slots
•
ESD Strap
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When ready, the field personnel can go to the cell site and continue with the following procedure. The OMC personnel should be backup during the replacement procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.2: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-2.2: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using NEM Overview
When upgrading to or downgrading from the eCCM2-HR, the bCEM must be removed during shutdown and installed after the eCCM2-HR is install and activated or removed. When upgrading to or downgrading from the eCCM2 does not require removal of the bCEM.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) in the 9926 BBU using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From eNodeB, locate the 9926 BBU, and disconnect the backhaul cable from CCM as follows: • •
On eCCM-U disconnect from eCCM-U GE MDA port. On eCCM2-HR disconnect from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3 as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.2: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. 4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed: “Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?” Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock. 5. When complete, go to following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Note: The full database (DB) backup cannot be performed during the following conditions: • • •
eNodeB software download or activation process started or already in progress. Full DB backup (or restore) request started or already in progress. Configuration changes started or already in progress.
From eNodeB, if a full DB backup was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform full DB backup using NEM as follows: 1. From the main menu, select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. 2. From the main menu, select Configuration > Full eNodeB DB Backup. 3. Navigate to the folder that stores the backup file. IMPORTANT: DO NOT CHANGE the automatically named backup file, after the backup is completed. The filename of a backup file is incorporated in the file itself and a consistency check is performed before restoring it. 4. Click on OK when the download is complete. 5. From the main menu, select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. 6. Continue with the following step to remove NEM from the CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Logout from NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker. Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.2: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Disconnect CCM cables as follows: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9
•
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected.
6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM-U ports they were initially connected to. 7. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps and dust covers for SFPs on CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
For eCCM2-HR, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2-HR ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM2-HR ports they were initially connected to. 2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected. 3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected. 4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected. 5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 6. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-29 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps and dust covers for SFPs on CCM.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.2: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. 2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be removed from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the faceplate, rotate handle 90°, and pull the CCM out of the slot. 4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Remove bCEM(s) as follows: 1. On far right bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs. 2. Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot. 4. Set aside on an ESD protected area or slide into ESD bag. 5. Repeat steps for the remaining bCEMs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM Overview
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: • • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2-HR to working eCCM2-HR spare From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2-HR upgrade From failed/working eCCM2-HR to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) in the 9926 BBU using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws. 2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate. 3. Connect the CCM cables as follows: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 3 •
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Important! For eCCM-U, Do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE MDA port and the NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed to do so in the following procedure. For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows: 1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required. 2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required.
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed eCCM-U. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-31 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required. 5. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. 7. When complete, go to Step 5 to turn power on. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and SFPs before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Important! For eCCM2, Do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed in the following procedure (connect BH here). For eCCM2-HR, connect the cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2-HR ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed CCM. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector.
6. Backhaul cable to ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3 as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 5 to turn power on. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and SFPs before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows: • •
With power switch, turn power switch ON and BBU circuit breaker ON. Without power switch, turn power ON at BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs. Refer to Appendix L, “LED status”, for the following: •
PRELIMINARY
•
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following procedure to restore the eNodeB. If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following: – –
Verify power is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the RUC. If the CCM does not show a positive sign of operation, replace CCM with this procedure, Procedure 21-2: “Replace CCM using NEM” (p. 21-16) or contact technical support.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-33 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM) to an operational state using NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). Important! Wait for at least 5 minutes before logging in with NEM. This allows time for the 9926 BBU to accept the replacement CCM. From eNodeB, Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, CCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem
•
Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
Watch for one of the following messages: •
Watch for the following “ Connection Error ” message and continue as follows: – – –
If “ Connection Error ” message is not displayed, continue with the following step. If “ Connection Error ” message is displayed, NEM connection has failed. Contact technical support. If “ Unsupported MIB version #R_LA3#V_0.03.61 detected. NEM will try to find BASIC MIB. ” is displayed, click OK. Starting SFTP Server ... is displayed. When done. is displayed, continue with the following step.
•
Watch for the “ eNB is in factory mode ” message and continue as follows: – Whether the “ eNB is in factory mode ” message is displayed or not, continue with the following step.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, using NEM, update or install with the current LTE RAN load that was installed on the failed CCM on the replacement CCM (factory or spared) for proper operation. Note: The replacement CCM must have at least a base load of LR13.1 or later so NEM can manage it. Loads before LR13.1 will cause the process to fail.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” for the software load installation procedure. As previously mentioned, the software loads should be downloaded onto the NEM PC before going to the cell site. Note: Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will lose communication with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. This may happen after the activate operation. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the activate operation. The “In progress” symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long after the activate itself should have completed. If this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up NEM again on the eNodeB. NEM should indicate that the eNodeB is in the activate state. Follow the NEM prompts to accept the new load.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
From OMC, For eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the next step: ReachabilityProblem/ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after SW update and eNodeB resets. When completed, go to the following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Install bCEM(s) as follows: 1. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the bCEMs. For LED status, refer to Appendix L, “LED status” for details. 2. On far right bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM slots. 3. Allow bCEM to stabilize before going to the next step or inserting the next bCEM. 4. Repeat steps for the remaining bCEMs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Note: This step restores the full eNodeB database backup file after the CCM has been replaced. The database includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done from a locally connected NEM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-35 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, Perform the following steps to restore the full eNodeB database backup file to the 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. 2. Select Configuration > Full eNodeB DB Restore. 3. Click on the folder icon to display the directories and files available on the system. If necessary, filter the files with one of the following Files of Type: •
*_full_DB_backup.sdb: Only the full DB backup files for the currently connected eNodeB (default). • All files: All files from the selected directory are displayed. 4. Select the file created during the full DB backup. 5. Click Open. 6. Click OK to restore the selected eNodeB full DB from the code server via file transfer, or click Cancel to abort the operation. An eNodeB reset occurs automatically after the full DB restoration to activate the restored full DB. Note: Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will lose communication with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the database restoration. The “In progress” symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long after the restoration itself should have completed. If this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up NEM again on the eNodeB. 7. When completed, go to one of the following steps: • Step 5, check for downloaded RRH software. •
Step 6, set “ ENBEquipment parameters” when upgrading/downgrading CCM.
• Step 7, unlock eNodeB. From OMC, For eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the next step: ReachabilityProblem/ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after database restored, eNodeB resets, and the end state is NodeDatabaseCorruption. Then, perform a NE Reconfig to get back to Managed.
PRELIMINARY
Note: If the full database could not be backed up, the eNodeB must be recommissioned. See Appendix N, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details. Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for assistance. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Note: Skip this step if TRDUs are used. Perform this step if the eNodeB is configured with RRHs.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, check for RRH software on eNodeB as follows: 1. From NEM PC, select the Root View window and click SW Properties tab. 2. Check “Running SW File Descriptor” column for RRH software load. The RRH software has a filename like: #BI_070E#FT_OMsw#FI_RH2XALB39#FV_ 00000006. 3. Continue as follows: • If correct RRH software is downloaded, go to the next step. • If RRH software is not downloaded, go to next sub-step. 4. From main menu, Select Configuration > Set Code Server and click Yes on question message. The Set Code Server is displayed. 5. In the pop-up menu, navigate to the NEM PC folder containing the software load currently running on the eNodeB. 6. Once the correct folder is displayed in the File Name field, click Open to complete the Set Code Server function. 7. If the RRH does not return to the Enabled state, right click the RRH in NEM and select Reset Equipment. RRH should reboot and download the active software automatically.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
8. Verify the RRH restores to the enabled/unlocked state. If it does not, contact technical support ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different CCM, for example: • •
eCCM-U > eCCM2-HR (upgrade) eCCM2-HR > eCCM-U (downgrade)
Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties can cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-37 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following “ ENBEquipment parameters” must be set when upgrading/downgrading the CCM as follows: •
•
For eCCM-U > eCCM2-HR upgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM2 for either eCCM2-HR. – For eCCM2-HR, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values. For eCCM2-HR > eCCM-U downgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U – For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values.
From eNodeB, Set the parameters to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from NEM: 1. Select Root View > eNB Properties tab. 2. Click Edit. 3. Set expectedControllerType field to the correct value, eCCM-U or eCCM2 (for eCCM2-HR), to match the installed CCM. 4. Set maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB to customer specified values, to match the installed CCM. 5. Click OK. Reconfiguring parameters resets the eNodeB. After the reset stabilizes, go to the following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9926 BBU: 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane).
PRELIMINARY
2. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 3. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: • TMA • • •
RRH/TRDU BB (bCEM) CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2-HR)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• RET • D2U (RUC) 4. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the 9926 BBU. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From eNodeB, close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM as follows: 1. Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. 2. Close NEM. 3. Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU. 4. When completed, do one of the following: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 10 to connect Backhaul cable. •
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 11 to check for alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
From eNodeB, for eCCM-U only, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). 2. Connect Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to eCCM-U GE MDA port 3. Determine if SAM detects the 9926 BBU as follows: a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms at OMC. b. If SAM has not detected the 9926 BBU, contact technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU (network element).
Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-39 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-2.4: Install bCEM(s) and restore 9926 BBU using NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix O, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”, then go to next step. If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
If the eNodeB was using IPsec with digital certificate and IkeAuth Method was certificates (prior to card replacement) set the IkeAuth Method to certificates. This restores the environment as it was prior to the eCCM-U/eCCM2 replacement. Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network IP Security
Integration Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0012-USZZA, IP Security feature using PreShared Keys and using Certificates, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
When operational, secure location (technician leaves site).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR using the OMC SAM client. Note: Unless otherwise indicated, “CCM” indicates the referenced information applies to both the eCCM-U and eCCM2-HR.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Hot-swap FRU
No Attention: The CCM hardware is designed to be electronically hot-swappable. However, the CCM replacement procedure will not work correctly if the CCM is hot swapped. This procedure is written requiring the eNodeB is Locked and power turned OFF before removing the CCM from the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window. If not done previously, this procedure requires additional preparation time for collecting software updates for the eNodeB and NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or equivalent transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and engineering department. Replacement duration for the CCM using 5620 SAM is indicated for the following arrangements: • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare - 45 minutes (actual, 35 min 30 s) From failed eCCM2-HR to working eCCM2-HR spare - 45 minutes (actual, 32 min) From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2-HR upgrade - 45 minutes (actual, 30 min 20 s)
•
From failed/working eCCM2-HR to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback - 45 minutes (actual, 36 min)
The durations are approximate and include MIB backup, shutdown, CCM replacement, power on, software download, activation, acceptance, and MIB restore.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-41 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION Laser Class 1 hazards - laser emission Laser emissions can damage the eyes. Never look into the end of the fiber-optic cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage. Apply an appropriate cover/cap over the cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original antistatic packaging if possible. Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard FRUs/circuit packs can be damaged if field repairs are attempted.
PRELIMINARY
FRUs/circuit packs are not field serviceable devices. Do not attempt to repair/replace ANY FRU/circuit pack components outside of a qualified Alcatel-Lucent repair center.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-42 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the eCCM-U faceplate. Figure 21-6 eCCM-U faceplate
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
The following figure shows the eCCM2-HR faceplate. Figure 21-7 eCCM2-HR faceplate
Refer to Appendix L, “LED status” to determine the status of the CCM using the status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-43 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Check CCM status
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Before you begin
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: • • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2-HR to working eCCM2-HR spare From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2-HR upgrade From failed/working eCCM2-HR to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support.
Replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
Attention: Before field personnel can go to the cell site, a number of prerequisite tasks need to be performed as described in Procedure 21-3.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-50). This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site field personnel to replace the CCM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given steps take place, either at OMC or at the cell site (9926 BBU (eNB)) using 5620 SAM. Table 21-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM
Install CCM using 5620
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU
using 5620 SAM
SAM
with aligned software
with mis-aligned
to cell site
for CCM
using 5620 SAM
software using 5620
using 5620
replacement
SAM
using 5620
SAM
SAM
PRELIMINARY
1. OMC/eNB: required personnel (2)
1. OMC: View alarms raised against eNodeB
1. eNB: when technician reaches cell site, contact OMC to verify eNodeB is locked, and indicate ready to remove CCM.
1. eNB: verify power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray
1. OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to restore the eNodeB MIM configuration.
1. OMC: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-44 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 21-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM
Install CCM using 5620
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU
using 5620 SAM
SAM
with aligned software
with mis-aligned
to cell site
for CCM
using 5620 SAM
software using 5620
using 5620
replacement
SAM
using 5620
SAM
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
SAM
2. OMC/eNB: required documentation
2. OMC: Import a replacement software image into 5620 SAM
2. eNB: turn power off at RUC/CB
2. OMC: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB
2. OMC: Monitor software upgrade status.
3. eNB: connect eCCM-U cables. Go to Step 5
3. eNB: Install bCEM(s)
3. eNB: Install bCEM(s)
4. OMC: Perform immediate restore operation on eNodeB to restore SNMP MIB parameters.
4. OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to restore the eNodeB MIM configuration.
5. OMC: Set “
5. OMC: Perform immediate restore operation on eNodeB to restore SNMP MIB parameters.
2. eNB: Install CCM: 1.
Insert CCM, secure with screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables: a.
for eCCM-U, go to Step 3
b.
for eCCM2-HR, go to Step 4
3. OMC/eNB: required NEM software (backup to SAM procedure)
3. OMC: Perform an immediate backup operation on affected eNodeB
3. eNB: disconnect CCM cables:
4. OMC/eNB: required eNodeB software
4. OMC: Lock eNodeB
4. eNB: disconnect eCCM-U cables. Go to Step 6
4. eNB: connect eCCM2-HR cables. Go to Step 5.
5. OMC/eNB: required MIB backup file
5. OMC: Contact on-site technician that eNodeB is ready for CCM removal.
5. eNB: disconnect eCCM2-HR cables. Go to Step 6.
5. eNB: notify OMC that CCM is installed and power is being applied.
1.
eCCM-U, go to Step 4
2.
eCCM2-HR, go to Step 5
ENBEquipment
parameters” to match installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online or offline configuration.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-45 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 21-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM
Install CCM using 5620
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU
using 5620 SAM
SAM
with aligned software
with mis-aligned
to cell site
for CCM
using 5620 SAM
software using 5620
using 5620
replacement
SAM
using 5620
SAM
SAM
6. OMC/eNB: eNodeB MIM backup file.
PRELIMINARY
7. OMC/eNB: required eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
6. eNB: go to Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM
6. eNB: Remove CCM
6. eNB: turn power ON at RUC/CB
6. OMC: Unlock eNodeB
6. OMC: Set “ ENBEquipment
parameters” to match installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online or offline configuration. 7. eNB: Remove bCEM(s)
7. eNB: observe CCM LEDs, •
if successful go to next step.
•
if not successful, reset eNodeB or contact technical support.
7. OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state.
7. OMC: Unlock eNodeB
If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-46 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 21-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM
Install CCM using 5620
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU
using 5620 SAM
SAM
with aligned software
with mis-aligned
to cell site
for CCM
using 5620 SAM
software using 5620
using 5620
replacement
SAM
using 5620
SAM
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
SAM
8. eNB: required tools
8. eNB: go to Install CCM using 5620 SAM
8. eNB: Contact the OMC, check SAM OAM Link Status field:
8. OMC: if necessary, continue with one of the following:
•
•
•
If OAM Link Status field displays Up, 10-15 minutes after power-up, go to next step. If OAM Link Status field displays Down, 10-15 minutes after power-up, do one of following: – Restore OAM link at cell site (NEM). – If OAM link cannot be restored, contact technical support.
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router, then go to next step.
8. OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state. If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support.
If network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
Note: Observe the following conditions occurring with factory loaded CCMs: If the factory load on the CCM is older than LR13.1, the OAM link status parameter in SAM always displays DOWN. Thus, this parameter status has to be ignored and the installation has to be continued.
•
If the factory load on the CCM is at least LR13.1 or newer, the OAM link status parameter from SAM has to be taken into account.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-47 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 21-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM
Install CCM using 5620
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU
using 5620 SAM
SAM
with aligned software
with mis-aligned
to cell site
for CCM
using 5620 SAM
software using 5620
using 5620
replacement
SAM
using 5620
SAM
SAM
9. OMC: go to Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement using 5620 SAM
9. OMC: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as follows: •
•
For aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects an aligned software image and SNMP IDs between SAM and eNodeB, alarm is raised, go to Restore 9926 BBU with aligned software using 5620 SAM For mis-aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects a mis-aligned software image between the expected (in SAM) and actual eNodeB and SNMP IDs, alarms are raised: Go to Restore 9926 BBU with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM.
9. eNB: when operational secure location (technician leaves site)
9. OMC: if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router, then go to next step.
•
If network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
PRELIMINARY
10. eNB: when operational secure location (technician leaves site)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-48 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3: Replace CCM using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) and restore 9926 BBU operation using 5620 SAM and an on-site technician. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 21-3.1: “Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-50)
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 21-3.2: “Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-54) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 21-3.3: “Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-56) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 21-3.4: “Install new CCM using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-59) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Procedure 21-3.5: “Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-62) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Procedure 21-3.6: “Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-68) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-49 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM Overview
The following steps outline information that should be available for the replacement of the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM). OMC should have this information maintained in maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM. Steps
Perform the following action items before going out to the cell site: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Personnel The procedure requires field and OMC (SAM) personnel. The field personnel (technician) goes out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The OMC (SAM) personnel provides operational support for the field personnel during the procedure. The field and OMC (SAM) personnel should review the replacement procedure together and the role of each person. The personnel must have direct contact with one another during the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Documentation •
For OMC (SAM) personnel, must have a copy of the following documents: – Copy of this replacement procedure – –
–
PRELIMINARY
– – –
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099FMZZA Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Access to the 5620 SAM documentation suite Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact CCM replacement. Remember to load any tools associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are available at Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/ portal/olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved NodeB) under Technical Content for My Favorite Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412 eNodeB (Evolved Node B) is displayed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-50 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the 5620 SAM operation and maintenance functions described in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide and THIS procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NEM software (for backup) For field and OMC personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC and SAM client. If necessary, check LTE release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM software is not current, download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for NEM software installation.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Note: In this procedure, NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure. NEM software must be current with the eNodeB software, e.g., LR13.3.L, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
eNodeB software For field and OMC personnel, have current running eNodeB software. Check the current running eNodeB software release assigned to the eNodeB from either software repositories or release notes. If the running eNodeB software is not present on the NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository. See Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” to download running eNodeB software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to the NEM PC and SAM client. Note: In this procedure, loading software from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. Attention: An TLA2.0 to LR13.3.L upgrade is not supported on a eCCM-U. Upgrade from TLA2.0.x to TLA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed with NEM. The upgrade must be performed on the eCCM-U before upgrading to an eCCM2-HR or downgrading to an eCCM-U with an TLA2.0.x load.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file For field and OMC personnel, check that the SNMP MIB backup file of the affected eNodeB is present and current on the NEM PC and SAM client.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-51 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Attention: When an TLA3.0.x loaded eCCM-U is upgraded to LR13.3.L, the OAM IP addresses must be reset with NEM before completing the procedure (refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27) for details).
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Whenever possible, it is best practice to create a SNMP MIB backup for the site during installation and periodic updates to ensure any changes made to the site since the last scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check with the OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during initial installation). If necessary, consult the SAM administrator for the location of the backup files and copy them to the NEM PC and SAM client. If the SNMP MIB is not available at all, the 9926 BBU will need to be recommissioned during installation of the new CCM (see Appendix N, “Recommission 9926 BBU” for details). Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIB from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. If the eNodeB is operational; an SNMP MIB backup can be created from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
•
From OMC, perform an immediate backup of the SNMP MIB. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, NE maintenance, Section, eNodeB backup and restore, Procedure, To perform an immediate eNodeB backup or restore, for details. From eNodeB, backup as follows: 1. Open NEM and login. 2. From the main menu, select Configuration > MIB Backup. 3. Click Yes to accept internal SFTP server. 4. Navigate to the folder where backup file is going to be stored. IMPORTANT: DO NOT CHANGE the automatically named backup file (*.sdb), after the backup is completed. The filename of a backup file is incorporated in the file itself and a consistency check is performed before restoring it. 5. Click Download. 6. Click OK when the download is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
eNodeB MIM backup file
PRELIMINARY
For field and OMC personnel, provide a MIM backup of the eNodeB from either the SAM database or a configuration snapshot (refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots, Procedure, To take a configuration snapshot ). The MIM backup is required to restore the eNodeB if the current active eNodeB MIM data is unavailable. Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIM from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement. Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-52 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties For field and OMC personnel, provide the eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties from cell site records (collected during initial installation) in case the information is lost on the eNodeB during the replacement procedure. Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
From eNodeB, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows: 1. From NEM, select Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties tab. 2. Do a Print Screen of the VLAN 0 Transport Properties and save the screen capture. Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting OAM addresses), refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27), to reset the OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site with NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Tools For field personnel, collect the following tools for this procedure: • •
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots)
• • • •
No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver Protective caps for fiber-optic cables and dust caps for SFP slots
•
ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When ready, the field personnel can go to the cell site and continue with the following procedure. The OMC personnel should be available to complete the replacement procedure.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-53 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for details to the referenced procedures: • • •
Chapter, Troubleshooting Chapter, NE maintenance Chapter, Online configuration
Lost OAM communication
Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting OAM addresses), e.g., TLA3.0 to LR13.3, refer to Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27), to reset the OAM addresses first. This has to be done at the local cell site with NEM. If an TLA3.0 loaded eCCM-U is being upgraded to a LR13.3.L loaded eCCM2-HR, follow these steps: 1. Upgrade the eCCM-U to LR13.3.L first. 2. Reset the OAM addresses at the local cell site with NEM as described above. 3. Continue with the following steps to replace the eCCM-U with the eCCM2-HR and restore the eCCM2-HR. Steps
Perform the following procedure to prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From OMC: View alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state before the CCM replacement.
PRELIMINARY
Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
•
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, Alarm and fault management
• •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From OMC: Import a replacement software image into the 5620 SAM, if required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-54 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To import an eNodeB
software image into the 5620 SAM, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From OMC: If an eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform an immediate backup (eNodeB SNMP MIB) operation on the affected eNodeB, if possible.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Note: A backup operation may not be possible if the eCCM has failed. If the backup fails, do not perform a restore in Procedure 21-3.5: “Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-62) or Procedure 21-3.6: “Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-68). Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
eNodeB backup or restore, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From OMC: Lock the eNodeB. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
From OMC: Contact on-site technician that eNodeB is ready for CCM removal. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CCM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-55 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.3: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3.3: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM Overview
When upgrading to or downgrading from the eCCM2-HR, the bCEM must be removed during shutdown and installed after the eCCM2-HR is install and activated or removed. Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) and the bCEM in the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From eNodeB: when technician reaches cell site, contact OMC to verify the eNodeB is locked, open cabinet, and indicate ready to remove CCM. Note: Unless otherwise stated, the following steps are performed at the cell site. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker. Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Disconnect CCM cables as follows: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 4.
•
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows:
PRELIMINARY
1. GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected. 2. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected. 3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected. 5. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected. 6. Backhaul cable from eCCM-U GE MDA port. 7. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-56 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.3: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the failed CCM. 8. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 6 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
For eCCM2-HR, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2-HR ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the failed CCM. 2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected. 3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected. 4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected. 5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 6. Backhaul cables from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3 as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 6 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. 2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be removed from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the faceplate, rotate handle 90°, and pull the CCM out of the slot. 4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it.
Remove bCEM(s) as follows: 1. On far right bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-57 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.3: Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Skip this step for the other bCEMs. 2. Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot. 4. Set aside on an ESD protected area or slide into ESD bag. 5. Repeat steps for the remaining bCEMs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-58 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM Overview
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements: • • • •
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare From failed eCCM2-HR to working eCCM2-HR spare From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2-HR upgrade From failed/working eCCM2-HR to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) in the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly. Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws. 2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate. 3. Connect the CCM cables as follows: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 3 •
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows: 1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required. 2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required. 3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector.
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the failed CCM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-59 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required. 5. Backhaul cable to GE MDA port 6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. 8. When complete, go to Step 5, to notify OMC that CCM is installed. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
For eCCM2-HR, connect the cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2-HR ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the failed CCM. 2. Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required. 3. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required. 4. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required. 5. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 6. Backhaul cable(s) to ports BH1 (default) and BH3 as required. 7. When complete, go to Step 5, to notify OMC that CCM is installed. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and SFPs before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Notify OMC that CCM is installed and power is being applied. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows: 1. With power switch, turn power switch ON and BBU circuit breaker ON. 2. Without power switch, turn power ON at BBU circuit breaker. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs. Refer to Appendix L, “LED status”, for the following:
PRELIMINARY
• •
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the next step. If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following: – Verify power is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the PDP. – If the CCM does not show a positive sign of operation, replace CCM with this procedure, Procedure 21-3: “Replace CCM using SAM” (p. 21-41) or contact technical support.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-60 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Contact the OMC, check the SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field, and proceed as follows: • •
If the OAM Link Status field displays Up, 10-15 minutes after power-up, go to the following step. If the OAM Link Status field displays Down, 10-15 minutes after power-up, do one of the following: – Perform Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27) to restore the OAM link at the cell site (NEM). – If the OAM link cannot be restored, contact technical support.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Note: Observe the following conditions occurring with factory loaded CCMs: •
•
If the factory load flashed on the CCM is older than LR13.1, then the OAM link status parameter in SAM always displays as DOWN because there is no “OAM Link Status” and no table in the eNodeB for SAM to read to mark the OAM Link Status as UP. As a consequence, this parameter status has to be ignored and the installation has to be continued. If the factory load flashed on the CCM is at least LR13.1 or newer, the OAM link status parameter from SAM has to be taken into account.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From OMC: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as follows: •
•
For aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects an aligned software image and SNMP IDs between SAM and eNodeB, the following alarm is raised: NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected, go to Procedure 21-3.5: “Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-62) to align the configuration and then the SW if it is required. For mis-aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects a mis-aligned software image between the expected (in SAM) and actual eNodeB and SNMP IDs, the following alarms are raised: – NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected for factory loads from LA2 to LA6. – NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected and NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected starting with LR13.x factory loads. Go to Procedure 21-3.6: “Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-68) to align the software and configuration.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-61 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for details to the referenced procedures: • • •
Chapter, Troubleshooting Chapter, NE maintenance Chapter, Online configuration
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U, eCCM2, or eCCM2-HR (CCM) with aligned software to an operational state using 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to replace the eNodeB MIM with the most recently synchronized version from the 5620 SAM database as follows: 1. Trigger an NE reconfiguration by right-clicking on an eNodeB in the Equipment tree or Topology map and choosing Actions > Reconfigure NE from the contextual menu. A warning dialog box appears. 2. Select the check box in the warning to indicate that you acknowledge the implications of the action and click on the Yes button. Wait for the reconfigure action to complete. This may take several minutes. 3. Verify that the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm is cleared and the eNodeB returns to a managed state.
PRELIMINARY
The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, Site, State field displays “Managed” after reboot. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. Note: Reconfiguring the eNodeB database configuration replaces the entire eNodeB MIM, regardless of the existing configuration on the NE. The procedure can trigger a full or partial eNodeB reset, which is service-affecting.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-62 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Procedure, To reconfigure an eNodeB
database configuration, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From OMC: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Software Upgrade from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Software Upgrade form opens with the Software Upgrade Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Software Images tab. The form displays additional tabs.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
3. Click on the eNodeB Software Images tab. 4. Manually download image from the 5620 SAM to the selected eNodeB as follows: a. Select an image from the list and click on the Download Image button. The Select Sites form opens. b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. The form closes and a dialog box appears. c. Click on the Yes button. The file transfer begins. Activating software resets eNodeB. 5. Manually activate software image as follows: a. Click on the Activate Image button. The Select Sites list form opens. b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. A dialog box appears. c. Click on the Yes button to close the dialog box and activate the software image. Activating software resets eNodeB. 6. Monitor software upgrade status, as required. The software activation is finished when the Upgrade State changes to Activate Complete. Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Section, eNodeB software upgrades, Procedure, To monitor software upgrade status, to monitor the software upgrade/update. 7. Perform validation testing to verify the functionality and stability of the software image. See the appropriate Alcatel-Lucent LTE Macro and Metro eNodeB Software Upgrade Procedure, for more information. 8. Accept the software image to finalize the software upgrade as follows:
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-63 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
a. Click on the Accept Image button. The Select Sites form opens. b. Choose the eNodeB from the list and click on the OK button to accept the image and close the form. 9. When completed, go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Install bCEM(s) as follows: 1. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the bCEMs. For LED status, refer to Appendix L, “LED status” for details. 2. On far right bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM slots. 3. Allow bCEM to stabilize before going to the next step or inserting the next bCEM. 4. Repeat steps for the remaining bCEMs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Attention: Do not perform a restore operation if the backup operation in Procedure 21-3.3: “Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-56), could not be completed. From OMC: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Backup/Restore from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Backup/Restore form opens with the Backup/Restore Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Backup/Restore Status tab. The managed devices are listed. Depending on the operation type, the Backup State or Restore State column displays the current state of the operation. The possible values are: • Not Attempted - operation is not yet attempted • Saving Config - device configuration is being saved on the device • Transferring files - file transfer is in progress
PRELIMINARY
• Success - operation is complete and successful • Failure - operation is complete but unsuccessful 3. Select an eNodeB from the list and perform one of the following steps, depending on the operation that you want to perform. Click on the Restore button. 4. Click on the Yes button. The restore operation starts, and the current restore state for the device is indicated in the Restore State column. 5. Resynchronize an NE with the 5620 SAM database, if required, by clicking on the Resync button. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-64 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Close the Backup/Restore form. 7. When completed, go to the following step. Note: The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. The Administrative State of an eNodeB is set to Locked after a successful restore operation. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
eNodeB backup or restore, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different CCM, for example, eCCM-U > eCCM2-HR (upgrade) or eCCM2-HR > eCCM-U (downgrade). Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties form may or may not cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting. The following “ ENBEquipment parameters” must be set when upgrading/downgrading as follows: •
•
For eCCM-U > eCCM2-HR upgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, use eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2-HR. – For eCCM2-HR, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values. For eCCM2-HR > eCCM-U downgrade, set the following parameters: –
expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, use eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U
–
For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values.
From OMC: Set the “ ENBEquipment parameters” to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online configuration or offline configuration as follows: •
For online configuration: Set the parameters by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Manage > Equipment > Equipment from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Manage Equipment list form opens.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-65 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
2. Choose ENB Equipment (LTE) from the Select Object Type drop-down list. 3. Configure the filter criteria, if required, and click on the Search button. A list of ENB Equipment objects is displayed.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. Select the appropriate “ ENBEquipment parameters” from the list and click on the Properties button. The ENB Equipment (Edit) form opens with the General tab displayed.
•
5. On the General tab, change the parameter attributes to match the installed CCM. 6. Click on the Apply button in the ENB Equipment (Edit) form and the Network Element (Edit) form, if required, in order to save the configuration changes. 7. When completed, go to the following step. For offline configuration: Set the parameter by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Use the 9952 WPS to create/change a delta WO file containing “ ENBEquipment parameters” for the eNodeB, and transfer the files to the 5620 SAM, as required. 2. Use the 5620 SAM activation manager function to validate and deploy the WO to the eNodeB. 3. Use the 5620 SAM configuration snapshot function to export the eNodeB configuration data in the form of a snapshot file. 4. Automatically or manually transfer the snapshot file to 9952 WPS and 9959 NPO application servers. 5. Perform file management tasks for the CM XML file and activation log file. 6. When completed, go to the following step. Reference: Refer to the following guides to set the parameters:
• • – – •
9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE to create the WO and transfer it to the 5620 SAM. 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide: For online, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Workflow to manage online configuration For offline, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Workflow to manage offline configuration, validate and deploy WOs to eNodeBs 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Parameters Reference Guide Note: If the eNodeB does not reset after more than 15 minutes, a full resynchronization may be required. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, eNodeB configuration troubleshooting, Procedure, To resynchronize an eNodeB database configuration, for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
6
From OMC: Unlock eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. 2. Select one or more eNodeBs in the navigation tree, right-click, and choose Actions > State Unlock from the contextual menu. A dialog box appears. 3. Click on the Yes button. The unlock request is sent to the NE.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-66 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. Verify the lock and operational status of an eNodeB as follows: a. Navigate to the ENB Equipment properties view for the eNodeB. b. Click on the States tab. c. Verify that the displayed value of the Administrative State parameter is “Unlocked”. d. Verify that the Current Operational State parameter displays the expected transmission status (“Enabled”).
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
e. Close the ENB Equipment form. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state following the CCM replacement. If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support. Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
• • •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, Alarm and fault management Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix O, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”, then go to next step. If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From eNodeB: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-67 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for details to the referenced procedures: • • •
Chapter, Troubleshooting Chapter, NE maintenance Chapter, Online configuration
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM) with mis-aligned software to an operational state using 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From OMC: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Software Upgrade from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Software Upgrade form opens with the Software Upgrade Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Software Images tab. The form displays additional tabs. 3. Click on the eNodeB Software Images tab. 4. Manually download image from the 5620 SAM to the selected eNodeB as follows: a. Select an image from the list and click on the Download Image button. The Select Sites form opens. b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. The form closes and a dialog box appears. c. Click on the Yes button. The file transfer begins. 5. When completed, go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
Note: If the software image download to an eNodeB that is in a state of software misalignment, such as immediately following an eCCM board replacement, the 5620 SAM automatically performs the “activate” and “accept” stages of the software upgrade. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
software upgrade on an eNodeB, Steps 1-4, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From OMC: Monitor software upgrade status.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-68 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the Upgrade State in the Global Status tab displays “Accept Complete”. Following the successful software replacement, the 5620 SAM clears the NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected alarm and raises the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm to remind operators to reconfigure the NE. Go to the following step.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To monitor software
upgrade status, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Install bCEM(s) as follows: 1. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the bCEMs. For LED status, refer to Appendix L, “LED status” for details. 2. On far right bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM slots. 3. Allow bCEM to stabilize before going to the next step or inserting the next bCEM. 4. Repeat steps for the remaining bCEMs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support. From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration replace the eNodeB MIM with the most recently synchronized version from the 5620 SAM database as follows:
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-69 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1. Trigger an NE reconfiguration by right-clicking on an eNodeB in the Equipment tree or Topology map and choosing Actions > Reconfigure NE from the contextual menu. A warning dialog box appears. 2. Select the check box in the warning to indicate that you acknowledge the implications of the action and click on the Yes button. Wait for the reconfigure action to complete. This may take several minutes. 3. Verify that the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm is cleared and the eNodeB returns to a managed state.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, Site, State field displays “Managed” after reboot. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. Note: Reconfiguring the eNodeB database configuration replaces the entire eNodeB MIM, regardless of the existing configuration on the NE. The procedure can trigger a full or partial eNodeB reset, which is service-affecting. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Procedure, To reconfigure an eNodeB
database configuration, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Attention: Do not perform a restore operation if the backup operation in Procedure 21-3.3: “Remove CCM and bCEM(s) using 5620 SAM” (p. 21-56), could not be completed. From OMC: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Backup/Restore from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Backup/Restore form opens with the Backup/Restore Policy tab displayed. 2. Click on the Backup/Restore Status tab. The managed devices are listed. Depending on the operation type, the Backup State or Restore State column displays the current state of the operation. The possible values are: • • • • •
Not Attempted - operation is not yet attempted Saving Config - device configuration is being saved on the device Transferring files - file transfer is in progress Success - operation is complete and successful Failure - operation is complete but unsuccessful
3. Select an eNodeB from the list and perform one of the following steps, depending on the operation that you want to perform. Click on the Restore button. 4. Click on the Yes button. The restore operation starts, and the current restore state for the device is indicated in the Restore State column. 5. Resynchronize an NE with the 5620 SAM database, if required, by clicking on the Resync button.
PRELIMINARY
6. Close the Backup/Restore form. 7. When completed, go to the following step. Note: The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays “Down” until reboot is completed. The Administrative State of an eNodeB is set to Locked after a successful restore operation.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-70 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
eNodeB backup or restore, for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different CCM, for example, eCCM-U > eCCM2-HR (upgrade) or eCCM2-HR > eCCM-U (downgrade).
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties form may or may not cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting. The following “ ENBEquipment parameters” must be set when upgrading/downgrading as follows: •
•
For eCCM-U > /eCCM2-HR upgrade, set the following parameters: – expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, use eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2-HR. – For eCCM2-HR, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values. For eCCM2-HR > eCCM-U downgrade, set the following parameters: –
expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in this case, use eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U
–
For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer specified values.
From OMC: Set the “ ENBEquipment parameters” to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online configuration or offline configuration as follows: •
For online configuration: Set the parameters by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Choose Manage > Equipment > Equipment from the 5620 SAM main menu. The Manage Equipment list form opens. 2. Choose ENB Equipment (LTE) from the Select Object Type drop-down list. 3. Configure the filter criteria, if required, and click on the Search button. A list of ENB Equipment objects is displayed.
5. On the General tab, change the parameter attributes to match the installed CCM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-71 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
4. Select the appropriate “ ENBEquipment parameters” from the list and click on the Properties button. The ENB Equipment (Edit) form opens with the General tab displayed.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Click on the Apply button in the ENB Equipment (Edit) form and the Network Element (Edit) form, if required, in order to save the configuration changes. 7. When completed, go to the following step. •
For offline configuration: Set the parameter by configuring eNodeB as follows: 1. Use the 9952 WPS to create/change a delta WO file containing “ ENBEquipment parameters” for the eNodeB, and transfer the files to the 5620 SAM, as required. 2. Use the 5620 SAM activation manager function to validate and deploy the WO to the eNodeB. 3. Use the 5620 SAM configuration snapshot function to export the eNodeB configuration data in the form of a snapshot file. 4. Automatically or manually transfer the snapshot file to 9952 WPS and 9959 NPO application servers. 5. Perform file management tasks for the CM XML file and activation log file. 6. When completed, go to the following step. Reference: Refer to the following guides to set the parameters:
•
9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE to create the WO and transfer it to the 5620 SAM.
• –
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide: For online, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Workflow to manage online configuration For offline, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Workflow to manage offline configuration, validate and deploy WOs to eNodeBs
– •
9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Parameters Reference Guide Note: If the eNodeB does not reset after more than 15 minutes, a full resynchronization may be required. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, eNodeB configuration troubleshooting, Procedure, To resynchronize an eNodeB database configuration, for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From OMC: Unlock eNodeB as follows:
PRELIMINARY
1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. 2. Select one or more eNodeBs in the navigation tree, right-click, and choose Actions > State Unlock from the contextual menu. A dialog box appears. 3. Click on the Yes button. The unlock request is sent to the NE. 4. Verify the lock and operational status of an eNodeB as follows: a. Navigate to the ENB Equipment properties view for the eNodeB. b. Click on the States tab. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-72 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c. Verify that the displayed value of the Administrative State parameter is “Unlocked”. d. Verify that the Current Operational State parameter displays the expected transmission status (“Enabled”). e. Close the ENB Equipment form. Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state following the CCM replacement. If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical support. Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
•
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, Alarm and fault management
• •
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following: •
•
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing, update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix O, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”, then go to next step. If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
From eNodeB: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-73 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the broadband Channel Element Module (bCEM), bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1, in a rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Hot-swap FRU
Yes Intervention time
30 minutes Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components.
PRELIMINARY
Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-74 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the location of the bCEM in the rack-mounted 9926 BBU. Figure 21-8 Replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
The following figure shows the bCEM faceplate. Figure 21-9 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
TEST ICE Connector
Check bCEM status
Refer to Appendix L, “LED status”, to determine the status of the bCEM using the status LEDs. Before you begin
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-75 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
The following information must be available at OMC and at the cell site to replace the bCEM.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to replace the bCEM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given step takes place, either at OMC or on-site at rack-mounted 9926 BBU (eNB). Table 21-6
bCEM replacement procedure (rack-mounted)
Remove bCEM
Install bCEM
1. eNB: check for failed bCEM LED status
1. eNB: insert new bCEM
2. OMC/eNB: connect NEM PC/open NEM
2. eNB: observe bCEM LEDs. OMC/eNB: if required reset bCEM
3. OMC/eNB: check and clear alarms
3. eNB: attach EMI bracket (top slot)
4. OMC/eNB: lock cells
4. eNB: notify OMC
5. OMC/eNB: lock bCEM (BB)
5. OMC/eNB: unlock cells
6. eNB: remove EMI bracket
6. OMC/eNB: check/compare/ resolve alarms
7. eNB: loosen faceplate screws
7. OMC/eNB: close NEM/disconnect NEM PC
8. eNB: pull bCEM 9. eNB: pack bCEM 10. eNB: go to Install bCEM Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: • •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
PRELIMINARY
The following tools are required for this procedure: •
NEM PC with NEM installed
•
• •
RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
•
T-8 Torx screwdriver
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-76 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-4: Replace bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
ESD Strap Blank filler pack for bCEM slot if left unused for more than an hour
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the bCEM and restore 9926 BBU operation (from eNodeB).
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 21-4.1: “Remove bCEM” (p. 21-78) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 21-4.2: “Install bCEM” (p. 21-82) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-77 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-4.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-4.1: Remove bCEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed bCEM from rack-mounted 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Check status LEDs of each bCEM to determine which one has failed. Refer to Appendix L, “LED status” to determine the status of the bCEM using the status LEDs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Lock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
PRELIMINARY
•
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock Cells, as required: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support, for more details. 2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-78 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-4.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB. Note: NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM. 4. Select Tree View. 5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration. 7. Right-click BB and select Lock Cell. Repeat step for each Cell.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
8. When completed, go to the next step. •
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock the Cells, using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration. 4. Right-click BB and select Lock Cell. Repeat step for all Cells. 5. When completed, go to the next step. Note: If the lock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter displays Locking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Lock all bCEMs from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support for more details. 2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB. 3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The 9400 NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB.
4. Select Tree View.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-79 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Note: 9400 NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-4.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select BB (CEM) of interest. 7. Right-click BB and select Lock Module. Repeat step for each bCEM as required. 8. When completed, go to the next step. From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs, using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select BB (CEM) of interest. 4. Right-click BB and select Lock Module. Repeat step for each bCEM as required. 5. When completed, go to the next step. Note: If the lock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter displays Locking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
On top bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate.
PRELIMINARY
Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit packs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-80 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-4.1: Remove bCEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Do not leave slot open for more than one hour. Damage to the 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur due to inadequate cooling airflow. Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow through the 9926 BBU. When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new bCEM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-81 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-4.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-4.2: Install bCEM Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
1
Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the CEMs, CCM, and RRH. For LED status, refer to Appendix L, “LED status” for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, perform one of the following to check bCEM status: •
•
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). The bCEM should reset automatically when power is applied. Continue with the following step. If at initial power up, the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and the bCEM does not reset, perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB: 1. To reset the bCEM at eNodeB, start with Sub-step 2. To reset the bCEM at OMC, start with Sub-step 3. 2. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable and factory configured IP address (192.168.10.1, for local NEM access only). 3. 4. 5. 6.
Open NEM and select the Tree view. Click HW Modules. Select the BB that is equivalent to the bCEM being replaced. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEM should reboot and download active software automatically.
PRELIMINARY
7. If the bCEM restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the bCEM does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
On top slot bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-82 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-4.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Skip this step for the other bCEM slots.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unlock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells: 1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree displays the Equipment view. See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, 9400 NEM support, for more details. 2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB. 3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual menu. The NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB. Note: NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM. 4. Select Tree View.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-83 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 6. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-4.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
7. Right-click BB and select Unlock Cell. Repeat step for each Cell. 8. When completed, go to the next step. From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells, using NEM: 1. Select Tree View. 2. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane (right side of window). 3. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration. 4. Right-click BB and select Unlock Cell. Repeat step for all Cells. 5. When completed, go to the next step. Note: If the unlock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter displays Unlocking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When operational, exit NEM, and disconnect NEM PC from BBU or close NEM at OMC.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-84 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in a 9926 BBU. The 9926 BBU Sub-Rack provides the following functions: • • • •
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Power and control between circuit packs. Houses eCCM-U/eCCM2-HR (CCM) Houses bCEM Houses RUC/HC Fan Tray
Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window (1-2 hour duration). Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • •
•
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots) 7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers
• • • •
Socket wrench Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb)) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
• •
T-8 Torx screwdriver ESD Strap
Safety
Service interruption Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-85 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
NOTICE
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for an equipment rack installation. Figure 21-10 Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 21-5.1: “Shutdown 9926 BBU” (p. 21-88) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 21-5.2: “Remove bCEM(s)” (p. 21-90) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 21-5.3: “Remove CCM” (p. 21-91) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Procedure 21-5.4: “Remove RUC/HC Fan Tray” (p. 21-93) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
Procedure 21-5.5: “Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack” (p. 21-95) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Procedure 21-5.6: “Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack” (p. 21-96) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Procedure 21-5.7: “Install RUC/HC Fan Tray” (p. 21-97)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-86 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Procedure 21-5.8: “Install bCEM(s)” (p. 21-99) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Procedure 21-5.9: “Install eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM)” (p. 21-100) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.10: “Restore 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)” (p. 21-102) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-87 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.1: Shutdown 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.1: Shutdown 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to shutdown the failed 9926 BBU and replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary)
• • •
Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Notify OMC of service interruption and take 9926 BBU out of service. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB):
PRELIMINARY
1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. 4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed: “Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?” Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock. 5. When complete, go to following step. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-88 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.1: Shutdown 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this procedure! If power is not removed, the procedure will not work properly.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: •
With a power switch: 1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O). 2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
•
Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-89 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.2: Remove bCEM(s)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.2: Remove bCEM(s) Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On top bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs, if installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Package the bCEM in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CCM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-90 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.3: Remove CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.3: Remove CCM Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Disconnect eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR cables as follows: •
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9
•
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected. RUC/HC Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.
5. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected. 6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM-U ports they were initially connected to. 7. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
For eCCM2-HR, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2-HR ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same eCCM2-HR ports they were initially connected to.
5. RUC/HC Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector. 6. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU. Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-91 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected. 3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected. 4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.3: Remove CCM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows: 1. If necessary, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. 2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be removed from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the faceplate, rotate handle 90°, and pull the CCM out of the slot. 4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-92 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.4: Remove RUC/HC Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.4: Remove RUC/HC Fan Tray Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the RUC/HC Fan Tray. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Disconnect the power cable from the RUC/HC Fan Tray as follows: 1. Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs. 2. Remove the nuts and washers. 3. Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect the ground wire from the lug between the power terminals.
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from eCCM-U).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-93 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.4: Remove RUC/HC Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Cable (from eAM) Alarm/ Commissioning Cable (from eCCM) -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Press on the locking tab on the RUC/HC Fan Tray and pull on the pull ring to remove the RUC/HC Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Package the RUC/HC Fan Tray in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-94 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.5: Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.5: Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Remove four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket from the corners of the sub-rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide the sub-rack out of the equipment rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Package the sub-rack in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair facility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-95 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide sub-rack into cabinet with the RUC/HC Fan Tray slot on the right side. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Secure sub-rack with four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket in the corners of the rack. Torque to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install RUC/HC Fan Tray.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-96 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.7: Install RUC/HC Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.7: Install RUC/HC Fan Tray Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the RUC/HC Fan Tray. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Verify the following circuit breaker and/or switch are set in the OFF position: • •
RUC/HC Fan Tray Power switch (press O), if switch is provided. Equipment circuit breaker in OFF position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Slide RUC/HC Fan Tray into the RUC/Fan Tray slot until the latching tab locks into place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect the ground wire to the lug between the power terminals with washer and nut. Torque nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket.
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect the power cable to the RUC/HC Fan Tray as follows: 1. Push the cable onto the RUC/HC Fan Tray terminal lugs, positive-to-positive and negative-to-negative. 2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque nuts to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket. 3. Push the protective boot back over the terminal lugs.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-97 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.7: Install RUC/HC Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray Power Connections (from PDP)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from eCCM-U). Alarm Cable (from eAM) Alarm/ Commissioning Cable (from eCCM) -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install bCEM.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-98 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.8: Install bCEM(s)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.8: Install bCEM(s) Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM(s). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
NOTICE
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Equipment damage hazard For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it. Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it. Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
On the top bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the CCM. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-99 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.9: Install eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.9: Install eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM) Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws. 2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate. 3. Connect the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR cables as follows: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 3 •
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Important! For eCCM-U, do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE MDA port and the NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed to do so in the following procedure. For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows: 1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required. 2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required. 3. RUC/HC Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required. 5. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 6, as required. Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed CCM. 6. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1 connector. 7. When complete, go to Step 4 to turn power on. Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
Important! For eCCM2-HR, do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed in the following procedure. For eCCM2-HR, connect the cables as follows: 1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2-HR ports, OPTIC 1 to OPTIC 9, as required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-100 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.9: Install eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed CCM. 2. Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required. 3. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required. 4. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required. 5. RUC/HC Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. 6. Backhaul cable to ports, BH1 (default), BH2, BH3, and/or BH4. 7. When complete, go to Step 4 to turn power on.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, continue with the following procedure to restore 9926 BBU. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-101 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.10: Restore 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-5.10: Restore 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack) Overview
This procedure assumes the same circuit packs removed from the sub-rack are operational and are being re-installed in the new sub-rack. Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU to an operational state. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 Ethernet NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: • • • •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software) Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Note: Read Step 3 before continuing with this step. Turn power ON to the RUC/HC Fan Tray as follows: •
•
With power switch: 1. Turn power ON with the BBU circuit breaker. 2. Turn power ON with power switch (press 1) on the RUC/HC Fan Tray Without power switch, turn power ON with the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-102 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-5.10: Restore 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Appendix L, “LED status”, for the following: •
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following step.
•
If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following: – Verify power (and voltage) is applied to the RUC/HC Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the RUC/HC Fan Tray. – If power is applied, follow the LED status on each circuit pack and if necessary recycle power to reboot system. –
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
If the 9926 BBU reboot appears to be progressing as indicated in the LEDs, continue with the following steps to attempt to complete the restoration and note the LED status on each circuit pack as the steps are performed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9412 eNodeB: 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 3. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: • • • •
eNB D2U FAN RET and RET Aid Table
• • • • • •
BB (bCEM) CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2-HR) RRH/TRDU TMA Sectors Cell Configuration
4. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB.
Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-103 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-5.10: Restore 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
From eNodeB, close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM as follows: 1. Close NEM. 2. Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU. 3. When completed, do one of the following: • For eCCM-U, go to Step 7 to connect Backhaul cable. •
For eCCM2-HR, go to Step 8 to check for alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From eNodeB, for eCCM-U only, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service (unlock network element). 2. Connect Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to eCCM-U GE MDA port 3. Determine if SAM detects the 9926 BBU as follows: a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms. b. If SAM has not detected the 9926 BBU, contact technical support. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When operational, exit NEM and disconnect the NEM PC.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-104 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) located under the rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. The eAM module provides the following functions: •
Provides 8 connections (EXT ALMS 1-32, 4 alarms per connection) to monitor up to 32 external user alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable).
•
Provides a connection (FRAME ALARMS) for 6 frame alarms with a potential for 4 more alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable). Provides a connection (PWR ALM) for 4 power alarms or general purpose alarms. A logic 0, closed loop condition, normally indicates an “alarm” state for “power” alarms. Provides a connection (CTRL) for 1-wire data, power (5 VDC), 12C clock, and 12C data lines.
•
•
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Hot-swap FRU
Yes Intervention time
30 minutes Tools required
Phillips screwdriver Torque wrench Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Notify SAM in case of service interruption or reduction.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-105 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures Figure 21-11 Replace eAM
9926 BBU
bCEM
M5 or M6 Phillips or Torx Screws and Lock Washers (2x)
Frame Alarms (DB25) To 9412
eCCM-U/ RUC/Fan Tray eCCM2
2
1-Wire/I C (RJ-45) To BBU RUC
Power Alarm (RJ-45) To Power Supply
32 User Alarms (RJ-45 x 8) To Site Wiring Panel/NIU
Ground Stud (M4) To Site Ground
enhanced Alarm Module (eAM)
Remove eAM
Note: Be prepared to remove the Alarm cables before removing the eAM. Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Notify SAM of service interruption and take 9926 BBU out of service, if necessary. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Disconnect faceplate alarm cables from the eAM as follows: 1. Equipment side alarms:
PRELIMINARY
• •
Frame Alarm Cable (DP25), FRAME ALARMS. 1-Wire/I2C Alarm cable (RJ-45), ALM.
2. Network side alarms: • Integrated Power Alarm Cable (RJ-45), PWR ALM. • 8 User Alarm Cables (32 alarms) (RJ-45), EXT ALM 1-32. •
Ground cable (M4 lug), GND
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-106 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Remove two mounting screws, one on each end of the faceplate, and slide eAM out of equipment rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Install replacement eAM by continuing with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Install eAM
Perform the following procedure to install the eAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide eAM into the equipment rack (see previous figure). Tighten the mounting screws at each end of the faceplate. Torque each screw to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect faceplate alarm cables to the eAM as follows: 1. Network side alarms: • Ground cable (M4 lug), GND • Integrated Power Alarm Cable (RJ-45), PWR ALM. • 8 User Alarm Cables (32 alarms) (RJ-45), EXT ALM 1-32. 2. Equipment side alarms: • Frame Alarm Cable (DP25), FRAME ALARMS. • 1-Wire/I2C Alarm cable (RJ-45), ALM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in service. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Note status LED (STAT) on faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Have OMC test 9926 BBU. Installation is complete when testing has passed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 21-107 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU
Procedure 21-6: Replace eAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 21-108 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
22
22 Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to add an another bCEM (from 1 to 2 or from 2 to 3) to an existing 9926 BBU. Mainly done locally on 9926 BBU site except for final check from OMC/SAM: hot insertion, sector creation from NEM, updated HW view from OMC, any impact of current telecom traffic on other bCEM, or rollback process in case of a problem. The bCEM is also referred to as the broadband board (BB) or modem. Contents Hardware issues
22-1
Procedure 22-1: Install a new bCEM
22-2
Procedure 22-2: Remove existing bCEM
22-4
Hardware issues Hot swap
The bCEM is capable of hot swapping in a 9926 BBU. Once inserted OAM detects the circuit pack and updates the 9926 BBU OAM as necessary Circuit pack removal
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 22-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Removing a circuit pack without correct preparation can result in OAM disabling LTE cells unexpectedly.
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Procedure 22-1: Install a new bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 22-1: Install a new bCEM Before you begin
Verify there is an open modem slot in the 9926 BBU. If an bCEM is being replaced, refer to for details. The 9926 BBU must have a minimum of one bCEM (one sector) for one sector operation. Up to two additional bCEMs can be added to the 9926 BBU for six sector operation. Steps
Perform the following procedure to install an bCEM in an open 9926 BBU modem slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the CEMs, CCM, and RFMs (TRDU or RRH). For LED status, refer to Appendix G, “LED status” for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Perform one of the following: •
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). The bCEM should reset automatically when power is applied. Installation complete.
•
If at initial power up, the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 5 minutes and the bCEM does not reset, perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEM: 1. Physically connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable or contact OMC to connect to the 9926 BBU remotely. For RJ45 NEM Test Cable details, refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Introduction, Section, Hardware Requirements, Sub-Section, Cabling. 2. Open NEM.
PRELIMINARY
3. 4. 5. 6.
Click the Tree view icon (see Chapter, Tree View, Section, Hardware Modules ). Click the desired 9926 BBU, then click HW Modules. Select the disabled BB in the bCEM being replaced. Right click BB, a context-sensitive menu opens, and click Reset Equipment to reset the BB (bCEM). The bCEM should reboot and download active software automatically. When a managed object is reset, the supported objects are temporarily disabled.
7. If the bCEM restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 22-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 22-1: Install a new bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the bCEM does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM. Result: Once the bCEM is inserted in one of the modem slots, the 9926 BBU OAM
detects the bCEM and proceeds to verify if it has the correct software; if the bCEM does not have the correct software, the 9926 BBU OAM proceeds to update the bCEM software. Once the bCEM has the correct software; the bCEM is initialized and if it passes initialization, the operational state is set to “enabled”. The bCEM is ready to support LTE cells.
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Reference: Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, State Management, Section, Managed Objects , Sub-Section, Operational state transitions, Sub-heading, BB operational state for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
On far right (or top) bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit pack slots.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
If necessary, add new LTE cells to the bCEM. Refer to for details. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 22-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Procedure 22-2: Remove existing bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 22-2: Remove existing bCEM Purpose
This procedure describes how to remove a bCEM with minimum loss of service. Carefully read the procedure and understand the interactions in the system before proceeding. Since it is not known which LTE cells are supported on which bCEM, all LTE cells should be locked before removing the bCEM, or just remove the bCEM. If just removed, the 9926 BBU OAM process detects the bCEM is no longer available; changes the operational state of the BB MO associated with the bCEM to “disable” if it is not already set to “disable”. When the BB MO is set to “disable”, the LTE cells supported on this BB MO is set to “disable” as well. Steps
NOTICE Loss of service Not locking the associated LTE cells can result in an unexpected loss of service. Identify and lock the LTE cells before removing the bCEM board. Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM (sector/cell) from the 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If the bCEM is not locked, perform the following steps to manually lock the bCEM: 1. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable or contact OMC to connect to the 9926 BBU remotely. For RJ45 NEM Test Cable details, refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Introduction, Section, Hardware Requirements, Sub-Section, Cabling.
PRELIMINARY
2. Open NEM. 3. Click the Tree view icon (see Chapter, Tree View, Section, Hardware Modules , Sub-Section, Display Hardware Module Status). 4. Click the desired 9926 BBU, then click HW Modules. 5. Select the BB (bCEM) to be locked. 6. Right click BB, a context-sensitive menu opens, and click Lock Module to lock the BB (bCEM). 7. When completed, continue with the following step.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 22-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 22-2: Remove existing bCEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
On far right (or top slot) bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit pack slots.
PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Loosen two mounting screws from the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extraction hole in the middle of the circuit pack and pull bCEM out of the slot. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
NOTICE Equipment damage hazard Do not leave slot open. Damage to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur due to inadequate cooling airflow. Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow through the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 22-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
Procedure 22-2: Remove existing bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 22-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
23
Add new cell to 9926 BBU 23
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to add a new cell to an Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU with a bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1 already installed that has an unused cell. Contents LTE cell creation
23-1
Procedure 23-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU
23-3
LTE cell creation Purpose
This section describes how a cell is created for the eNodeB. Overview
The LTE cell represents the cell supported by the local eNodeB. The eNodeB OAM consists of the Call Processing XML domain that allows the operator to configure cells, S1 and X2 communication links, Radio Trace sessions and other related parameters. For this task the operator can use the wizard featured in the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS. With the cell creation a new set of channels is proposed for UL and DL.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 23-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
LTE cell creation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Definitions
The following terms are used in this procedure: •
•
•
•
•
•
Cell MO represents one LTE carrier on a sector in the eNodeB. A cell is supported by a BB and a Sector. The BB generates a digital signal based on the configuration parameters associated with the Cell. The digital signal generated by the BB is fed to the RFM that supports the Sector associated with the Cell. X2 MO represents the X2-C control plane connection to an adjacent eNodeB in the LTE network. An eNodeB can have X2-C connections to multiple adjacent eNodeBs. The X2-U user plane connections to adjacent eNodeBs are not monitored by this MO. S1 MO represents the S1-C control plane connection to a peer MME in the LTE network. An eNodeB can have S1-C connections to multiple MMEs. The S1-U user plane connections to MMEs or SGWs are not monitored by this MO. Baseband Board (BB or bCEM) represents the hardware unit that supports the baseband processing function. In this release, each bCEM can be mapped up to three sectors. A second or third bCEM can be added for multi-band and/or multi-carrier configurations. Carrier (or Controller) Board (CB, eCCM-U, or eCCM2-HR (CCM)) represents the motherboard on the D2U. CB is a container object that represents all the components housed on the motherboard such as the CPU that runs the OAM and Call Processing control software, the Network Processing Unit, CPRI switch, GigE switch, SRIO switch, compact flash, optional oscillator, optional GPS receiver and various other devices. Radio Frequency Module (RFM) represents the RRH, TRDU, or R-OCM. The RFM uses the CPRI interface to communicate with the BBU via the CPRI ports on the CCM.
LTE cell creation process
During LTE cell creation, the operator has to use the algorithm of centralized PCI implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS in order to allocate the PCI to the cell. Centralized automatic allocation of PCI is one of the SON features. It consists of generating, from the OAM system, a PCI value for each cell and ensuring its uniqueness with respect to the neighbor cells and the neighbor's neighbor cells.
PRELIMINARY
During creation at the cell level, the concerned eNodeB equipment can require a reset operation. Creation only requires a reset if Class A objects or parameters were created, deleted, or modified.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 23-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 23-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 23-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU Purpose
This procedure provides instructions to add new cell to 9926 BBU. Note: Unless indicated otherwise, the references cited in this procedure are from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE RAN User Guide.
PRELIMINARY
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to add new cell to 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Configure the eNodeB offline using the 5620 SAM offline configuration procedure as follows: 1. From 5620 SAM client, create a configuration snapshot instance of the 9926 BBU being updated. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots, Procedure, To create a snapshot instance, for details. Result: Configuration snapshot is stored in the /opt/5620sam/server/nms/ activation/snapshot_export directory. 2. From the 9952 WPS, prepare the new configuration, run checks, and export the delta workorder (WO) as follows (refer to 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for details): a. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9954 WPS operating procedures, Section, Checks management, Procedure, Check network objects, to check the delta workorder. b. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9954 WPS operating procedures, Section, Data sharing management, Procedure, Deliver a workorder for activation, to export the delta workorder back to 5620 SAM client. 3. From 5620 SAM client, activate and deploy the delta workorder to the 9926 BBUs as follows: a. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure, To create an activation session, to activate the workorder. b. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure, To deploy a WO using the activation manager, to deploy the workorder to an 9926 BBU.
2
Unlock the 9926 BBU to restore service.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 23-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Add new cell to 9926 BBU
Procedure 23-1: Add new cell to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online
configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check the performance data to ensure the Telecom traffic is available for the updated eNodeBs. Refer to Chapter, LTE RAN statistics, Section, eNodeB PM statistics, Procedure, To create or modify an eNodeB performance management policy, to check performance data. Reference: Also, refer to 5620 SAM Statistics Management Guide for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From 5620 SAM client, check that no alarms are raised on the updated 9926 BBUs. Reference: Refer to the following guides and procedures to check for alarms from
the 9926 BBUs: •
Refer to 5620 SAM User Guide, Chapter, Alarm management, Section, Alarm management procedures, Procedure, To view alarms raised against equipment, logical components, and services, to view alarms.
•
Refer to 5620 SAM Alarm Reference, Chapter, Alcatel-Lucent 9xxx eNodeB alarms, for 9926 BBU alarm descriptions. Refer to 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide, to troubleshoot reported alarms from the 9926 BBU.
•
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 23-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
24
24 Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace/upgrade one to three bCEMP1.0s with a bCEMP1.1 in a rack-mounted 9926 BBU. The terms “eNodeB” or “eNB” and “BBU” or “9926 BBU” are interchangeable. The term “bCEM” refers to either “bCEMP1.0” or “bCEMP1.1”. Contents Preparation
24-1
Procedure 24-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
24-4
Preparation Purpose
Note: This procedures only supports TDD 9926 BBUs. The following information describes what is needed to replace/upgrade a bCEMP1.0 with a bCEMP1.1. Note: This procedure is used only to replace bCEMP1.0(s) with a bCEMP1.1. Do not use this procedure to replace an bCEMP1.0/bCEMP1.1 with another bCEMP1.0/bCEMP1.1.
Yes
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 24-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Hot-swap FRU
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intervention time
1.5 hour Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components. Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components. Figures
The following figure shows the bCEM (bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1) faceplate. Figure 24-1 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
TEST ICE Connector
Required software
PRELIMINARY
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEMP1.1 installation: •
Consult the LTE eNodeB TDD Release Notes, for current software requirements for BBU, SAM, NEM, and MIM.
•
Current SNMP MIB backup files (must be loaded on NEM PC)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 24-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required hardware
If necessary, the following hardware must be replaced/updated before the bCEMP1.1 is installed in the 9926 BBU: • • •
Replace 9926 BBU V1+ sub-rack (d2Uv4) with 9926 BBU V2 sub-rack (d2Uv5). Replace RUC/Fan Tray with the RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray. Replace eCCM-U with the eCCM-U (DB) or eCCM2-HR (CCM).
•
Replace all bCEMP1.0s (one per sector) with one bCEMP1.1 (one supports up to three sectors). Two blank filler plates for empty slots.
•
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
If necessary, consult with Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for the latest product configurations/updates. Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: • • •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide LTE eNodeB TDD Release Notes Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: • • • •
RJ45 Ethernet NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479 (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details) No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver
•
NEM PC with current NEM software installed
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 24-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 24-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-1: Replace bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1 Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace a bCEMP1.0 with a bCEMP1.1 and restore BBU operation. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 15-1.1: “Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU” (p. 15-5) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 15-1.2: “Install bCEMP1.1” (p. 15-8)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 24-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 24-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the operational bCEMP1.0(s). All bCEMP1.0s must be removed.
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows: •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if necessary)
• • •
Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. 4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed: “Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?” Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock. 5. When complete, go to following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Update software to the current load.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 24-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Check the current running BBU (eNodeB) software release assigned to the BBU from either software repositories or release notes. If the running BBU software is not present on the NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository.
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 24-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
See Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” to download running BBU software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to the NEM PC and SAM client. Note: The bCEMP0.1 must be updated from MUPF upgrade D7 to D8 before removal. It will reset two times during the upgrade. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Remove bCEMP1.0 as follows: •
From Slots 2 or 3: 1. Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. 2. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool into bCEMP1.0 extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack and pull out of the slot.
•
From Slot 4: 1. If necessary, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate (see the following figure). 2. Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate. 3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool into bCEMP1.0 extractor hole in the middle of the circuit pack, rotate handle 90°, and pull out of the slot.
PRELIMINARY
Note: Store EMI bracket for later use, cannot be used with blank filler pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Package each bCEMP1.0 in an ESD safe bag or container for storage.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 24-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 24-1.1: Remove bCEMP1.0 from 9926 BBU
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new bCEMP1.1. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 24-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 24-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1 Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEMP1.1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before inserting the bCEMP1.1, read Step 2 to be aware of the LED status during powerup. Insert bCEMP1.1 into an available slot and secure with the two faceplate mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Perform one of the following to check bCEMP1.1 status: •
•
Check that the bCEMP1.1 LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off). The bCEMP1.1 should reset automatically when power is applied. Continue with the following step. If the bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not reset, perform the following steps to manually reset the bCEMP1.1: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Open NEM and select the Tree view. Click HW Modules. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEMP1.1. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEMP1.1 should reboot and download active software automatically. 5. If the bCEMP1.1 restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the bCEMP1.1 does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEMP1.1. If the bCEMP1.1 continues to fail, contact technical support.
Note: Additional LED status information can be found in Appendix L, “LED status”. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
NOTICE
PRELIMINARY
Equipment damage hazard Do not leave slot open for more than one hour. Damage to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur due to inadequate airflow. Use blank filler pack as required to maintain proper air flow through the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 24-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 24-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, insert a blank filler pack into each empty slot, typically Slots 3 and 4, and secure with faceplate mounting screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Unlock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows: •
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters.
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details. 2. Unlock eNodeB NE. Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE 3. When complete, continue with the following step. Note: If necessary, Cell Configuration must be unlocked from SAM. •
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB): 1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane). 2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane). 3. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is unlocked. 4. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in contextual menu to unlock them: TMA RRH/TRDU BB (CEM) CB (CCM) RET D2U (RUC) 5. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and unlock them. 6. When complete, continue with the following step.
5
From OMC, reset BBU as follows: 1. Open NEM and select the Tree view. 2. Click HW Modules.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 24-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1
Procedure 24-1.2: Install bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Select the affected eNB from the list. 4. Right click the eNB and select Reset Equipment. 5. The BBU reboots and downloads active software automatically. 6. If the BBU restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the following step. If the BBU does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM (P1). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows: •
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB (network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
•
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right panel. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
From OMC, test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From eNodeB, when operational, disconnect the NEM PC.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 24-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
25
25 Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes the requirements and procedure to configure a Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit for a single cell with multiple RRHs for indoor coverage. Contents Prerequistites
25-2
Process Overview
25-3
Preparation
25-5
Procedure 25-1: Install 9926 BBU V2
25-9
Procedure 25-2: Configure 9926 BBU for single-carrier operation
25-14
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Prerequistites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Prerequistites Diagrams
The following figure illustrates the single cell BBU with multiple RRHs configuration. Figure 25-1 Single cell with multiple RRHs
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Process Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Process Overview Process diagram
The following figure illustrates the Single cell with multiple RRHs process diagram. Figure 25-2 Configure single cell with multiple RRHs process diagram
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Process Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Process steps
The following steps are used to configure a single celled 9926 BBU with multiple RRHs: 1. (1.a) Check Cell Related Parameters: Check if antennas number is less than or equal to 8 in antenna table if ‘isMultiRrhEnabled’ is ‘True’. If check failed then alarm “Invalid Configuration Data” is raised and cell remains disabled. (1.b) Check Modem Feature Set: check if the FEATURE_SET attribute of BB RO corresponds with the configured set-up. If yes, the scenario proceeds. If no, the cell setup scenario updates the attribute by setting the required feature bit and then resets the modem.(if ‘isMultiRrhEnabled’ is ‘True’ then update modem feature set attribute to be 8A image) Note: When ‘isMultiRrhEnabled’ is ‘True’, 2,4 or 6 antennas also shall be supported. 2. HW SW Capability Check: (Part 1 and 2) no changes 3. Configure RFM IQ Bandwidth: This step would have to be repeated for each RFM of the cell. 4. Connect RF Path on CB: This step would have to be repeated for each RFM of the cell Connect one Modem slice with all CPRI ports of this cell on CB. This requires to send 2 or 4 rfpath_connect Action Requests from OAM-C to the same BB RO (depend on RRH number mapped on the cell) 5. Configure BB for Enable Cell: No change 6. Configure VSWR Thresholds: This step would have to be repeated for each RFM of the cell. 7. Configure All RFM Carrier of Cell: OAM-C triggers several RFM RO to configure all the RFMs that are part of the sector supporting the cell with the carrier-related attributes (cell identifier, bandwidth, pathcfg, Tx and Rx frequency, power, antenna path delay, uplink noise level). 8. Configure Delay Parameters on RFM and CB: One message to each RFM of this cell. 9. Configure Cell L1/L2 on BB: No change 10. Activate all RFMs of Cell: No changes until end of scenario. 11. Enable Common Channels:
PRELIMINARY
12. Antenna Cross Connect: If used, Set Radio State = radio available 13. Set Cell Opst: = enabled 14. Update States Table: 15. Configuration-versus-Equipment verification: 16. SCN (Cell, enabled): 17. Calculate 9926 BBU OpSt: 18. Enable 9926 BBU:
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preparation Purpose
The following information describes what is needed to configure the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Hot-swap FRU
No Intervention time
2 hours Safety
NOTICE Service interruption Service lost during maintenance window. Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
NOTICE ESD hazard Static discharge can damage circuit pack components. Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures Figure 25-3 Rack-mounted BBU with eAM
9926 BBU
bCEM
M5 or M6 Phillips or Torx Screws and Lock Washers (2x)
Frame Alarms (DB25) To 9412
eCCM-U/ RUC/Fan Tray eCCM2
2
1-Wire/I C (RJ-45) To BBU RUC
Power Alarm (RJ-45) To Power Supply
32 User Alarms (RJ-45 x 8) To Site Wiring Panel/NIU
Ground Stud (M4) To Site Ground
enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) The following figure shows the bCEM faceplate. Figure 25-4 bCEM faceplate Extractor Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU Connector
TEST SW Connector
RST (Reset)
TEST ICE Connector
Required software
PRELIMINARY
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEM installation: • •
LTE Release TLA6.0 or later SAM 11.0 Rx
• • •
Current SNMP MIB backup files (must be loaded on NEM PC) TLA6.0 NEM or later TLA6.0 MIM or later
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Consult the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for current software requirements. Required hardware
The following hardware must be available for the upgrade: •
9926 BBU V2 sub-rack
• • •
RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray eCCM-U (DB) or eCCM2-HR One bCEMP1.1
•
Two blank filler plates for empty slots.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Note: This procedure assumes these components are already installed in the 9926 BBU V2 sub-rack. The following TD-RRHs must be available for the upgrade: •
TD-RRH2x20-23/2350/26
•
TD-RRH8x5-2640
If necessary, consult with Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for the latest product configurations/updates. Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure: • • • •
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, 9YZ-05817-0026-PCZZA Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure: RJ45 Ethernet NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479 (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details)
• • •
No. 1 Phillips screwdriver T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs) T-8 Torx screwdriver
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• • •
Key for door, if required NEM PC with NEM installed ESD Strap
Notes
The following information should be kept in mind when configuring the BBU for the single-carrier with multiple RRHs. • • •
Start with a configured logic cell. Requires feature activation. Up to 4 RRHs can be mapped to one sector.
•
When mapping each antenna port to the sector (by NEM) there is additional field named 'logical antenna number' that needs to be filled, its value should be unique in one sector (1 to 8). There is a restriction about the logical antenna number and the physical RRH: for the physically adjacent RRH, the logical antenna number of their antenna port should be adjacent. The number of antennas for one logic cell can be 2,4,6 or 8.
•
•
PRELIMINARY
Preparation
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 25-1: Install 9926 BBU V2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-1: Install 9926 BBU V2 Overview
This procedure assumes the new Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU V2 sub-rack includes the eCCM-U (DB), bCEMP1.1, blank filler plates, and RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray. The 9926 BBU must also have release TLA6.0 or later software installed and pre-tested.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new upgraded 9926 BBU V2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Mount and secure sub-rack with four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket in the corners of the rack. Torque to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Verify the following circuit breaker and/or switch are set in the OFF position: • •
RUC/Fan Tray Power switch (press O), if switch is provided. For rack-mounted 9926 BBU V2, customer power supply circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect the ground wire to the lug between the power terminals with washer and nut. Torque nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket. Refer to the following figure for power, ground, and alarm/commissioning connections.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Procedure 25-1: Install 9926 BBU V2
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect the power cable to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows: 1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug, positive and negative. 2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque nuts to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket. 3. Push the protective boot back over the terminal lugs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAMi/o) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Connect the cables to the CCM as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.
GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if connected. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if connected. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.
5. Ethernet cables to PORT1 and PORT2 connectors, if connected. 6. T1/E1 cable to PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected. 7. RRH CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to CCM OPTIC 1, OPTIC 2, OPTIC 3 ports. 8. Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to CCM GE MDA port. Note: Remove protective caps from fiber-optic cables before reconnecting cables to CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
When completed, continue with the following procedure to configure the 9926 BBU.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 25-1.1: Install eAM with rack-mounted BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-1.1: Install eAM with rack-mounted BBU Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the eAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Slide eAM into the equipment rack (see previous figure). Tighten the mounting screws at each end of the faceplate. Torque each screw to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect faceplate alarm cables to the eAM as follows: 1. Network side alarms: • Ground cable (M4 lug), GND • Integrated Power Alarm Cable (RJ-45), PWR ALM. • 8 User Alarm Cables (32 alarms) (RJ-45), EXT ALM 1-32. 2. Equipment side alarms: • Frame Alarm Cable (DP25), FRAME ALARMS. • 1-Wire/I2C Alarm cable (RJ-45), ALM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Notify SAM that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in service. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Note status LED (STAT) on faceplate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Have SAM test 9926 BBU. Installation is complete when testing has passed. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Procedure 25-1.2: Add new cell
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-1.2: Add new cell Purpose
This procedure provides instructions to add new cell to 9926 BBU. Note: Unless indicated otherwise, the references cited in this procedure are from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE RAN User Guide. Steps
Perform the following procedure to add new cell to 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Configure the 9926 BBU offline using the 5620 SAM offline configuration procedure as follows: 1. From 5620 SAM client, create a configuration snapshot instance of the 9926 BBU being updated. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots, Procedure, To create a snapshot instance, for details. Result: Configuration snapshot is stored in the /opt/5620sam/server/nms/ activation/snapshot_export directory. 2. From the 9952 WPS, prepare the new configuration, run checks, and export the delta workorder (WO) as follows (refer to 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for details): a. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9954 WPS operating procedures, Section, Checks management, Procedure, Check network objects, to check the delta workorder. b. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9954 WPS operating procedures, Section, Data sharing management, Procedure, Deliver a workorder for activation, to export the delta workorder back to 5620 SAM client. 3. From 5620 SAM client, activate and deploy the delta workorder to the 9926 BBUas follows: a. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure, To create an activation session, to activate the workorder.
PRELIMINARY
b. Refer to Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure, To deploy a WO using the activation manager, to deploy the workorder to an 9926 BBU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Unlock the 9926 BBU to restore service.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 25-1.2: Add new cell
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online
configuration, Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check the performance data to ensure the Telecom traffic is available for the updated 9926 BBUs.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Refer to Chapter, LTE RAN statistics, Section, eNodeB PM statistics, Procedure, To create or modify an eNodeB performance management policy, to check performance data. Reference: Also, refer to 5620 SAM Statistics Management Guide for details. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
From 5620 SAM client, check that no alarms are raised on the updated 9926 BBU. Reference: Refer to the following guides and procedures to check for alarms from
the 9926 BBU: •
Refer to 5620 SAM User Guide, Chapter, Alarm management, Section, Alarm management procedures, Procedure, To view alarms raised against equipment, logical components, and services, to view alarms.
•
Refer to 5620 SAM Alarm Reference, Chapter, Alcatel-Lucent 9xxx eNodeB alarms, for 9926 BBU alarm descriptions. Refer to 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide, to troubleshoot reported alarms from the 9926 BBU.
•
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Procedure 25-2: Configure 9926 BBU for single-carrier operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-2: Configure 9926 BBU for single-carrier operation Overview
This procedure assumes the initial 9926 BBU is operational and needs to be reconfigured for single-carrier operation with multiple RRHs. Required documentation
The following documents are required for this procedure: • • •
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Parameters Reference Guide Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide
Required software
The following software should be already installed and/or available: • • • •
TLA6.0 or later SAM 11.0 R1 or later WPS 2.0 or later NEM 6.0 or later
Steps
Preform the following procedures to configure the 9926 BBU for single-carrier operation with multiple RRHs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 25-2.1: “Modify workorder” (p. 25-15) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 25-2.2: “Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM” (p. 25-18) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Procedure 25-2.3: “Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM” (p. 25-20)
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 25-2.1: Modify workorder
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-2.1: Modify workorder Overview
This procedure describes how to modify (inhibit or disinhibit) attributes, values, or changes that belong to a workorder. This procedure includes synchronization of the current network with the current workorders. However, the technician can modify a workorder without impacting the current network. Ensure that the workorder to modify is part of the workspace.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Steps
Perform the following procedure to modify the current workorder to include the parameters for the single-antenna transmit scheme. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the workorder to modify from the Workorders tree. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click), or from the Workorders menu, select Set workorder as current. Result: A Setting current workorder window is displayed with a progress bar. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Then click Close to the close the window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If needed, change network element values using operational procedures, or per object or per attribute changes. Once the network element values have been changed, go back to the Workorders tab and select the current workorder. Result: The current Workorder is updated with the attribute value change. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
From the change pane select the network object changes to modify them for the desired 9926 BBU configuration as described in the following table.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
If needed, from the Inhibit change pane select the attribute changes to modify them.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Procedure 25-2.1: Modify workorder
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use SHIFT+click or CONTROL+click to select multiple objects or attributes. Table 25-1
Single-carrier operation with multiple RRHs parameters
Parameter
Description
isMultiRrhEnabled
This parameter indicates whether multi-RRH in one logic cell is licensed for this cell. If False, then this causes the multi-RRH in one logic cell is disabled. If True, the multi-RRH in one logic cell is enabled. Default is false.
areaIsolationForMultiRrh
This parameter indicates the isolation threshold between two areas in one logic cell. If the energy difference of one UE between two max energy areas is larger than this parameter, only max energy area belongs to one logic cell for this UE. Else, these two areas belong to one logic cell for this UE. Integer type. Range: 0 to 9. Step: 3. Default is 3. Unit: dB
numberOfDLAntennas
This parameter specifies the number of DL antennas configured for the cell. The supported values are {1, 2, 4, 8, 6}. 6 is only supported when this feature is enabled.
numberOfULAntennas
This parameter specifies the number of UL antennas configured for the cell. The supported values are {1, 2, 4, 8, 6}. 6 is only supported when this feature is enabled.
ulTxPowerIncreasedFor2Rrh
This parameter specifies the increased UL TX power quantity when 2 RRH area is detected for one UE, which is only used for multi-RRH in one logic cell is enabled. This parameter must be zero when this feature is disabled.
PRELIMINARY
Range: 0 to 5. Step: 0.1. Default is 2. Unit: dB. antSubArrayGroupingScheme
If multi-RRH in one logic cell is enabled, this parameter should be set to {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}.
l1ReceiverMethod (lowercase L, number one)
If multi-RRH in one logic cell is enabled, this parameter should be set to only MRC.
transmissionMode
If multi-RRH in one logic cell is enabled, this parameter should be set to only TM2/3/4.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 25-2.1: Modify workorder
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or from the Workorders menu, inhibit or disinhibit changes using the following commands: • • •
Inhibit network change Disinhibit network change Inhibit changes for subtree
•
Disinhibit changes for subtree
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Result: The Workorders tree root is displayed in red followed by (misaligned). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Once all the modifications needed have been completed, from the Workorders menu, click Recompute planning view. Result: A Confirmation window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes. Result: A Recompute network window with a progress bar is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Then click Close to end the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
The current network can then be checked. Repeat from Step 5 until the workorder is properly modified. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Procedure 25-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM Overview
This procedure describes how to export a workorder. Important! When exporting a single workorder in CM XML format, the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS creates a _reverse.xwo workorder file. If the activation of the workorder leads to a problem in the live network, the reverse workorder can be used to restore the network back to its initial state. Thus, Alcatel-Lucent recommends using this procedure to provide an easy way to restore the network.
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for network elements may cause a service disruption. Alcatel-Lucent recommends that all workorders be merged into one workorder prior to exporting to live network elements. Once you have exported a simple workorder, the exported workorder might contain inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for a live network element. Exporting a workorder will create a _reverse.xwo workorder file that can be used to restore the live network to its initial state. Before you begin
Ensure that the workorders to export are part of the workspace. Steps
Perform the following procedure to export the workorder to 5620 SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab. Result: The Workorders tree is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the workorder to export from the Workorders sub-tree.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From either the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or Workorders menu, select Export workorder… and on live server repository… Important! The Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS) backup function does not save Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (9952 WPS) workorders and a full 5620 SAM restore removes the workorders from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 25-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
server. If needed, the user must save workorders on the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC then re-transfer them from the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC to the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM server. Result: A Select an output file window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Navigate to the proper folder where the workorder (.xwo) will be stored, type in the File Name, then click Save.
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Result: An Export workorder… window with a progress bar is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report… in the proper folder. Then click Close. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 25-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Configure Single Cell with Multiple RRHs for Indoor Coverage
Procedure 25-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 25-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM Steps
Perform the following procedure to configure the 9926 BBU for single-carrier with multiple RRHs with the Activation Manager. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB offline configuration, for additional information and procedures. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Use the activation manager function of the 5620 SAM to validate and deploy WOs to 9926 BBU as follows: 1. Create an activation session. See Procedure , To create an activation session. 2. Deploy a WO by using the activation manager. See Procedure, To deploy a WO using the activation manager. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Use the configuration snapshot function of the 5620 SAM to export 9926 BBU configuration data in the form of snapshot files. 1. Modify a snapshot instance. 2. Manually take configuration snapshots. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Automatically or manually transfer snapshot files to the following application servers: • •
9952 WPS 9459 NPO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Perform file management tasks for CM XML files and log files related to activation as required.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 25-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Part V: GSM – Corrective Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This part describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the following GSM products: • •
SUMX-19 Inch MC-RRH
Contents Chapter 26, Replace SUMX 19 Inch
26-1
Chapter 27, Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
27-1
Chapter 28, Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
28-1
Chapter 29, Replace MC-RRH Unit
29-1
Chapter 30, Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
30-1
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary V-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
GSM – Corrective Maintenance
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD V-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
26
Replace SUMX 19 Inch 26
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the GSM SUMX 19 Inch. Contents Before You Start
26-2
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
26-3
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 26-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
Before You Start
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Before You Start Overview
Read this section before you start the replacement procedures in this section. All the procedures are valid for the SUMX-19. Note the following conditions. You must: •
Have read Part I: “Safety” before performing any maintenance procedures
•
Be familiar with electrostatic precautions.
• •
Know how to use the BTS NEM (username and password available) Establish an efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator in order to lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the SUMX-19 when required.
Tools and Materials
You must have: • •
An anti-static wrist strap The hand tools specified in the relevant sections of this section
•
A serviceable replacement RIT with an identical part number, unless stated otherwise.
Impact on System
PRELIMINARY
This depends on the nature of the RIT and its position in the system. Refer to the specific replacement procedures.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 26-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch Overview
Note: Use this procedure to replace faulty SUMX 19 Inch modules, part of distributed BTS, by similar ones. The SUMX-19 pre-equip RIT part number is 3BK28951AA.
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
Tools and Materials
You must have: •
A small flathead screwdriver
•
A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM. BTS Post-Commissioning SW package, for a quicker download of the BTS files (SUMX, RRH software).
•
Impact on System
All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled). Refer to “Before You Start” (p. 26-2) To replace a SUMX 19 Inch RIT, you have to: • • • •
Shutdown the SUMX 19 Inch Replace the RIT Reconnect the cables and update settings Restart the SUMX 19 Inch.
Shutdown SUMX 19 Inch
Shutdown the SUMX 19 Inch as follows: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS.
2
Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 26-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Using the BTS NEM, display the following information and write it down for use later in the procedure: • • •
All SBL states All outstanding alarms SUMX Q1 address
Restriction: DCTPD00820438 Write down the ’Multicarrier Settings’, ’RRH Sector Mapping’ and ’Coverage Mode Settings’ to later use when new SUMX board is configured. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Using the BTS NEM, upload the BTS transmission settings from the distributed BTS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
For IP BTS, use the BTS NEM to Backup IP Parameters. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Use the BTS NEM to disable the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 3 sectors, as applicable). Enter a WTC = 3 minutes for each cell to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Note: To perform this action, Monitor BTS_TEL & BTS_OM must be selected. Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are OPR before continuing to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
If other standard is present, use the BTS NEM to Disable OSF for the impacted module. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
Replace a SUMX 19 Inch RIT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Disconnect the BTS NEM cable from the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
In case of BTS in TDM mode, disconnect the Abis cable from the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 26-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
In case of BTS in IP mode, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the TRANS1 port of the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect the external alarm cables on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the optical fiber cables from the HSO1, HSO2 and HSO3 connectors on SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the power cable from the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
If the SUMX 19 Inch contains a GPS receiver, disconnect the GPS cable on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Disconnect the ground cable from the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Connect the anti-static wrist strap. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Loosen the screws securing the SUMX 19 Inch and remove the board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Insert the replacement SUMX 19 Inch in its position and secured it with the screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Reconnect Cables/Update Settings
Now you reconnect the cables and update the settings as follows: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reconnect the BTS NEM cable to the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 26-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Reconnect ground and power cable to the SUMX 19 Inch. Do NOT reconnect the other cables to the front panel at this time. Restriction: DCTPD00820438 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Reconnect the external alarm cables on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch and the optical fiber cables to the HSO1, HSO2 and HSO3 connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
For IP BTS, use the BTS NEM to Restore IP Parameters. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Use the BTS NEM to set the SUMX 19 Inch Q1 address as noted in Step 3 of “Shutdown SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 26-3). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Using the BTS NEM, download to the BTS the transmission settings from the file uploaded in Step 4 of “Shutdown SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 26-3). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
For a quicker download of the BTS files, download BTS Post-Commissioning SW package.
1. On the BTS NEM PC, create the following directory: c:\Alcatel9100_files, and copy the BTS Post-commissioning SW package into the directory. 2. From the BTS NEM, select Configuration -> BTS Commissioning. The BTS Commissioning window opens. 3. In the BTS Commissioning window, click on the Start button corresponding to the Download Commissioning Software task. The Software Download window opens. 4. In the Software Download window, select the required BTS post-commissioning software master file, the CPF file and the CODA file using the folder icon button:
PRELIMINARY
• • •
Masterfile:Bm*I*l**.msf (1) CPF File: 00o**l**.ddl (1) Coda file: CODA.990
(1) Click on Browse for the path: C:\Alcatel9100_files. 5. In the Software Download window, click on OK The Download Status window opens showing the download progress. 6. When the download is finished click on OK in the Download Status window. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 26-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The software download is finished when the Start Commissioning option from the BTS Commissioning window becomes active. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, connect the GPS cable on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Restriction: DCTPD00820438
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
From the "BTS commissioning" window, start commissioning and set back the values for ’Multicarrier Settings’, ’RRH Sector Mapping’ and ’Coverage Mode Settings’. When finished launch end commissioning. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
In case of BTS in TDM mode, reconnect the Abis cable from the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
In case of BTS in IP mode, reconnect the Ethernet cable from the TRANS1 port of the SUMX 19 Inch. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Restart SUMX 19 Inch
Restart the distributed SUMX 19: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Use the BTS NEM to initialize the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 3 sectors, as applicable). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If other standard is present, use BTS NEM to Init OSF for the impacted module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are IT before continuing to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 26-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Using the BTS NEM, display the states of all the SBLs and all the outstanding alarms and ensure they are the same as those noted in Step 3 of “Shutdown SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 26-3)
PRELIMINARY
Replace SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 26-1: Replace SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory on the new SUMX 19 Inch with the following information: • • •
Commissioning (installation) date Network identity Logical site name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the BTS NEM cable from the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Close the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 26-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
27
27 Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace a SFP module from the SUMX 19 Inch unit. Contents How to Replace SFP Module
27-1
Procedure 27-1: Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
27-3
How to Replace SFP Module Overview
The SFP module is located on the SUMX 19 board as part of the GNC module and on the RRH2x40 module on the optical fiber connection area. Depending on the fault case, refer to the appropriate section below. Tools and Materials
You must have a: •
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 27-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
BTS NEM and a RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM.
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
How to Replace SFP Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Impact on System
All telecommunications resources of the impacted sector are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 27-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 27-1: Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 27-1: Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch Procedure
Replace an SFP module on the SUMX 19 Inch: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
Open the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect the BTS NEM PC to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch . Note: If the SFP module to be replaced is connected into a SUMX 19" module belonging to a ring internal LAN topology, go to Step 5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Disable BTS_TEL corresponding to the impacted sector number. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disable RA for the impacted RRH module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the optical fiber cable from the module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Remove the SFP module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Insert the replacement SFP module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Connect the optical fiber to the module. Note: If the SFP module to be replaced is connected into a SUMX 19" module belonging to a ring internal LAN topology, go to Step 10. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
For the impacted RRH module Init RA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Init BTS_TEL SBL, corresponding to the impacted sector number.
11
Stop the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Disconnect the BTS NEM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 27-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 27-1: Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Close the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 27-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
28
28 Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the main board from a SUMX 19 Inch unit. Contents Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
28-2
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 28-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch Overview
Note: Use this procedure to replace faulty SUMX main board part of the SUMX 19 Inch modules in LR 9712 OD BS, by similar ones. The SUMX RIT part numbers are: Module
RIT Part Number
SUMX+GNC
3BK27656DBAA 01
SUMX+GNC+GPS
3BK27656FBAA 01
To replace a SUMX RIT, you have to: • •
Shutdown the distributed SUMX 19 Disconnect the cables
• • •
Replace the RIT Reconnect the cables and update settings Restart the distributed SUMX 19.
Tools and Materials
You must have: • •
A small flathead screwdriver A Torx 10 screwdriver
•
A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM.
Impact on System
PRELIMINARY
All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled). Refer to “Before You Start” (p. 26-2).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 28-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shutdown Distributed SUMX 19 Inch
Shut down the distributed SUMX 19 Inch: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Using the BTS NEM, display the following information. Write it down for use later in the procedure: • • •
All SBL states All outstanding alarms SUMX Q1 address
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Using the BTS NEM, upload the BTS transmission settings from the distributed BTS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
For IP BTS, use the BTS NEM to Backup IP Parameters. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Use the BTS NEM to disable the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 3 sectors, as applicable). Enter a WTC = 3 minutes for each cell to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Note: To perform this action, Monitor BTS_TEL & BTS_OM must be selected. Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are OPR before continuing to the next step. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Replace SUMX
Replace a SUMX RIT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the BTS NEM cable from the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch front panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 28-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1
PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
In case of BTS in TDM mode, disconnect the Abis cable from the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
In case of BTS in IP mode, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the TRANS1 port of the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect the optical fiber cables from the HSO1, HSO2 and HSO3 connectors on SUMX main board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Disconnect the optical fiber cables from the OPT1 and OPT2 connectors on SUMX main board, if equipped. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, disconnect the GPS cable on the front panel of the SUMX main board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Switch OFF the breaker corresponding to the SUMX 19 Inch board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Connect the anti-static wrist strap. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the SUMX main board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Loosen the Torx screws securing the SUMX main board to the SUMX 19 Inch subrack and remove the board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Insert the replacement SUMX main board in its position and secure it with the screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the SUMX main board.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 28-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Switch ON the breaker corresponding to the SUMX 19 Inch board. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Reconnect Cables/Update Settings
Reconnect the cables and update the settings: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Reconnect the BTS NEM cable to the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Use the BTS NEM to set the SUMX 19 Inch Q1 address as noted in Step 3 of “Shutdown Distributed SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 28-3). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Using the BTS NEM, download to the BTS the transmission settings from the file uploaded in Step 4 of “Shutdown Distributed SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 28-3). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
For IP BTS, use the BTS NEM to Restore IP Parameters. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Reconnect the optical fiber cables to the HSO1, HSO2 and HSO3 connectors on SUMX main board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Reconnect the optical fiber cables to the OPT1 and OPT2 connectors on SUMX main board, if initially equipped. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, connect the GPS cable on the front panel of the SUMX main board. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
In case of BTS in TDM mode, reconnect the Abis cable from the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 28-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Note: Wait for the BTS_O&M to change from MSD to IT, before to continue with the next step.
PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
In case of BTS in IP mode, reconnect the Ethernet cable from the TRANS1 port of the SUMX 19 Inch. Note: Wait for the BTS_O&M to change from MSD to IT, before to continue with the next step. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Restart Distributed SUMX 19 Inch
Restart the distributed SUMX 19 Inch: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Use the BTS NEM to initialize the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 3 sectors, as applicable). Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are IT before continuing to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Using the BTS NEM, display the states of all the SBLs and all the outstanding alarms and ensure they are the same as those noted in Step 3 of “Shutdown Distributed SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 28-3). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory on the new SUMX 19 Inch. Update with the following information: •
Commissioning (installation) date
• •
Network identity Logical site name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect the BTS NEM cable from the MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
Close the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 28-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 28-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Replace Main Board on SUMX 19 Inch
Procedure 28-1: Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 28-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
29
Replace MC-RRH Unit 29
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the MC-RRH unit. Contents Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
29-2
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 29-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module Overview
Note: Use this procedure to replace faulty RRH modules, part of distributed BTS, by similar ones. For a faster download of the MC RRH SW, it is recommended to load the software from BTS NEM. To allow software preload on the new module, the MC RRH software to be loaded must be available on the BTS NEM PC and the Windows Firewall must be disabled during preload. The following table shows the RRH Module RIT part numbers. RIT
Description
Part Number
RMXA09
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 900MHz 2PA
3BK 28706 CBxx
RMSA09
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 900MHz 1PA
3BK 28706 DBxx
RMXA18
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 1800MHz 2PA
3BK 28776 AAxx
RMSA18
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 1800MHz 1PA
3BK 28776 BAxx
Tools and Materials
You must have: • •
PRELIMINARY
•
A small flathead screwdriver A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM. For the MC RRH software preload use an Ethernet cable to connect the PC NEM to TEST port of the impacted MC RRH (in this case the RS-232 cable is used for the SUMX connection)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 29-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The second network card of the BTS NEM PC must be configured with two IP addresses: – 192.168.0.1, Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 for connection to the MC modules with a non-VLAN origin software (old modules delivered for B11 or transferred from a site installed in B11) – 172.16.0.5, Subnet mask: 255.255.240.0 for connection to the MC modules with a VLAN origin software (modules delivered for B12 or transferred from a site installed in B12) The MC RRH software files can be retrieved from one of the following: – OMC-R location /alcatel/var/share/oef/SDPPackage/
– original source of the OMC-R SDP package. The source folder must contain files with the y0snxxxx.zzz format, where: – y is X for MC RRH 900 and Z for MC RRH 1800 – s is W for the MC RRH operational software files and O for the origin software files – n is a unique number for each file – xxxx.zzz depend on the release version.
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
Firewall handling
To disable/enable the Windows Firewall: 1. Click on Start and the click on Run. Type: firewall.cpl
The Firewall Settings window opens. 2. From here, depending upon the Windows version, make the appropriate changes to turn Off/On the Windows Firewall. Impact on System
All telecommunications resources of the sector are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled). Refer to “Before You Start” (p. 26-2). Replace RMxAx
Remove a faulty RMxAx module:
1
Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 29-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu, select: Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Begin HW Modification ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
If the RRH related TREs are the last of the sector, use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL . Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to the next step. If this is not the last RRH of the sector, go directly to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If the RRH is configured to support other standards, ensure that the resources using the impacted RRH are locked. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disable SBLs Other Than BTS_TEL (for impacted TREs and OSF). If this is the last module of the sector disable the corresponding RA together with the OSF in case of multi standard mode. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
At the site power panel switch OFF the breaker corresponding to the impacted RRH module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
On RRH side disconnect the cables. You must disconnect the cables in the following order: • • • •
Power cable Optical fiber cable: HSO and CPRI (in case of other standard usage) Antenna cables AISG cable
• •
External Alarm cable (if present) Ground cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Loosen the screws securing the module.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Remove the module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From the Online Mode menu bar, select: Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Remove HW
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 29-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Remove Hardware window is displayed. Only modules in the state SOS,
FOS, or OPR are displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Select the TREs/OSF and RA (if it is the last RRH of the sector) corresponding to the module to be removed and click on >.
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Click on OK. Result: The text pane on the bottom of the window displays: Remove SBL ...success.
In the SBL Module States window, the modules are removed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Close the Remove Hardware window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Install the new module and secure it with the screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
On RRH side connect the cables. You must connect the cables in the following order: • • •
Ground cable AISG cable External Alarm cable (if present)
• • •
Antenna cables Optical fiber cable: HSO and CPRI (in case of other standard usage) Power cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
At the site power panel switch ON the breaker corresponding to the impacted RRH module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Wait for the new RRH module to be displayed in the BTS NEM. If the new module is not displayed within 3 minutes select Configuration -> Reload BTS Data to refresh the list of modules.
19
Connect the Ethernet cable between NEM PC and TEST interface of the impacted MC RRH.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 29-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Configuration -> BTS Commissioning and click on Start button corresponding to the Multicarrier SW Preload task. 1. Select the impacted TRE (RRH) and location of the MC RRH SW files. 2. Select the master file location or check the Use Running Software box if the software files correspond to the existing master file. 3. To preload the origin software check the Origin SW box, click on Start and wait for the operation to finish successfully (Multicarrier Sw Preload ... success message is displayed in the Commissioning State frame). Remove check from the Origin SW box. 4. Click on Start and wait for the operation to finish successfully. 5. Click on Close to permanently close the window. The MC RRH software preload is optional. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
To end the HW Modification. From the Online Mode menu bar, select: Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> End HW Modification Note: For new RRH module this task can take up to 115 min. No operator action is allowed until the hardware modifications are accepted. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
The MC_RRH Configuration window automatically opens. Double click on the impacted TRE ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22
The Edit MC_RH Configuration window opens. Enter the sector number, RRH ID and link redundancy for each new module and click on OK
If the RRH software is not available in the OMU, the OMU requests the software from the BSC and starts the download. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23
Close the MC_RH Configuration window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
24
Click on OK in the window displaying the message: Please note that for inserting Multicarrier the scenario may take up to 115 min. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25
The Multicarrier Settings window automatically opens.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 29-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the TRE number and other standard ratios for each MC RRH to support the initial logical configuration and click on OK. Note: Set Other standard ratio PA1(%) to 0 and Other standard ratio PA2(%) to 100 (if used for other standards) or 0 (if used for 2G only). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26
The End Hardware Modification Confirmation window opens.
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
Click on Yes to accept the new configuration. The following message is displayed: Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for completion of HW audit to see final result. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27
The Stop Commissioning window opens. Select the module to be updated and click on OK. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28
The Save commissioning report window appears displaying the Do you want to save the result into a commissioning report? message. If Yes is clicked, the Write Inventar and Open report using WINVENT
windows appear to insert the file related details where the report is saved. Click on No or Cancel to close the window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29
Wait for the Hardware and Alarm Audit at the OMC-R to finish or for HW-RESYNCH message in BTS NEM alarms window. This may take several minutes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30
If impacted RA SBL is disabled, initialize the RA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
31
If the impacted OSF SBL is disabled, initialize the OSF. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
32
Init BTS_TEL SBL. Ensure that BTS_TEL SBL is IT before continuing to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If replaced module is used for other standards, unlock the resources using the impacted RRH. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34
At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 29-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
33
PRELIMINARY
Replace MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 29-1: How to Replace RRH Module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
35
In the Tree View, select Remote Inventory. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36
In the Remote Inventory window, double click on the line for the replacement TRE. Result: The Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx window opens. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
37
In the Manufacturing pane, update the remote inventory. Update with the following information: • • •
Network identity Logical site name Commissioning (installation) date.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
38
Select the Apply RI Changes option. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
39
In the Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx window, click on OK to save the changes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
40
Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
41
Stop the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
42
Disconnect the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
43
Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 29-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
30
30 Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace the SFP module from a MC-RRH unit. Contents Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
30-2
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
30-9
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module Overview
Note: Use this procedure to replace faulty RRH modules, part of distributed BTS, by similar ones. For a faster download of the MC RRH SW, it is recommended to load the software from BTS NEM. To allow software preload on the new module, the MC RRH software to be loaded must be available on the BTS NEM PC and the Windows Firewall must be disabled during preload. The following table shows the RRH Module RIT part numbers. RIT
Description
Part Number
RMXA09
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 900MHz 2PA
3BK 28706 CBxx
RMSA09
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 900MHz 1PA
3BK 28706 DBxx
RMXA18
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 1800MHz 2PA
3BK 28776 AAxx
RMSA18
RRH2-40 outdoor Radio Head 1800MHz 1PA
3BK 28776 BAxx
Tools and Materials
You must have: • •
PRELIMINARY
•
A small flathead screwdriver A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM. For the MC RRH software preload use an Ethernet cable to connect the PC NEM to TEST port of the impacted MC RRH (in this case the RS-232 cable is used for the SUMX connection)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The second network card of the BTS NEM PC must be configured with two IP addresses: – 192.168.0.1, Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 for connection to the MC modules with a non-VLAN origin software (old modules delivered for B11 or transferred from a site installed in B11) – 172.16.0.5, Subnet mask: 255.255.240.0 for connection to the MC modules with a VLAN origin software (modules delivered for B12 or transferred from a site installed in B12) The MC RRH software files can be retrieved from one of the following: – OMC-R location /alcatel/var/share/oef/SDPPackage/ – original source of the OMC-R SDP package. The source folder must contain files with the y0snxxxx.zzz format, where: – y is X for MC RRH 900 and Z for MC RRH 1800 – s is W for the MC RRH operational software files and O for the origin software files – n is a unique number for each file – xxxx.zzz depend on the release version.
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Firewall handling
To disable/enable the Windows Firewall: 1. Click on Start and the click on Run. Type: firewall.cpl
The Firewall Settings window opens. 2. From here, depending upon the Windows version, make the appropriate changes to turn Off/On the Windows Firewall. Impact on System
All telecommunications resources of the sector are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled). Refer to “Before You Start” (p. 26-2). Replace RMxAx
Remove a faulty RMxAx module:
1
Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu, select: Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Begin HW Modification ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
If the RRH related TREs are the last of the sector, use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL . Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to the next step. If this is not the last RRH of the sector, go directly to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If the RRH is configured to support other standards, ensure that the resources using the impacted RRH are locked. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disable SBLs Other Than BTS_TEL (for impacted TREs and OSF). If this is the last module of the sector disable the corresponding RA together with the OSF in case of multi standard mode. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
At the site power panel switch OFF the breaker corresponding to the impacted RRH module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
On RRH side disconnect the cables. You must disconnect the cables in the following order: • • • •
Power cable Optical fiber cable: HSO and CPRI (in case of other standard usage) Antenna cables AISG cable
• •
External Alarm cable (if present) Ground cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Loosen the screws securing the module.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Remove the module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From the Online Mode menu bar, select: Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Remove HW
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Remove Hardware window is displayed. Only modules in the state SOS,
FOS, or OPR are displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Select the TREs/OSF and RA (if it is the last RRH of the sector) corresponding to the module to be removed and click on >.
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Click on OK. Result: The text pane on the bottom of the window displays: Remove SBL ...success.
In the SBL Module States window, the modules are removed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Close the Remove Hardware window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Install the new module and secure it with the screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
On RRH side connect the cables. You must connect the cables in the following order: • • •
Ground cable AISG cable External Alarm cable (if present)
• • •
Antenna cables Optical fiber cable: HSO and CPRI (in case of other standard usage) Power cable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
At the site power panel switch ON the breaker corresponding to the impacted RRH module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Wait for the new RRH module to be displayed in the BTS NEM. If the new module is not displayed within 3 minutes select Configuration -> Reload BTS Data to refresh the list of modules.
19
Connect the Ethernet cable between NEM PC and TEST interface of the impacted MC RRH.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Configuration -> BTS Commissioning and click on Start button corresponding to the Multicarrier SW Preload task. 1. Select the impacted TRE (RRH) and location of the MC RRH SW files. 2. Select the master file location or check the Use Running Software box if the software files correspond to the existing master file. 3. To preload the origin software check the Origin SW box, click on Start and wait for the operation to finish successfully (Multicarrier Sw Preload ... success message is displayed in the Commissioning State frame). Remove check from the Origin SW box. 4. Click on Start and wait for the operation to finish successfully. 5. Click on Close to permanently close the window. The MC RRH software preload is optional. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
To end the HW Modification. From the Online Mode menu bar, select: Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> End HW Modification Note: For new RRH module this task can take up to 115 min. No operator action is allowed until the hardware modifications are accepted. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
The MC_RRH Configuration window automatically opens. Double click on the impacted TRE ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22
The Edit MC_RH Configuration window opens. Enter the sector number, RRH ID and link redundancy for each new module and click on OK
If the RRH software is not available in the OMU, the OMU requests the software from the BSC and starts the download. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23
Close the MC_RH Configuration window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
24
Click on OK in the window displaying the message: Please note that for inserting Multicarrier the scenario may take up to 115 min. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25
The Multicarrier Settings window automatically opens.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the TRE number and other standard ratios for each MC RRH to support the initial logical configuration and click on OK. Note: Set Other standard ratio PA1(%) to 0 and Other standard ratio PA2(%) to 100 (if used for other standards) or 0 (if used for 2G only). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26
The End Hardware Modification Confirmation window opens.
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Click on Yes to accept the new configuration. The following message is displayed: Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for completion of HW audit to see final result. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27
The Stop Commissioning window opens. Select the module to be updated and click on OK. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28
The Save commissioning report window appears displaying the Do you want to save the result into a commissioning report? message. If Yes is clicked, the Write Inventar and Open report using WINVENT
windows appear to insert the file related details where the report is saved. Click on No or Cancel to close the window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29
Wait for the Hardware and Alarm Audit at the OMC-R to finish or for HW-RESYNCH message in BTS NEM alarms window. This may take several minutes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30
If impacted RA SBL is disabled, initialize the RA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
31
If the impacted OSF SBL is disabled, initialize the OSF. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
32
Init BTS_TEL SBL. Ensure that BTS_TEL SBL is IT before continuing to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If replaced module is used for other standards, unlock the resources using the impacted RRH. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34
At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
33
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-1: How to Replace RRH Module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
35
In the Tree View, select Remote Inventory. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36
In the Remote Inventory window, double click on the line for the replacement TRE. Result: The Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx window opens. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
37
In the Manufacturing pane, update the remote inventory. Update with the following information: • • •
Network identity Logical site name Commissioning (installation) date.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
38
Select the Apply RI Changes option. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
39
In the Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx window, click on OK to save the changes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
40
Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
41
Stop the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
42
Disconnect the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
43
Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH Procedure
Replace an SFP module on RRH: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Open the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Connect the BTS NEM PC to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch. Note: If the SFP module to be replaced is connected into a RRH module belonging to a ring internal LAN topology, go to Step 5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Disable BTS_TEL corresponding to the impacted sector number. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disable RA for the impacted RRH2x40 module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
On RRH side, identify the connector components.
6
Loosen the nut spiral (2).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Rotate counter-clockwise the coupling nut (7) until it is detached from the receptacle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Unlock and disconnect the cable from the SFP module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
9
Remove the plug body from the receptacle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Remove the SFP module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Insert the replacement SFP module.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Insert the plug body into the receptacle.
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Insert and lock the LC connectors into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Push and rotate clockwise the coupling nut (7) until secured onto the receptacle.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Begin to thread manually the nut spiral (2) and then apply torque via 21 mm adapted wrench to achieve approximately 3.5 N.m torque. Note: If the SFP module to be replaced is connected into a RRH module belonging to a ring internal LAN topology, go to Step 18. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
For the impacted RRH2x40 module Init RA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Init BTS_TEL SBL, corresponding to the impacted sector number. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Stop the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19
Disconnect the BTS NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
Close the front door of the LR 9712 OD BS.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 30-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Replace SFP Module on MC-RRH Unit
Procedure 30-2: Replace SFP Module on RRH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 30-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Part VI: W-CDMA 9926 DBS 4U Maintenance
Overview Purpose
This part describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA (9926 DBS 4U W-CDMA). Contents Chapter 31, Hardware Description
31-1
Chapter 32, Power Up and Power Down Procedures
32-1
Chapter 33, Corrective Maintenance Procedures
33-1
Chapter 34, WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
34-1
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary VI-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
W-CDMA 9926 DBS 4U - Maintenance
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD VI-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
31
Hardware Description 31
Overview Purpose
This chapter contains an overview of the hardware of the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA. More information about the 9926 DBS 4U - W-CDMA components can be found in Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA - Technical Description, 3MN-01637-0004-DEZZA. Contents 9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation
31-1
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation Description
The 9926 BBU 4U is built around the following components: • • •
A mechanical enclosure, compatible with standard 19-inch rack installation with 4U height A digital shelf including the digital modules (CCM, CEM) and the associated digital backplane (RBP d4Uv3) Two fan-trays including each, a Rack User Commissioning (RUC V5) module and a fan rack module, located on the right hand side of the digital shelf.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 31-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
From LR13.1.W, two logical NodeBs can be stacked into a single 9926 BBU 4U in order to provide higher signaling capacity. In this configuration, one CCM-U controller is dedicated per NodeB (slots 4 and 5) and the modems (slots 1 to 3 and slots 6 to 8) are shared between the controllers. This hardware configuration has no impact on the corrective maintenance procedures.
PRELIMINARY
Hardware Description
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: the xCCM-U controller as well as the 4E1 MDA hardware configuration is not supported in this kind of deployment 9926 BBU 4U outside view
The following figure shows the front view of the 9926 BBU 4U. Figure 31-1 9926 BBU 4U front view
9926 BBU 4U view without optional equipment
PRELIMINARY
The following figure illustrates the location of modules in the 9926 BBU 4U without optional equipment.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 31-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 31-2 Location of modules in 9926 BBU 4U
PRELIMINARY
Hardware Description
9926 BBU 4U view with optional equipments
Optionally, the 9926 BBU 4U is equipped with the following two components: • •
An External Alarm module or an enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) A PCM lightning protection module (LPPCM)
The following figure shows the optional LPPCM and External Alarm module mounted on top and bottom of the 9926 BBU 4U shelf.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 31-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Hardware Description
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 31-3 Front view of the 9926 BBU 4U with LPPCM and External Alarm module
PRELIMINARY
The following figure shows the optional LPPCM and enhanced Alarm Module mounted on top and bottom of the 9926 BBU 4U shelf.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 31-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 31-4 Front view of the 9926 BBU 4U with LPPCM and enhanced Alarm Module
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 31-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Hardware Description
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Hardware Description
9926 BBU 4U hardware presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 31-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
32
32 Power Up and Power Down Procedures
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes how to power up and power down the 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA. Contents Procedure 32-1: Power up the 9926 DBS 4U
32-2
Procedure 32-2: Power down the 9926 BBU 4U
32-4
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 32-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Power Up and Power Down Procedures
Procedure 32-1: Power up the 9926 DBS 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 32-1: Power up the 9926 DBS 4U Purpose
Perform the following procedure to power up the 9926 DBS 4U - W-CDMA. Initial check
PRELIMINARY
Each RUC module is protected by a dedicated site breaker. Check that on each RUC module the power switch "1/0" (ON/OFF) is in the "0" (OFF) position.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 32-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 32-1: Power up the 9926 DBS 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
At the operator DC power supply, put the both site circuit breakers (one per RUC module) of the 9926 DBS 4U - W-CDMA in the "ON" position. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
PRELIMINARY
Power Up and Power Down Procedures
On each RUC module, put the power switch "1/0" (ON/OFF) to the "1" (ON) position, see “Initial check” (p. 32-2). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check that the fans are starting up. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
On the CCM and on each CEM, check the LED status as follows: If the CCM is...
Then check that...
eCCM-U
•
LED 3 is green.
•
LED 4 is OFF.
If the CEM is...
Then check that...
eCEM-U
•
First LED (from top) is OFF.
•
Second LED (from top) is green.
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 32-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Power Up and Power Down Procedures
Procedure 32-2: Power down the 9926 BBU 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 32-2: Power down the 9926 BBU 4U Purpose
Perform the following procedure to power down the 9926 BBU 4U. Initial check
From the WMS, make sure the BTSEquipment object is "locked". For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On each RUC module, put the power switch "1/0" (ON/OFF) in the "0" (OFF) position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Check that all LEDs on the CCM and on each CEM are OFF.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check that the fans are stopping down.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 32-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 32-2: Power down the 9926 BBU 4U
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
At the operator DC power supply, put the both site circuit breakers (one per RUC module) of the 9926 DBS 4U - W-CDMA in the "OFF" position. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 32-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Power Up and Power Down Procedures
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Power Up and Power Down Procedures
Procedure 32-2: Power down the 9926 BBU 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 32-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
33
33 Corrective Maintenance Procedures
Overview Purpose
This chapter contains procedures to users to perform corrective maintenance tasks on the 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA. Contents Replacing digital shelf equipment
33-2
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
33-3
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
33-7
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
33-16
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
33-21
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
33-28
Ancillary components
33-45
Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module
33-46
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box
33-49
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
33-52
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
33-56
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacing digital shelf equipment Overview Purpose
This section contains procedures to perform corrective maintenance tasks on the digital shelf equipment of the 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA.
PRELIMINARY
Contents Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
33-3
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
33-7
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
33-16
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
33-21
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
33-28
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U Carry out the following procedure to replace a eCEM-U. Intervention time
10 minutes
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Tools required
Screwdriver Extraction tool Figure 33-1 eCEM-U front panel
NOTICE ESD hazard Wear the antistatic bracelet when performing the maintenance procedure described below.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard This procedure causes a loss of capacity or a loss of service (depending on the number of CEMs housed in the digital shelf of the 9926 DBS 4U). Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the LR 9712 OD BS door. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Locate the faulty eCEM-U in the 9926 DBS 4U: •
For an eCEM-U: – First LED (from top) is red. – Second LED (from top) is OFF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Lock the faulty cem object at the WMS by Set Administrative State. For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4
Undo and remove the lower or upper hook (if present and if the defective eCEM-U is in slot 1 or slot 8).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Loosen the two screws on the eCEM-U front panel.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-1: Replace a eCEM-U in 9926 DBS 4U
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Using the extraction tool, pull the defective eCEM-U out of the shelf, see “Procedure” (p. 33-6). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Check the release of the new eCEM-U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Insert the new eCEM-U into the digital shelf of the 9926 DBS 4U, in the same slot as the defective eCEM-U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Tighten the two screws on the eCEM-U front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Put the hook back in place and secure it. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From the WMS, unlock the cem object previously locked on step Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Check the state of the LEDs. They should go on, then take the following state: •
On an eCEM-U: – First LED (from top) is OFF. – Second LED (from top) is green.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM Purpose
Carry out the following procedure to replace a eCCM-U or xCCM-U. Intervention time
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
20 minutes Tools required
• •
A screwdriver An extraction tool
Figure 33-2 xCCM-U-GE configuration front panel
Figure 33-3 eCCM-U-GE configuration front panel
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DANGER Laser hazard This equipment operates with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation can cause considerable injuries to the eyes. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector when the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions.
NOTICE ESD hazard Wear the antistatic bracelet when performing the maintenance procedure described below. Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Important! There will be a loss of service on the Remote Radio device(s) and on the dropped BTS in case of BTS daisy chaining through the NodeB . Attention: If the replacement operation takes place in the context of the 9926 BBU 4U upgrade with a CCM-U module from spare or from the factory containing a UA7.1 software load, it is mandatory to remove all the CEM-U modules before performing the software upgrade or the new UA08.1 software load will not start correctly. This document considers only the Node B upgrade with the TIL. Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the Node B door(s), if any.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Lock all the objects associated with the Remote Radio devices and the dropped BTS connected to the faulty CCM at the WMS by Set Administrative State. For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: In case of the UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade, don't forget to lock also all the cem objects as it is mandatory to remove all the CEM-U modules before performing the software upgrade. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-2: “Power down the 9926 BBU 4U” (p. 32-4) according to the 9926 BBU 4U hardware configuration used: •
In mono-controller configuration, cut off the power supply of the both RUCs.
•
In dual controller configuration, cut off only the power supply of the RUC linked to the defective CCM.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Attention: In case of the UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade, cut off the power supply of the both RUCs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Loosen the two screws on the front panel of the CCM module to remove. Figure 33-4 Extracting a CCM
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Using the extraction tool, unplug the CCM from its RBP connectors, see Figure 33-4, “Extracting a CCM” (p. 33-9). Attention: In case of the UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade, unplug also all the existing CEM modules, see “Procedure” (p. 33-6). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Unplug the GPS cable (connector labeled “GPS”) from the CCM front panel if used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Unplug the optical fiber(s) and remove the SFP transceiver(s) (connector(s) labeled “OPTIC”) from the CCM front panel. Note: The SFP transceiver(s) will be re-plugged in the new xCCM-U-GE or eCCM-U-GE. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Unplug the digital cable (connector labeled "ALARM") from the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Unplug the TIL cable (labeled “PORT 1”) from the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
On the xCCM-U-GE or eCCM-U-GE: • • •
Unplug the E1/T1 cable (connector labeled “PCM E1/T1”) if used or remove the PCM connector cover from the CCM front panel . Unplug the Gigabit Ethernet cable(s) (connector labeled “MDA”) from the CCM front panel. Remove the SFP transceiver(s) and / or the SFP cage cover(s) (connector labeled “MDA”) from the CCM front panel. Note: The SFP transceiver(s) and / or the SFP cage cover(s) and / or the PCM connector cover will be re-plugged in the new xCCM-U-GE or eCCM-U-GE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Pull the CCM out of the shelf, see Figure 33-4, “Extracting a CCM” (p. 33-9). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
12 If the removed CCM is...
Then...
an xCCM-U
Proceed with the Step 13 of this procedure
an eCCM-U
Proceed with the Step 1 of the procedure “Configure the new eCCM-U”
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure “Configure the new eCCM-U”: 1. Locate the DIP switch on the module as indicated in the Figure 33-5, “Location of the DIP switch on the eCCM-U” (p. 33-11). 2. Set the DIP switch on the module to the “UMTS” position (see Figure 33-6, “DIP switch settings on the eCCM-U” (p. 33-12)).
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Note: •
The switch can either be in the “LTE” or “UMTS” position.
•
If necessary, set the DIP switch to the right position with help of a screwdriver.
Figure 33-5 Location of the DIP switch on the eCCM-U
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 33-6 DIP switch settings on the eCCM-U
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Insert the new CCM module(s) into the slot guides without plugging it on the RBP. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Reconnect the GPS cable (connector labeled “GPS”) on the CCM front panel if used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Reinsert the SFP transceiver(s) (connector(s) labeled “OPTIC”) in the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
Reconnect the optical fiber(s) (connector(s) labeled “OPTIC”) on the CCM front panel. Important! In case of an CCM module equipped with Multi-Mode (MM) or Single-Mode (SM) Dual fiber SFP transceivers, put the LC connectors (L/R) in the same sense as they were before the intervention when reconnecting the optical fibers on the CCM front panel,. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Reconnect the digital cable (connector labeled "ALARM") on the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Reconnect the TIL cable (labeled “PORT 1”) on the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
19
On the xCCM-U-GE or eCCM-U-GE: •
Reinsert the SFP transceiver(s) and / or the SFP cage cover(s) (connector(s) labeled “MDA”) through the CCM front panel.
• •
Reconnect the Gigabit Ethernet cable(s) (labeled “MDA”) on the CCM front panel. Reconnect the E1/T1 cable if used and / or the PCM connector cover (labeled “PCM E1/T1”) on the CCM front panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! In case of an CCM module equipped with Multi-Mode (MM) or Single-Mode (SM) Dual fiber SFP transceivers, put the LC connectors (L/R) in the same sense as they were before the intervention when reconnecting the optical fibers on the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
Insert completely the new CCM module(s) into the 9926 BBU 4U rack by plugging it into its RBP connectors.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
Power up the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-1: “Power up the 9926 DBS 4U” (p. 32-2), according to the hardware configuration of the 9926 BBU 4U: • •
In mono-controller configuration, switch on the power supply of the both RUCs. In dual controller configuration, switch on the RUC power supply of the replaced CCM. Attention: In case of the UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade, power up the 9926 BBU 4U without the CEM modules.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 If the new CCM is...
Then...
an xCCM-U
Proceed with the Step 23 of this procedure
an eCCM-U
Proceed with the Step 1 of the procedure “Check the eCCM-U LEDs status”
Procedure “Check the eCCM-U LEDs status”: 1. If the tri-color CMA LED 2 is green and blinking, push the reset button of the eCCM-U for 5 seconds. 2. Check that the tri-color CMA LED 2 is amber. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23
Tighten the two screws on the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24
Unlock from the WMS the objects previously locked through the Step 3.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Attention: In case of the UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade, do not unlock the cem objects.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25
In case of a standard CCM module replacement, check the state of the LEDs of the both CEM and CCM modules. On the xCEM-U and xCCM-U: •
•
• •
The xCEM-U LEDs should turn on, then take the following state: – Red LED: OFF. – Green LED: ON. The xCCM-U LEDs should turn on, then take the following state: – Red LED: OFF. – Green LED: ON.
The xCCM-U SYNC LEDs should have the following state: – Green or amber according to the PCM/MDA synchronization. The xCCM-U PCM LEDS and MDA LEDs should be ON.
On the eCEM-U and eCCM-U: •
The eCEM-U LEDs should have the following state: – Fisrt LED (from top) is OFF – Second LED (from top) is green
•
The eCCM-U CMA LEDs should have the following state: – LED 1 (“Activity LED”): green – LED 2 (“Technology LED”): amber in W-CDMA – LED 3: green
PRELIMINARY
–
LED 4: OFF
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-2: Replacing a CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
The eCCM-U SYNC LEDs should have the following state: – Green, red or amber according to the synchronization source selected by the 9926 BBU 4U.
•
The eCCM-U MDA LEDs and PCM LEDS status depends on the Iub interface type (IP-based or hybrid). Attention: In case of the UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade, check only the CCM module state of the LEDs as all the CEM modules are out of the rack while the software upgrade is not achieved.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26
The procedure is over in case of a standard CCM module replacement. Otherwise, go to the next step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27
For a UA7.1 to UA08.1 software upgrade with the TIL, proceed according to the procedure described in the Alcatel-Lucent 9100 and 93xx Node B - Commissioning and Fault Management User Manual: TIL, 9YZ-05870-0090-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28
Once the software upgrade is achieved, replace the CEM modules in the 9926 BBU 4U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29
Unlock from the WMS the cem objects previously locked. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30
Check the state of the CEM modules LEDs as described in the Step 25. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver Purpose
According to the SFP connection, carry out the following procedure to replace the defective optical transceiver. Intervention time
5 minutes Tools required
None
DANGER Laser hazard This equipment operates with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation can cause considerable injuries to the eyes. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector when the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions.
NOTICE ESD hazard Wear the antistatic bracelet when performing the maintenance procedure described below: Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard
PRELIMINARY
This procedure causes a loss of service. Important! There will be a loss of service on the Remote Radio device or on the dropped BTS in case of BTS daisy chaining through the NodeB
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the Node B door(s), if any. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Locate the faulty SFP transceiver in the labeled “OPTIC” or “MDA” connector: its two green RX/TX LEDs are OFF.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Figure 33-7 Location of optical connectors in the 9926 BBU 4U
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Then...
connected to a remote radio device (connector labeled “OPTIC” on the CCM front panel)
Continue on with the Step 4 of this procedure
connected to the backhaul or to a dropped BTS (connector labeled “MDA” on the CCM front panel)
Go to the “Backhaul procedure” (p. 33-18)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
If the defective SFP transceiver is ...
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
At the WMS, through Set Administrative State, lock the FDDCell object associated with the remote radio device connected to the optical transceiver being replaced. For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unplug the optical fiber connected to the defective SFP transceiver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Pull out with care the defective SFP transceiver of the SFP cage. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Check that the new replacing SFP transceiver has the same type as the SFP transceiver being replaced. Be sure to replace a Single Mode (SM) SFP transceiver with a SM SFP transceiver and a MM SFP transceiver with a MM SFP transceiver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Put in place the new SFP transceiver and insert it in the CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Reconnect the optical fiber. Important! In case of a CCM module equipped with Multi-Mode (MM) or Single-Mode (SM) Dual fiber SFP connectors, put the LC connectors (L/R) in the same sense as they were before the intervention when reconnecting the optical fibers on the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Unlock from the WMS the FDDCell object previously locked through Step 4. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
On the CCM, check that the two green RX/TX OPTIC LEDs are ON. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Backhaul procedure
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Lock at the WMS through the Set Administrative State command all the objects associated with the dropped BTS . For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-2: “Power down the 9926 BBU 4U” (p. 32-4) according to the 9926 BBU 4U hardware configuration used: •
In mono-controller configuration, cut off the power supply of the both RUCs.
•
In dual controller configuration, cut off only the power supply of the RUC linked to the CCM hosting the defective SFP transceiver.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Unplug the optical fiber connected to the defective SFP transceiver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Pull out with care the defective SFP transceiver of the SFP cage. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Check that the new replacing SFP transceiver has the same type as the SFP transceiver being replaced. Be sure to replace a Single Mode (SM) SFP transceiver with a SM SFP transceiver and a MM SFP transceiver with a MM SFP transceiver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Put in place the new SFP transceiver and insert it in the CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Reconnect the optical fiber. Important! In case of a CCM module equipped with Multi-Mode (MM) or Single-Mode (SM) Dual fiber SFP connectors, put the LC connectors (L/R) in the same sense as they were before the intervention when reconnecting the optical fibers on the CCM front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Power up the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-1: “Power up the 9926 DBS 4U” (p. 32-2), according to the hardware configuration of the 9926 BBU 4U: • •
In mono-controller configuration, switch on the power supply of the both RUCs. In dual controller configuration, switch on the RUC power supply of the RUC linked to the CCM hosting the defective SFP transceiver.
9
Unlock from the WMS all the objects previously locked through Step 1.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-3: Replacing an optical transceiver
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
On the CCM, check that the two green RX/TX MDA LEDs are ON. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module Purpose
Carry out the following procedure to replace a fan rack module. Intervention time
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
15 minutes Tools required
M4 nut driver Figure 33-8 9926 BBU 4U fan rack module view
WARNING Safety Hazard, Hardware Damage Replacing a defective fan try with a different model may damage the hardware and could represent a potential safety hazard.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
When replacing the fan tray, it must be replaced with the same model. Eg: A -48V d2Uv5 fan tray must be replaced by the same model, not a d2Uv2 fan tray or +24V fan tray model.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE ESD hazard Wear the antistatic bracelet when performing the maintenance procedure described below. Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Important! There will be a loss of service associated on the Remote Radio device(s) and on the dropped BTS in case of BTS daisy chaining through the NodeB Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the Node B door(s), if any. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Lock all the objects associated with the Remote Radio devices or the dropped BTS at the WMS, through the Set Administrative State command. For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-2: “Power down the 9926 BBU 4U” (p. 32-4) according to the 9926 BBU 4U hardware configuration used: • •
In mono-controller configuration, cut off the power supply of the both RUCs. In dual controller configuration, cut off only the power supply of the RUC linked to the defective fan rack module.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Unplug the – 48 V power cable from the RUC front panel with the M4 nut driver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unplug the two Dallas one-wire cables from the connectors labeled "ALARM/INT" on the RUC front panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Using the top handle of the RUC front panel in failure, pull the defective fan rack module out of the shelf. Figure 33-9 Extracting a fan rack module
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 33-10 RUC and fan rack module
Back RUC
Front RUC
Fans
Lock
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Put the new fan rack module in place and insert it completely into the 9926 BBU 4U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Reconnect the two Dallas one-wire cables to the connectors labeled "ALARM/INT" on the RUC front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
9
Reconnect the – 48 V power cable on the RUC front panel with the M4 nut driver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Power up the new 9926 BBU 4U.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-1: “Power up the 9926 DBS 4U” (p. 32-2), according to the hardware configuration of the 9926 BBU 4U: • •
In mono-controller configuration, switch on the power supply of the both RUCs. In dual controller configuration, switch on the RUC power supply of the replaced fan rack module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Unlock from the WMS the objects previously locked through step 1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Reprogram the I & C : After replacing the fan tray, the I&C must be re-programed to match the older one. Refer to the corresponding procedure in the chapter on Replacing the Pre-cabled Rack, from Step 27, beginning with the step “Connect the TIL” through step “Disconnect the TIL.” ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Check the state of the CCM and CEM LEDs and display. On the xCCM-U and xCEM-U, the LEDs should take the following states: •
The xCCM-U LEDs should turn on, then take the following state: – –
• •
•
Red LED: OFF. Green LED: ON.
The xCCM-U PCM LEDS and MDA LEDs should be ON. The xCCM-U SYNC LEDs should have the following state: – Green or amber according to the PCM/MDA synchronization. – The xCCM-U RX/TX OPTIC LEDS should be ON. The xCEM-U LEDs should turn on, then take the following state: Red LED: OFF. Green LED: ON.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
– –
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
For xCEM-U LEDs: – First LED (from top): OFF –
Second LED (from top): green
On the eCCM-U and eCEM-U, the LEDs should take the following states: •
For eCCM-U CMA LEDs: – LED 1 (“Activity LED”): green – – –
• •
For eCCM-U SYNC LEDs: – The LEDs should indicate the synchronization status (PCM or MDA). For eCCM-U MDA LEDs:
•
– At least one LED should be green if at least one MDA port is used. For eCCM-U PCM LEDs:
•
– At least one LED should be green if at least one PCM port is used. For eCEM-U LEDs: – First LED (from top): OFF –
PRELIMINARY
LED 2 (“Technology LED”): amber in W-CDMA LED 3: green LED 4: OFF
Second LED (from top): green
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-4: Replacing the fan rack module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack Purpose
Carry out the following procedure to replace the 9926 BBU 4U pre-cabled rack. Intervention time
40 minutes Tools required
• •
A screwdriver An extraction tool
• •
A M4 nut driver A wrench for hexagonal head (M5 nut)
DANGER Laser hazard This equipment operates with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation can cause considerable injuries to the eyes. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector when the optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions.
NOTICE ESD hazard Wear the antistatic bracelet when performing the maintenance procedure described below: Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
PRELIMINARY
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Important! There will be a loss of service on the Remote Radio device(s) and on the dropped BTS in case of BTS daisy chaining through the NodeB .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the Node B door(s), if any. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Lock all the objects associated with the remote radio device(s) and the dropped BTS connected to the CCM at the WMS, by Set Administrative State.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-2: “Power down the 9926 BBU 4U” (p. 32-4). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Unplug the – 48 VDC power cable from each RUC front panel with the M4 nut driver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unplug the ground cable from the ground stud of the rack with the wrench for hexagonal head (M5 nut).
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-29 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
6
Remove the management sticker located on the lug, on the right hand side of the 9926 BBU 4U rack.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 33-11 Location of the management sticker
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-31 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
This removable sticker contains a 6-digit Network IDentifier (NeID) that is used at 9926 BBU 4U connection to the WMS. This sticker must be stored in a safe location since it will be reused on the new 9926 BBU 4U rack.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Undo and remove the upper and lower hooks (if present).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
8
Loosen the two screws on each CEM front panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 33-12 Extracting the CEM and CCM
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Using the extraction tool, pull the CEM out of the shelf, see Figure 33-12, “Extracting the CEM and CCM” (p. 33-33). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Loosen the two screws on each CCM front panel and pull out a little bit the module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Unplug cables from the modules: • •
•
Unplug the alarm cable (connector labeled "ALARM") from the CCM front panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-33 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
Unplug the CCM module(s) from its RBP connectors using the extraction tool. Unplug the GPS synchronization cable (connector labeled "GPS") from the CCM front panel if used. Unplug the optical fiber(s) from the connector(s) labeled “OPTIC” of the CCM module(s) front panel.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• • • •
Unplug the two input/output synchronization cables (connectors labeled "IN" and "REF OUT") from the CCM front panel if used. Unplug the TIL connection cable (connector labeled "PORT 1") from the CCM front panel. Unplug the PCM E1/T1 cable (connector labeled "PCM E1/T1") from the CCM front panel if used Unplug from the GE MDA (connectors labeled "MDA"), the optical GE cable(s) in the GE SFP port(s) and/or the electrical GE cable in the RJ45 connector
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Loosen completely the two screws on the CCM front panel, see Figure 33-12, “Extracting the CEM and CCM” (p. 33-33). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Using the extraction tool, pull the CCM module(s) out of the shelf, see Figure 33-12, “Extracting the CEM and CCM” (p. 33-33). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Remove the defective 9926 BBU 4U rack by unscrewing its eight screws (four screws on each side). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Put the new 9926 BBU 4U rack in place and fix the rack with its eight screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
Fix the NeID sticker on the right hand side of the RUC, on the lug of the new 9926 BBU 4U rack. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Reinsert the CEM module(s) in the new digital shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Reinsert the CCM module(s) in the new digital shelf without plugging it on the RBP d4Uv3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19
Reconnect the – 48 VDC power cable to the RUC front panel with the M4 nut driver.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
Reconnect the ground cable to the ground stud of the rack with the wrench for hexagonal head (M5 nut). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
Reconnect all cables and fiber(s) disconnected in the Step 11.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! In case of a CCM module equipped with Multi-Mode (MM) or Single-Mde (SM) Dual fiber SFP transceivers, put the LC connectors (L/R) in the same sense as they were before the intervention. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22
Insert completely the CCM module(s) into the digital shelf by plugging it into its RBP connectors.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23
Tighten the two screws on the CCM, CEM and RUC front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24
Put the two hooks in place and secure them, see “Procedure” (p. 33-32). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25
Power up the new 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-1: “Power up the 9926 DBS 4U” (p. 32-2) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26
Unlock from the WMS the objects previously locked through Step 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27
Connect the TIL on the 9926 BBU 4U on "PORT1" of the CCM to modify the pre-cabled rack inventory parameters. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28
Launch the TIL.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-35 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29
Go to the I&C menu. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
30
Choose the Change I&C parameters menu.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
31
In the Change I&C parameters window, choose the BTS tab. The Serial Number, and Manufacturing Date fields in this tab are linked with the defective 9926 BBU 4U rack. This information must be updated.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-37 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
32
In the Fallback to previous I&C data field, choose Deactivate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
33
Using the information printed on the pre-cabled rack labels present on the left hand side of the 9926 BBU 4U spare, fill out the following fields: • •
Serial Number Manufacturing Date
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Note: Instructions in case of Dual Node B configurations : When used in a Dual Node B configuration, once CCM is upgraded to a LR13 Load, a new tab is displayed in the I&C parameters, displayed as “2Node Bs”. It is necessary to fill in the correct Serialization Number of Partner and Modem Slot Array for modem sharing. Important : The Inconsistent Partner Node B Name Alarm is raised if SerializationNumberOfPartner is not correct.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-39 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Send to iBTS. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34
In the Flip/Flop Mechanism window, click Yes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
35
In the Change I&C parameters Info window, click OK.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36
Wait during the operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
37
At the end of the operation, the following message is displayed:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
38
Go to the Tools menu. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Choose iBTS reset, then Reset in connected mode.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-41 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
39
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
40
In the Confirm the reset window, click OK. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
41
In the End of Reset window, click OK. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
42
Exit the TIL. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
43
Disconnect the TIL from the 9926 BBU 4U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
44
Modify “NEID” of the BTSEquipment object at the WMS.
PRELIMINARY
Note: “NEID” value is equal to the serialization number at the TIL. Note: Only one of the two RUCs should be configured with the correct NEID; the other RUC should have the NEID with “000000” as a spare. It is possible to manage only one NEID per DBS 4U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
45
Check the state of BTSEquipment OAM Link at the WMS is recovered.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-42 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
46
Check the state of the CCM and CEM LEDs and display. On the xCEM-U and xCCM-U: •
•
The xCEM-U LEDs should turn on, then take the following state: – Red LED: OFF. – Green LED: ON. The xCCM-U LEDs should turn on, then take the following state: – –
• •
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Red LED: OFF. Green LED: ON.
The xCCM-U SYNC LEDs should have the following state: – Green or amber according to the PCM/MDA synchronization. The xCCM-U PCM LEDS and MDA LEDs should be ON.
On the eCEM-U and eCCM-U: •
The eCEM-U LEDs should have the following state: – Green LED: ON – Red LED: OFF
•
The eCCM-U CMA LEDs should have the following state: – LED 1 (“Activity LED”): green – LED 2 (“Technology LED”): amber in W-CDMA – –
LED 3: green LED 4: OFF
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-43 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Replacing digital shelf equipment
Procedure 33-5: Replacing the pre-cabled rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
The eCCM-U SYNC LEDs should have the following state: – Green, red or amber according to the synchronization source selected by the 9926 BBU 4U.
•
The eCCM-U MDA LEDs and PCM LEDS status depends on the Iub interface type (IP-based or hybrid).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-44 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ancillary components Overview Purpose
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
This section contains procedures to perform corrective maintenance tasks on ancillary components for the 9926 Distributed Base Station 4U - W-CDMA. Contents Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module
33-46
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box
33-49
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
33-52
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
33-56
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-45 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module Purpose
Carry out the following procedure to replace the LPPCM module. Intervention time
15 minutes Tools required
• •
A screwdriver A wrench for hexagonal head (M6 nut)
Figure 33-13 LPPCM module front panel
NOTICE ESD hazard
PRELIMINARY
Wear the antistatic bracelet when performing the maintenance procedure described below. Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-46 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Important! There will be a loss of service on the Remote Radio device(s) and on the dropped BTS in case of BTS daisy chaining through the NodeB
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the Node B door(s). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Lock all the objects associated with the remote radio device(s) and the dropped BTS connected to the 9926 BBU 4U at the WMS, by Set Administrative State. For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-2: “Power down the 9926 BBU 4U” (p. 32-4). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Locate the LPPCM module, just above the 9926 BBU 4U shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Unplug the cables from the LPPCM front panel: • • •
The "PCM Out" cable that is plugged to the CCM The "IN internal alarm bus" cable that is plugged to the External Alarm module The PCM cable ("PCM In") that is plugged to the customer DDF
•
The ground cable with the wrench for hexagonal head
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Loosen the two front panel screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove the defective LPPCM module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Insert the new LPPCM module.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-47 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
7
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-6: Replacing the LPPCM module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Tighten the two front panel screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Reconnect the four cables. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Power up the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-1: “Power up the 9926 DBS 4U” (p. 32-2). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Unlock from the WMS the objects previously locked through Step 2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Close the Node B door(s).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-48 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box Purpose
Carry out the following procedure to replace the MLP box. Intervention time
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
15 minutes Tools required
• •
Screwdriver Wrench for hexagonal head (M6 nut)
Figure 33-14 Front panel of the MLP box
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-49 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Always observe the general ESD instructions.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Open the door(s) of the Node B. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Power down the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-2: “Power down the 9926 BBU 4U” (p. 32-4). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Locate the MLP box, just above the 9926 BBU 4U shelf. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Unplug the cables from the MLP box front panel: • •
The "Power Out" cable, if used The "Power In" cable, if used
• • • •
The "PCM Out" cable that is plugged to the eCCM-U or xCCM-U The "Alarm In" alarm bus cable that is plugged to the External Alarm module The "PCM In" cable The "FE/GE Out" cable, if used
• •
The "FE/GE In" cable, if used The ground cable
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Loosen the two front panel screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Remove the defective MLP box. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
7
Insert the new MLP box. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Tighten the two front panel screws. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Reconnect all the cables.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-50 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-7: Replacing the MLP box
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Power up the 9926 BBU 4U. To do this, follow the procedure Procedure 32-1: “Power up the 9926 DBS 4U” (p. 32-2). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Close the door(s) of the Node B.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-51 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel Purpose
Carry out the following procedure to replace the DC breaker panel. Note: This model of the DC breaker panel is new to the Base Band Unit 4U Node B solution, for use with the configuration with 9926 BBU 4U in the digital shelf. The DC Breaker Panel is used for the RRH and DBS 4U for the lower RUC. Intervention time
15 minutes Tools required
Screwdrivers
PRELIMINARY
Figure 33-15 Location of the DC Breaker Panel in the cabinet
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-52 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 33-16 DC Breaker Panel - detailed view
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open the door of the cabinet. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Switch OFF the DC breakers on the DC breaker panel.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-53 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Switch OFF the RF breaker on the DC distribution module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect the cables from the DC breaker front panel and mark them. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove the RF ICO front plate (loosen screws) to access to the RF ICO busbar. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the DC0V and -48V RF0 from the RF ICO busbar. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Remove the four screws securing the DC breaker panel in place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Remove the DC breaker panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Insert the new DC breaker panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Tighten the screws securing the breaker panel in place. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Re-connect the DC0V and -48V RF0 to the RF ICO busbar.
PRELIMINARY
Note : The -48V connection of the DC breaker panel goes behind the module, coming from the Interco bus bar.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-54 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-8: Replacing the DC Breaker Panel
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Replace the RF ICO front plate (tighten screws). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Re-connect the cables to the DC breaker front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Switch ON the RF breaker on the DC distribution module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Turn ON the DC breakers on the DC breaker panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
Close the door of the cabinet. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-55 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA Purpose
The AISG TMA kit includes the following items: • • •
One TMA module Two standard hose clamps, one standard mounting bracket and four nuts for fastening of bracket to TMA Test protocol from factory
Carry out the following procedure to replace the AISG TMA module. Intervention time
30 minutes Tools required
• •
7/16 torque wrench 17 mm open wrench
• • •
13 mm open wrench 17 mm torque wrench Cutting pliers
WARNING Electric-shock hazard Some parts of all electrical installations are energized. Failure to follow safe work practices and the safety warnings may lead to bodily injury and property damage. For this reason, only trained and qualified personnel (electrical workers as defined in IEC 60215 or EN 60215 + A1 or in the National Electrical Code or in ANSI/NFPA No.10) may install or service the installation.
PRELIMINARY
Important! Only authorized personnel, with adequate technical training and expertise with radio base systems will be permitted to operate on the various units. Opening of enclosed units is not permitted.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-56 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CAUTION RF hazard RF exposure in excess of applicable limits can result in serious personal injury. Observe the following: • • • •
Turn off and lockout the transmit power before working on the antenna system. If the transmitters must be tested with the antennas connected, adhere to appropriate antenna stand-off distances. Do not use auxiliary antennas. Consult with the Antenna exposure statements before beginning work.
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service for 2G equipment. (No service interruption for 3G equipment.) You must notify the OMC or WMS administrator. Important! Do not overtighten when tightening elements with torque wrench.
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions. Important! Observe the general safety precaution against injury and equipment damage outlined in the regional installation safety manual at all times. Appropriate precautions must be taken to guarantee the safety of staff and equipment. All operations to perform the connection of the TMA module to the Node B must be done according to the safety instructions; please contact your Node B supplier for valid instruction. Procedure
1
Locate the faulty TMA.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-57 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Lock the sector associated with the faulty TMA at the OMC or WMS by Set Administrative State. For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management System - User Guide, 9YZ-05870-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Locate the four RF ports (NODEB 0, NODEB 1, ANT 0, and ANT 1). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Disconnect the four jumper cables from the TMA RF connectors by using the 7/16 torque wrench. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Locate the ground port on the mounting bracket of the TMA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Disconnect the ground cable by untightening the nut from the TMA with a 13 mm wrench. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Disconnect the AISG cable from the AISG connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Open the hose clamps by unscrewing the bolt. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Move the steel band through the openings of the TMA mounting equipment. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Extract the faulty TMA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Prepare the new TMA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Insert the steel band into the openings of the TMA mounting equipment. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
13
Tighten the hose clamp screws carefully, but do not over tighten.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-58 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 33-17 Hose clamp screws tightening
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Locate the ground port on the mounting bracket of the TMA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Remove the screw, the two flat washers, and the split washer. Take care not to lose items during the removal. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
Perform the installation of an eyelet terminal to the ground cable. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Connect the ground cable to the TMA by assembling the following components in the order shown below: Flat washer Eyelet terminal Split washer Hexagonal nut
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 33-59 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• • • •
PRELIMINARY
Corrective Maintenance Procedures Ancillary components
Procedure 33-9: Replacing the AISG TMA
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
Tighten the grounding screw with a 13 mm wrench. Check the tightening torque, 5 Nm (3.7 Ibf ft). Ensure that the other end of the cable is connected to an efficient grounding point. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19
Remove the protection caps from the four TMA RF connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
Connect the jumper cables to the TMA RF connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21
Tighten the RF connectors to the TMA with a torque wrench, setting the maximum torque to the value recommended by the supplier of the 7/16 male connector. The tightening torque must be 25-30 Nm (35-40 Ibf ft) for the 7/16 connectors. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22
Connect the AISG cable to the AISG connector. The TMA is installed with all connections completed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23
Unlock the sector associated to the TMA.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 33-60 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
34
34 WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Overview Purpose
This chapter describes replacement procedures for the WCDMA TRDU60-21 TRDU, TRDU ICO, and TRCU modules. Contents Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module
34-2
Procedure 34-2: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module
34-12
Procedure 34-3: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module
34-16
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module Purpose
The following procedure describes how to replace the WCDMA TRDU60-21 TRDU. Important! Mixity restriction: TRDU model mixity is not allowed within a cluster or a sector. Note: Make sure that the spare TRDU module type is identical to the one being replaced in the sub-rack (TRDU60-21, TRDU60-21B). Hot-swap FRU
No The affected TRDU must be powered down, but the BTS and the other TRDUs can remain active. Intervention time
15 minutes Required tools
PRELIMINARY
The following tools are required to replace the TRDU: • •
7/16 torque wrench Phillips screwdriver
•
Extraction tool (PN: P0850747)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure illustrates the WCDMA TRDU60-21 sub-rack assembly. Figure 34-1 WCDMA TRDU60-21 sub-rack assembly
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure illustrates the WCDMA TRDU60-21 front panel. Figure 34-2 WCDMA TRDU60-21 front panel
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure illustrates the TRDU60–21B front panel. Figure 34-3 WCDMA TRDU60–21B front panel
Keep the following safety information in mind when replacing the TRDU. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Hazard information
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-1: Replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cautions
CAUTION Burn hazard Module becomes very hot during operation. Wear gloves when removing the module
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Important! Service is lost on the radio links associated with the TRDU being replaced, and also, in case of daisy chaining, with the TRDU module(s) located after the faulty one, if any. Important! Do not over tighten: The ideal 7/16 tightening torque is 25 Nm (at least 24 Nm, but no more than 27 Nm). Important! Respect bend radius of cables while tightening connectors. Pay attention to cable torsion and bend radius during maintenance operations. Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace a failed WCDMA TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Procedure 34-1.1: “Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU module” (p. 34-7) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 34-1.2: “Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU module” (p. 34-10) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-1.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-1.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU module Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module.
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Locate the faulty TRDU in the TRDU sub-rack, its red LED is ON. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
At the WMS, lock the faulty TRDU by Set Administrative State. In case of daisy chaining, lock also the TRDU modules located after the faulty one, if any. Reference: For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management
System - User Guide, 9YZ-04088-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Switch off the faulty TRDU (on the TRDU front panel, put the power switch in the “O” position, see figure). In case of daisy chaining, there's no need to switch off the TRDU modules located after the faulty one.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-1.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 34-4 Power switch on TRDU60-21 TRDU front panel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
On the front panel of the faulty TRDU, disconnect the following cables:
PRELIMINARY
•
• • •
Two RF antenna cables (connectors labeled “RX” and “TX/RX”), using the 7/16 wrench or one RF antenna cable on connector TX/RX in case of STSRx+y configuration. CPRI cable connected to the CCM (connector labeled “DATA I/O SLAVE”) In case of daisy chaining, the CPRI cable connected to the next TRDU, if any (connector labeled “DATA I/O MASTER”) AISG input digital cable (9-pin D-SUB connector labeled “AISG IN”), if CCU for RETA is used.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-1.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
On the front panel of the TRDU ICO module, disconnect the power cable (connector “J3 TRDU1/4”, “J4 TRDU2/5”, or “J5 TRDU3/6”) used for power distribution to the defective TRDU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
On the front panel of the faulty TRDU, disconnect this power cable from the “POWER IN” connector.
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Untighten the four TRDU front panel screws using the Phillips screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Remove the defective TRDU using the extraction tool. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-1.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-1.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU module Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B TRDU module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Insert the new TRDU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Tighten the four screws on the new TRDU front panel using the Phillips screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Check that the power switch on the new TRDU is in the “O” position. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
On the new TRDU front panel, connect the power cable to the “POWER IN” connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
DANGER
5
Personal protection Touching TRDU ICO module with live power connection will injure personnel. When reconnecting this power cable to the TRDU ICO module, be careful not to touch the TRDU ICO module. Reconnect the power cable to the front panel of the TRDU ICO module (connector “J3 TRDU1/4”, “J4 TRDU2/5”, or “J5 TRDU3/6”). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
6
On the new TRDU front panel, connect the following cables: • •
AISG input digital cable (9-pin D-SUB connector labeled “AISG IN”), if required In case of daisy chaining, the CPRI cable connected to the next TRDU, if any (connector labeled “DATA I/O MASTER”)
• •
CPRI cable connected to the CCM (connector labeled “DATA I/O SLAVE”) Two RF antenna cables (connectors labeled “RX” and “TX/RX”), using the 7/16 wrench or one RF antenna cable on connector TX/RX in case of STSRx+y configuration.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Switch ON the new TRDU (on the TRDU front panel, put the power switch in the “I” position).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-1.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The TRDU is automatically unlocked. In case of daisy chaining, the TRDU
module(s) located after the new one is(are) automatically unlocked, if any. During TRDU startup, the green and red LEDs on TRDU front panel are ON. Wait for TRDU startup. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
If the TRDU is not automatically unlocked, unlock the new TRDU at the WMS by Set Administrative State. Reference: For more information, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Wireless Management
System - User Guide, 9YZ-04088-0014-PCZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
If there is no daisy chaining, or if the new TRDU is the first of the daisy chain, check on the d2U or d4U front panel, for the CPRI port concerned, that the Tx and Rx LEDs are green (the communication is established between the d2U or d4U and the new TRDU). In the other cases, these LEDs remained green during the procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
On the TRDU front panel, check that: • •
Green LED is ON Red LED is OFF
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-2: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-2: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module Purpose
The following procedure describes how to replace a TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module. Hot-swap FRU
No The affected TRDU ICO module must be powered down, the TRDUs attached to the ICO are also powered down. Intervention time
15 minutes Required tools
The following tools are required to replace the ICO module: •
TORX screwdriver (No. 30)
Figures
The following figure illustrates the ICO module front panel.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 34-5 ICO module front panel
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-2: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hazard information
Keep the following safety information in mind when replacing the TRDU ICO module. Warnings
WARNING Electric-shock hazard
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Contact with energized network element power supply lines can result in serious personal injury. Do not touch the energized power supply connectors or power supply lines.
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
NOTICE Service-disruption hazard Following the procedure below will result in a loss of service. Notify OMC/EMS about loss of service. Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace a failed TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 34-2.1: “Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module” (p. 34-14) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 34-2.2: “Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module” (p. 34-15) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-2.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-2.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Important! The service is reduced. The service is lost on the TRDU(s) associated with the TRDU ICO being replaced. If the TRDU sub-rack is equipped with three TRDUs and one TRDU ICO module (basic configuration), the site is lost. On the front panel of each TRDU associated with the TRDU ICO being replaced, put the power switch in the “O” position (OFF). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Before disconnecting the cables, take care to note their assignment. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
On the front panel of the TRDU ICO module, disconnect the following cables: •
Three power cables (connectors labeled “J3 TRDU1/4”, “J4 TRDU2/5”, “J5 TRDU3/6”) used for power distribution to the TRDUs
• •
Power cable (connector labeled “J1 TRCU”) used for power distribution to the TRCU If an optional CCU for RETA is used, the power cable (connector labeled “J2 AUX”) used for power distribution to the CCU Input power cable (connector labeled “PWR IN”) used for TRDU ICO power supply from the DC breaker panel
•
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Remove the four front panel screws using the TORX screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Remove the failed TRDU ICO module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-2.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-2.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new TRDU60-21 TRDU ICO module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Insert the new TRDU ICO module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Tighten the four screws on the TRDU ICO front panel using the TORX screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect all the power cables on the TRDU ICO front panel: • • • •
Input power cable (connector labeled “PWR IN”) used for TRDU ICO power supply from the DC breaker panel If an optional CCU for RETA is used, the power cable (connector labeled “J2 AUX”) used for power distribution to the CCU Power cable (connector labeled “J1 TRCU”) used for power distribution to the TRCU Three power cables (connectors labeled “J3 TRDU1/4”, “J4 TRDU2/5”, “J5 TRDU3/6”) used for power distribution to the TRDUs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
On the front panel of each TRDU associated with the TRDU ICO that have been replaced, put the power switch in the “I” position. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Check the state of the LED on the TRCU front panel: it should be green. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Check that the fans operate correctly E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-3: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-3: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module Purpose
The following procedure describes how to replace a TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module. Hot-swap FRU
No The affected TRDU TRCU module must be powered down, the TRDUs attached to the ICO are also powered down. Intervention time
5 minutes Required tools
The following tools are required to replace the TRCU module: •
TORX screwdriver (No. 30)
Figures
The following figure illustrates the TRCU module front panel.
PRELIMINARY
Figure 34-6 TRCU module front panel
Hazard information
Keep the following safety information in mind when replacing the TRDU TRCU module.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-3: Replace TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notices
NOTICE ESD hazard Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD). Hold circuit packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities. Always observe the general ESD instructions.
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Before you begin
Check that the TRCU module is powered on: the TRCU LED is lit. If the LED is OFF, check the related fuse (F1) on the TRDU-ICO module. If the fuse has blown, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team and replace it (with a 5A 6.3X32 fuse). Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace a failed TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Procedure 34-3.1: “Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module” (p. 34-18) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Procedure 34-3.2: “Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module” (p. 34-20) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-3.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-3.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module Steps
Perform the following steps to remove the failed TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the front panel of the TRDU ICO module, disconnect the power cable (connector labeled “J1 TRCU”) used for power distribution to the TRCU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
On the TRCU front panel, disconnect this power cable from the “J2 PWR IN” connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3
On the TRCU front panel, disconnect the following cables: •
Alarm cable (connector labeled “J3AALARM IN”) used for interconnection with the RUC module of the d2U or d4U rack
•
If used, the alarm cable (connector labeled “J3B ALARM OUT”) used for interconnection with the optional alarm module or with the optional lightning protection module
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure 34-3.1: Remove failed TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 34-7 Power and alarm cables connected on TRCU front panel
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Loosen the two TRCU front panel screws using the TORX screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Extract the defective TRCU, taking advantage of the 1U space between d2U or d4U rack and TRCU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 34-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
WCDMA TRDU60-21 Replacement Procedure
Procedure 34-3.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 34-3.2: Install new TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module Steps
Perform the following steps to install the new TRDU60-21 TRDU TRCU module. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Insert the new TRCU. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Tighten the two screws on the new TRCU front panel using the TORX screwdriver. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Connect the two alarm cables to the new TRCU front panel: • •
Alarm cable (connector labeled “J3AALARM IN”) used for interconnection with the RUC module of the d2U or d4U rack If used, the alarm cable (connector labeled “J3B ALARM OUT”) used for interconnection with the optional alarm module or with the optional lightning protection module
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Connect the power cable to the “J2 PWR IN” connector on the new TRCU front panel. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
On the front panel of the TRDU ICO module, re-connect the power cable to the “J1 TRCU” connector. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Check the state of the LED on the TRCU front panel: it should be green. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Check that the fans operate correctly.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD 34-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix A: General Appendixes
Directory Overview
This appendix is a directory that lists the general appendixes for this guide. Available general appendixes
The following general appendixes are provided in this guide: •
Appendix B, “References”
•
Appendix C, “Abbreviations”
•
Appendix D, “lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts”
•
Appendix E, “Product conformance statements”
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary A-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
General Appendixes
Directory
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD A-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix B: References
Overview Purpose
This appendix provides reference material for this document. Contents Reissue history
B-1
Reissue history Overview
The revision history of this document is described in the following paragraphs. Release LR13.3 Issue 0.21
The revision history shown in the following table describes the updates/changes included in this issue. Table B-1 Feature/enhancement
What's new for Issue 0.21 Description
Location
Added backup / restore IP parameters steps for IP BTS in Replace SUMX 19 Inch and Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch procedures.
Procedure 28-1: “Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 28-2)
Documentation changes Procedure updates
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary B-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Procedure 26-1: “Replace SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 26-3)
PRELIMINARY
References
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Release LR13.3 Issue 0.20
The revision history shown in the following table describes the updates/changes included in this issue. Table B-2
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.20
Feature/enhancement Description
Location
Documentation changes Procedure updates
Some procedure got updated to better cover the cable connection / disconnection.
Procedure 26-1: “Replace SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 26-3) Procedure 28-1: “Replace SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch” (p. 28-2)
Release LR13.3 Issue 0.14
The revision history shown in the following table describes the updates/changes included in this issue. Table B-3
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.14
Location
Revision
Procedure 9-1: “Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM” (p. 9-2)
Updated “Restore CCM with SAM” to include steps to restore the CCM with either aligned and mis-aligned software loads.
Procedure 9-2: “Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM” (p. 9-26)
Added LRCC replacement procedures.
Release LR13.3 Issue 0.12
The revision history shown in the following table describes the updates/changes included in this issue.
PRELIMINARY
Table B-4
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.12
Location
Revision
Chapter 6, “Delta PSU Corrective Maintenance”
Added Delta Power Supply Maintenance GUI and Corrective Maintenance.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD B-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table B-4
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.12
(continued)
Location
Revision
Procedure I-5: “Set OAM Routing” (p. I-27)
Modified Step 1 to include connection of NEM PC if not already connected. Modified Step 3 substep 1 to include Root View.
PRELIMINARY
References
Modified Step 6 to include eNodeB reboots and Check the link is UP (down) at EMS Data Tab -> EMS Connection -> OAM Link Status. Appendix O, “Restore from Factory Mode Procedure”
Removed from document. No longer needed based on other changes made
Release LR13.3 Issue 0.09
The revision history shown in the following table describes the updates/changes included in this issue. Table B-5 Location
Revision history for LR13.3 Issue 0.09 Revision Added lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station alarm information that is directed either to the master LTE or WCDMA BTS and on to 5620 SAM.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary B-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
References
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD B-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix C: Abbreviations
Overview Purpose
This appendix lists abbreviations used in this document and the expanded form of those abbreviations. Contents Abbreviations
C-1
Abbreviations A
AHJ authority having jurisdiction B
BB base band BBU base band unit BeO beryllium oxide C
CB circuit breaker
CIQ Customer Information Questionnaire Code Server It is the storage and transfer location from either the NEM PC (LMT) or the SAM to obtain software loads. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary C-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
CC Comcode
PRELIMINARY
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D
DHCP Dynamic Host Control Protocol E
eAM enhanced Alarm Module eCCM-U enhanced Core Controller Module eCEM-U enhanced Channel Element Module EMI electromagnetic interference eNodeB (eNB) evolved NodeB 9412 eNodeB ESD electrostatic discharge F
FCC Federal Communications Commission FDA/CDRH Food and Drug Administration's Center for Devices and Radiological Health FRU Field Replaceable Unit G
GPS Global Positioning System I
IEAM Integrating External Alarm Module Internal SFTP server Secure File Transfer Protocol server Part of the NEM software installation to provide a secure file transfer capability between the NEM PC (LMT) and the eNodeB to download backup data files and software updates. L
LMT Local Management Terminal
PRELIMINARY
LTE Long Term Evolution LTE RAN (eUTRAN, E-UTRAN) Long Term Evolution radio access network M
MIB machine information base .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD C-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Abbreviations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N
NE ID network entity identifier NEM Network Element Manager NRTL Nationally Recognized Test Laboratory NEM PC Technician laptop, also referred to as Local Management Terminal (LMT), that includes the necessary software and other data to support the replacement and/or update of a eNodeB in the field.
PRELIMINARY
Abbreviations
O
OLCS Online Customer Support OMC Operations and Maintenance Center OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration P
PDP power distribution panel R
RAN radio access network RBP Rear Backplane RRH remote radio heads RUC Rack User Commissioning RUC/Fan Tray RST Reset S
SFTP server See Internal SFTP server SLI Single Logistical Item STAT status T
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary C-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
TRDU Transmit/Receive Duplexer Unit
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD C-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix D: lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts Overview
This section presents layouts of the lightRadio cabinet configurations. OD Config 01 (13U 2G+3G+4G GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-1 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 01
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 04bcdef (13U 3G or 4G or 2G+3G or 2G+4G or 3G+4G + Bat GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-2 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 04bcdef
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 08b (13U 2G+4G GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-3 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 08b
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 04x (21U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-4 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 04x
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 06a (21U 4G + Bat GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-5 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 06a
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
OD Config 07w (21U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM-2)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-6 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 07w
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 07/7n (21U GM 3G+4G + Bat NAR)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-7 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 07/07n
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 03 (21U+13U 4G + Bat NA)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-8 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 03
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 05 (21U 2G+3G+4G GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-9 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 05
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 05b (21U 2G+3G+4G GM-2)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-10 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 05b
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 06 (21U+13U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-11 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 06
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 09c (21U+13U 2G+3G + bat GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-12 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 09c
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 09d (21U+13U 2G+3G+4G + bat GM-2)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-13 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 09d
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 11ab (21U+13U 3G+4G + Bat GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-14 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 11ab
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 12/12a (21U+13U 2G+3G+4G + Bat GM-3)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-15 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 12/12a
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OD Config 10a (13U+Bat 2G+3G+4G GM)
This configuration includes the components shown in the following figure. Figure D-16 lightRadio 9712 OD BS - OD Config 10a
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
lightRadio outdoor cabinet layouts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD D-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix E: Product conformance statements
Overview Purpose
This section presents the product conformance statements that apply to the lightRadio cabinet. In region such as European Union, the statements that are required, are determined primarily by national or multi-national regulations. However, in some regions, contract terms determine which statements are required. The presence of the statement indicates that the product does comply with that statement wherever it is required to do so. Contents China
E-1
European Union
E-3
China Introduction
The statements that follow are the product conformance statements that apply to the lightRadio cabinet when deployed in China. EMC Compliance
•
CISPR 22 Class B
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
The equipment complies with the following electromagnetic compatibility specifications:
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
China
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Product safety conformance
The equipment complies with the following product safety specifications: • •
EN 60950-1:2001 EN 60215:1989
Optical transmitters
Alcatel-Lucent declares that the lighRadio cabinet complies with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standards IEC 60825-1 Edition 2.0 (2007) and IEC 60825-2 Edition 3.1 (2007). It is a Class I/1 laser optical fiber communication systems "product" under the IEC classifications. This product is designed to ensure that personnel operating the product are not endangered by laser radiation during normal operation and fault conditions. This product does not present a risk of eye injury because it is fully enclosed and does not contain embedded lasers greater than Class I/1 unless otherwise noted.
CAUTION Laser hazard Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser radiation exposure. Do not view directly into the laser beam with optical instruments such as a fiber microscope because viewing of laser emission in excess of Class 1 limits significantly increases the risk of eye damage. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or an open connector as long as the optical source is switched on. Ensure that the optical source is switched off before disconnecting optical fiber connectors. Packaging collection and recovery requirements
PRELIMINARY
Countries, states, localities, or other jurisdictions may require that systems be established for the return and/or collection of packaging waste from the consumer, or other end user, or from the waste stream. Additionally, reuse, recovery, and/or recycling targets for the return and/or collection of the packaging waste may be established. For more information regarding collection and recovery of packaging and packaging waste within specific jurisdictions, please contact the Alcatel-Lucent Services Environmental Health and Safety organization. For installations not performed by Alcatel-Lucent Technologies, please contact the Alcatel-Lucent Customer Support Center at: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD E-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
China
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Technical Support Services, within China : +1 630 224 4672, prompt 2 Material content compliance
The People's Republic of China Ministry of Information Industry has published a regulation (Order #39) and associated standards regarding restrictions on hazardous substances (China RoHS). Currently, the legislation requires all Electronic and Information Products (EIP) to comply with certain labeling and documentation requirements. Alcatel-Lucent products manufactured on or after 1 March 2007, that are intended for sale to customers in the China market, comply with these requirements.
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
In accordance with the People's Republic of China Electronic Industry Standard “Marking for the Control of Pollution Caused by Electronic Information Product” (SJ/T11364-2006), customers may access Alcatel-Lucent's Hazardous Substances Table information at either of the following URLs (for the convenience of our diverse customer base): •
Access via the Alcatel-Lucent Corporate web site at: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/cn
•
Access via the Alcatel Shanghai Bell web site at: http://www.alcatel-sbell.com.cn/product_solution/in4.asp
European Union Introduction
The statements that follow are the product conformance statements that apply to the lightRadio configurations, under CE Marking requirements and when deployed in the European Union. Declaration of Conformity for radio and telecommunication terminal equipment under the scope of Directive 1999/5/EC and under the scope of 2004/108/EC EMC directive
Hereby, Alcatel-Lucent declares that the equipment documented in this publication is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of: Radio And Telecommunication Terminal Equipment Directive 1999/5/EC (R&TTE directive) for radio configurations.
•
New EMC Directive of the European Parliament 2004/108/EC for digital configurations.
The technical documentation as required by the Conformity Assessment procedure is kept at the Alcatel-Lucent location which is responsible for this product. For more information please contact your local Alcatel-Lucent Customer Service Organization. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
•
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CE marking
This product has been CE-marked in accordance with the following European Directive: • •
Radio And Telecommunication Terminal Equipment Directive (R&TTE) 1999/5/EC for radio configurations New EMC Directive of the European Parliament 2004/108/EC for digital configurations
EMC and radio spectrum compliance
The equipment complies with the following EMC and radio spectrum specifications: •
•
For radio configurations under Article 3.1B and 3.2 of R&TTE Directive: – ETSI EN 301 489-1 V1.9.2 – ETSI EN 301 489-8 V1.2.1 (GSM) – ETSI EN 301 489-23 V1.5.1 (WCDMA, LTE) – ETSI EN 301 908-1 V5.2.1 For digital configurations under Article 1a and 1b of Annex 1 of EMC directive: – ETSI EN 300 386 V1.6.1
Radio compliance
The equipment when equipped with corresponding radio assets complies with the following radio specification under Article 3.2 of R&TTE Directive: • • •
ETSI EN 301 502 V9.2.1 (GSM) ETSI EN 301-908-3 V5.2.1 (WCDMA) ETSI EN 301-908-14 V5.2.1 (LTE)
In addition Light Radio radio configurations complies to: •
3GPP TS 51.021 (GSM)
• •
3GPP 25.104 and 25.141 (WCDMA) 3GPP 36.104 and 36.141 (LTE)
Product safety conformance
The equipment complies with the following product safety specifications: • •
EN 60950-1 Ed. 2 (2006) plus Amendments A11 (2009), A1 (2010) and A12 (2011). EN 60950-22 Ed 1 (2006) + Amendment A11 (2008)
PRELIMINARY
Antenna exposure
Antenna installations for the lightRadio cabinet shall be performed in accordance with all applicable manufacturer's recommendations, and national laws and regulations. To ensure correct antenna installation, the antenna installer shall perform all necessary calculations and/or field measurements to evaluate compliance with applicable national laws or regulations regarding exposure to electromagnetic fields. The supplier of radio equipment, the supplier of antenna equipment and the integrator and builder of the site .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD E-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
must provide sufficient information so that the limits of the exclusion zones can be determined. Any changes to the antenna or other equipment in the transmit path may require re-evaluation of the exposures to electromagnetic fields. Pursuant to •
European Council Recommendation 1999/519/EC “On the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields” dated 12 July 1999 and
•
ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection) “Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields”,
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
all installations must be evaluated against the Reference Levels, and if necessary exclusion zones for public and installation workers defined. The following information on Alcatel-Lucent supplied equipment is available from customer representatives: • •
•
• •
Output power and antenna characteristic, if the product is equipped with an integral antenna. A detailed description of at least one typical normal configuration, including antenna system (feeders, connectors, combiners, antennas etc.), if the product is intended to be used with external antennas. Limit distances for general public and occupational exposure. If the product is intended for use with external antennas, limit distances shall be given for the given typical system configurations. Information how to specify exposure levels and limit distances for any optional system configuration not specified in detail. Information on how to install the equipment/system or the external antennas in order to ensure that the separation between the radiating antenna and general public are exceeding the maximum allowed distances.
Information on the methodology used for the determination of RF safety compliance distances and exclusion zones, and the results of the compliance evaluation shall be available for inspection by officials of the governing authorities. Optical transmitters
This product is designed to ensure that personnel operating the product are not endangered by laser radiation during normal operation and fault conditions. This product does not present a risk of eye injury because it is fully enclosed and does not contain embedded lasers greater than Class I/1 unless otherwise noted. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Alcatel-Lucent declares that the lightRadio cabinet complies with the CENELEC standards EN 60825-1 Edition 1994 and its amendment 1 (2002) and amendment 2 (2001) and EN 60825-2 Edition 2004. It is a Class I/1 laser optical fiber communication systems “product” under the IEC classifications.
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CAUTION Laser hazard Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser radiation exposure. Do not view directly into the laser beam with optical instruments such as a fiber microscope because viewing of laser emission in excess of Class 1 limits significantly increases the risk of eye damage. Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or an open connector as long as the optical source is switched on. Ensure that the optical source is switched off before disconnecting optical fiber connectors. Packaging collection and recovery requirements
Countries, states, localities, or other jurisdictions may require that systems be established for the return and/or collection of packaging waste from the consumer, or other end user, or from the waste stream. Additionally, reuse, recovery, and/or recycling targets for the return and/or collection of the packaging waste may be established. For more information regarding collection and recovery of packaging and packaging waste within specific jurisdictions, contact the Alcatel-Lucent Environment, Health and Safety organization Recycling / take-back / disposal of products and batteries
In compliance with Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE Directive) 2002/96/EC 01/2003, amended by WEEE Directive 2003/108/EC 12/2003, electronic products and batteries bearing or referencing the symbols shown below shall be collected and treated at the end of their useful life, in compliance with applicable European Union and other local legislation. They shall not be disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that may be contained in the product and batteries, such as heavy metals, the environment and human health may be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate disposal.
PRELIMINARY
Note: For electronic products put on the market in the European Union, a solid bar under the crossed-out wheeled bin indicates that the product was put on the market after 13 August 2005.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD E-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
Note: For batteries put on the market in the European Union, a chemical symbol Hg (mercury), Cd (cadmium), or Pb (lead), or a combination of those symbols, beneath the cross-out wheeled bin indicates that the battery contains the corresponding heavy metals.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Product conformance statements
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Moreover, in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements, where applicable, Alcatel-Lucent will offer to provide for the collection and treatment of Alcatel-Lucent products bearing the logo at the end of their useful life, or products displaced by Alcatel-Lucent equipment offers. For information regarding take-back of equipment by Alcatel-Lucent, or for more information regarding the requirements for recycling/disposal of a product, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent account manager. Visit the Alcatel-Lucent Take-Back web page at http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/product_takeback, or contact Alcatel-Lucent TakeBack support at: [email protected]. For technical information on product treatment, consult the Alcatel-Lucent Recycling Information web page at: http://www.alcatel-lucent. com/product_recycling. Material content compliance
PRELIMINARY
European Union (EU) Directive 2011/65/EU, “Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment” (RoHS 2), restricts the use of lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, and certain flame retardants in electrical and electronic equipment. This Directive applies to electrical and electronic products placed on the EU market after 2 January 2013, with various exemptions, including an exemption for lead solder in network infrastructure equipment. Alcatel-Lucent products shipped to the EU after 2 January 2013 comply with the EU RoHS 2 Directive. Alcatel-Lucent ensures that equipment is assessed in accordance with the Harmonised Standard EN50581:2012 (CENELEC) on “Technical documentation for the assessment of electrical and electronic products with respect to the restriction of hazardous substances”.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD E-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix F: FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes
Directory Overview
This appendix is a directory that lists the LTE appendixes in this guide. Available FDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes
The following FDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes are provided in this guide: •
Appendix G, “LED status”
•
Appendix H, “Update 9926 BBU software loads”
•
Appendix I, “Recommission 9926 BBU”
•
Appendix J, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”
• Note: These FDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes only apply to procedures in Part III: “FDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance”.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary F-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
FDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes
Directory
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD F-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix G: LED status
Overview Purpose
This appendix describes the functional status of the CCM and CEM LEDs in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Contents eCCM-U LED status
G-1
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
G-5
bCEM LED status
G-11
RRH LED status
G-13
eCCM-U LED status Purpose
The following tables provide an interpretation of the eCCM-U LED matrix and eCCM-U CPRI LEDs.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U LED matrix
The following figure shows the LED matrix on the eCCM-U. Figure G-1 eCCM-U LED matrix bCEM-U (1,2,3) LED STATUS RED GREEN eCCM-U LED MATRIX CMA SYNC MDA PCM
CMA
9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB
PCM MDA SYNC eCCM-U LED MATRIX 9926 BBU in Equipment Rack
CMA LED status
CMA (top row of matrix) The two left-most LEDs light after the eCCM-U has fully booted. If they are not on, reboot the 9926 BBU by cycling power. SYNC LED status
The SYNC LEDs show the status of the drop loads and GPS synchronization during integration. SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
The following table verifies the GPS synchronization when the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is booting during D30 software loads.
PRELIMINARY
Table G-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
SYNC (2nd row/ column)
Description
What to do
Solid Green
When the SYNC LEDs are solid green the 9926 BBU timing is Locked.
No action required.
Off
When the 9926 BBU is first booted on D30 software there should not be any LEDs on the SYNC.
No action required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table G-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
(continued)
SYNC (2nd row/ column)
Description
What to do
Flashing Green
When the SYNC LEDs are flashing green the 9926 BBU is acquiring GPS signal but still Unlocked.
No action required.
Solid Red
When the SYNC LEDs are solid red the 9926 BBU is unable to detect the GPS signal.
Check for GPS signal, cable connections.
PRELIMINARY
LED status
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads
The following table verifies the GPS synchronization when the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is booting during D50 software loads. Table G-2
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads
SYNC (2nd row/ column)
Description
What to do
Off
When the eNB is first booted on D50 software there should not be any LEDs on the SYNC.
No action required.
Flashing Amber
In D50, during the power up, the eNB does not have a database.xml file which is required to establish GPS lock. The SYNC LEDs flash amber until the eNB is integrated.
database.xml file is not integrated. Complete integration.
Solid Green
In D50, solid green SYNC LEDs indicate the eNB has a valid database.xml file and has GPS lock.
No action required. NOTE: Solid green only appears after integration is complete.
eCCM-U MDA/PCM LEDs
The MDA and PCM LEDs are not used.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
The following table shows the CPRI LED status for the CPRI cables between the TRDU or RRH. The LEDs are located just above the SFP ports. Table G-3
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
TX LED
RX LED
Description
What to do
Solid Green
Solid Green
Indicates an active signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
No action require.
Indicates an active RX signal and no TX signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and connections. If necessary, replace SFP and/or cables. If that fails, test and/or replace TRDU/RRH/eCCM.
Off
Solid Green
Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication for normal operation.
Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication. Solid Green
Off
Indicates an active TX signal and no RX signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and connections. If necessary, replace SFP and/or cables. If that fails, test and/or replace TRDU/RRH/eCCM. Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication.
Off
Off
Indicates no signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and connections. If necessary, replace SFP and/or cables. If that fails, test and/or replace TRDU/RRH/eCCM. Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication.
eCCM-U GigE MDA port LED status
PRELIMINARY
GigE MDA ports have LEDs that indicate signal activity.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status Purpose
The following provides an interpretation of the eCCM-U Model 2 LED matrix and eCCM-U Model 2 CPRI LEDs.
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM2 LED Matrix
The following figure shows the LED matrix on the eCCM2. Figure G-2 eCCM2 LED Matrix
eCCM2 CMA LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 3 and CMA 4 LEDs which display the status of the eCCM2 self tests, software downloads, and boots.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure G-3 eCCM2 CMA 3 and 4
PRELIMINARY
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 2 LED which displays the software technology loaded on the eCCM2 board.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure G-4 eCCM2 CMA 2
PRELIMINARY
LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 1 LED which displays the activity status of the eCCM2 board. Figure G-5 eCCM2 CMA 1
The following figures show the operation of the SYNC LEDs which display the status of the GPS receiver.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM2 SYNC LED status
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure G-6 eCCM2 SYNC 4
PRELIMINARY
Figure G-7 eCCM2 SYNC 3
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure G-8 eCCM2 SYNC 2
PRELIMINARY
LED status
Note: This external source can be a slave eCCM2 that would acquire its synchronization from a master eCCM2. Figure G-9 eCCM2 SYNC 1
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 LNK LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the LNK (link) LEDs which display which source is currently selected to discipline the local oscillator. Figure G-10 eCCM2 LNK 1, 2, 3, and 4
If blinking, the local oscillator is in holdover, meaning it has temporarily lost communication with the source identified by the blinking LED. If red, the holdover time has been exceeded. eCCM2 CPRI LEDs
PRELIMINARY
There are two LEDs per CPRI to show port status (SFP Tx enabled - green; SFP Rx detected signalling - green). eCCM2 SFP LEDs
There are two LEDs per SFP backhaul to show port status (SFP Tx enabled - green; SFP Rx detected signalling - green).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 RJ-45 port LEDs
There are two LEDs per RJ-45 port to show link and activity status (link is connected green; data in transmission - blinking yellow).
bCEM LED status
PRELIMINARY
LED status
Purpose
The following information provides an interpretation of the status LED configurations for the bCEM. Check four LED bCEM status
Determine whether the bCEM requires replacement by observing the condition of the status LEDs on the faceplate as described in the following table. The LED column shows the condition of the LED matrix. The Status column indicates the status of the bCEM based on the illumination of the four-LED matrix. The What to do column describes how to react to the status displayed by the LED matrix. Table G-4
Four LED bCEM status
LED
Status
What to do
1
Power off.
Check RUC/Fan Tray and/or PDP power switch.
2
•
If power is turned off to the BBU, cycle power and check for change in status. – If status changes from LED 2 to LED 8, bCEM is functioning properly, replacement procedure completed. – If status changes to LED 9, or LED 10, bCEM has failed, continue with procedure and/or replace bCEM.
•
If power is turned on to the BBU, bCEM has failed, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
Power on with bCEM restart.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 3.
Beginning startup.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 4.
.
. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
LED status
bCEM LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table G-4
Four LED bCEM status
(continued)
LED
Status
What to do
4
BISTS starting.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 5.
After BISTS started and until end of startup.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 6.
Software upgrade in progress, with bCEM ok.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 8.
Software upgrade in progress, with bCEM partially not ok.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 8.
Startup completed. bCEM ok.
If bCEM successfully completes startup, bCEM is operating properly. No further changes/updates are required.
BISTS failed (bCEM partially not ok).
Cycle power and follow LED status. If BISTS fails again, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
bCEM out of service (internal failure).
Cycle power and follow LED status. If bCEM goes out of service again, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
. 5
. 6
. 7
. 8
. 9
. 10
PRELIMINARY
.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
RRH LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RRH LED status Refer to the appropriate RRH maintenance guide and RRH technical description for a description of the RRH LED status.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
LED status
RRH LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD G-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix H: Update 9926 BBU software loads
Overview Purpose
This appendix describes how to bring an 9926 BBU software load up to the current LTE RAN loads on the system. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Important notice
Read through this section and prepare the NEM PC with the appropriate NEM application and the current LTE RAN loads on the system before going to the 9926 BBU. Keep previous applications and software loads on the NEM PC if a fallback is required. Contents Required software and eCCM-U identification
H-2
Procedure H-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U
H-4
Procedure H-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
H-5
Procedure H-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
H-6
Procedure H-4: Download release notes
H-9
Procedure H-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
H-10
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Required software and eCCM-U identification
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required software and eCCM-U identification General
The following tables highlight the latest versions of 9926 BBU tools and software required to update the software loads on the eCCM-U. All of the specified items can be downloaded from ALED. Required NEM software
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for NEM. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for instructions to install the NEM software. Note: Review the following information about NEM: •
Unlike RMT, NEM supports multiple 9926 BBU software loads, so 9926 BBU software is not packaged with NEM and must be downloaded separately. Keep previous loads in case a fallback to a previous release is required.
•
The NEM installation program does not remove the old version of NEM, but because each NEM creates its own folder there are no issues with keeping multiple versions on a laptop. The Java software needed to run NEM is loaded along with the application.
•
9926 BBU current LTE RAN load on system
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Note: Monitor LTE release notes and alerts/flashes for future updates to the 9926 BBU current LTE RAN load on system Note: For Carrier Aggregation upgrade: In case a third bCEM is installed in the 9926 BBU and Carrier Aggregation feature is not required, lock the bCEM.
PRELIMINARY
Important! Unlock the bCEM and make sure it is operational before: • •
Performing an inter or intra-release software upgrade Activating the Carrier Aggregation feature
Identifying eCCM-U types and compatible software loads
Important! The replacement eCCM-U type (factory or spared) must be identified before being installed in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD H-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Required software and eCCM-U identification
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
There are different versions of the eCCM-U that support specific software loads. The eCCM-U type is identified by the part number (SLI) barcode found on the eCCM faceplate as follows: •
For P0 eCCM SLI, 3JR20073CAxxnn labeled eCCM-Us (see figure), software loads from LA2.0 and on are supported.
•
For P2 eCCM SLI, 3JR20073CBxxnn labeled eCCM-Us (see figure), software loads from LA3.0 and on are supported.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Attention: Do not install a P2 eCCM-U in a network running LA2.0 software loads.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure H-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure H-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U Steps
Perform the following procedure to establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). Connect the NEM PC to the eCCM-U PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login with the following information: •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software)
• • •
Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Check that the 9926 BBU is offline and the equipped bCEM are reporting in the NEM Tree View. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Continue with the following procedure to check on the eCCM software loads.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD H-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure H-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure H-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system Steps
Perform the following procedure to check the “Running SW File Name” and the “Not Running SW File Name” software loads listed on the eCCM-U.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From NEM PC, select the Root View window and click SW Properties tab. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Compare and note the listed software loads on the 9926 BBU with the software loads listed in the LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure H-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure H-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC Overview
Important! This procedure must be performed from a location with Internet/intranet access to the On-Line Customer Support (OLCS) and Alcatel-Lucent Electronic Delivery (ALED) website or the customer software repository. NEM supports multiple versions of 9926 BBU software. So 9926 BBU loads are not included in the NEM and they must be downloaded separately. The 9926 BBUs may be shipped from the factory or taken out of stores with different software versions. Several different 9926 BBU software packages may need to be loaded onto the NEM PC to support the various software update steps which may be required. Note: The last few numbers in the 9926 BBU Software load names (the “E” numbers) restart with every “D” number (for example, ENBLA200D30E01800 is older than ENBLA200D50E01100). Required 9926 BBU software loads
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Note: The folder and filenames used in the following procedure are examples, refer to the release notes for specific filenames. Steps
Perform the following steps to download the software loads onto the NEM PC. . ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the NEM PC, create a sub-folder for each software load, like C:/My Downloads/eNBSW/, like the following sub-folders: •
LA5.0D30E01800 (for ENBLA0500D30E01800 srs.tar.gz)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
2
Open OLCS website, https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/?path=// index3_0.html: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Login as Registered User with user name and password. LTE Solution Releases page is displayed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD H-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure H-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Select the current Software Downloads page, for example, LTE LE4.0.02 Software Downloads. LTE Solution Release LE3.0.02 Downloads page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Select software load matching current network load, for example, 9926 BBU E6506. Electronic Delivery page is displayed.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Select Product Lookup next to the Please select a Product/Sub-category field. Product Index (Alphabetical Listing) page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
In Product Name Look-up field, enter 9926 BBU and click Go. Product Name Lookup Results page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Click 9926 BBU. 9926 BBU page is displayed. Close Product Name Lookup Results page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Select Downloads: Electronic Delivery. Electronic Delivery page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
At Please navigate through hierarchy to download field, select release generic, for example LR13.3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Next field, select maintenance load (MNCLx) for the update. Look through each load until the correct load is found, for example LA5.0.2_MNCL5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Next field, select subload, for example LA05.00.70.00. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Next field, select tar’d file, for example END_LA500_D50_E06506.srs.tar.gz. Click Next. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On next page, click Download (not DownloadPlus). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
On next page, click Accept and Submit. Download process page is displayed. File is downloaded to C:\\temp or select desired folder for download.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
14
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure H-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
When completed, Download Succeeded message is displayed. Click OK. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Return to LTE Solution Releases page. Leave page open form next procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD H-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure H-4: Download release notes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure H-4: Download release notes Steps
Perform the following procedure to download release notes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Return to main page and select View List. Product Index (Alphabetical Listing) page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
In Product Name Look-up field, enter 9926 BBU and click Go. Product Name Lookup Results page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click 9926 BBU. 9926 BBU page is displayed. Close Product Name Lookup Results page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Select Manuals and Guides. Library of Manuals and Guides for 9926 BBU page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
At Release field select All and Content Type field select Release Information. A list of release notes are displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Right-click “pdf” for the desired release notes, for example 418-000-005_LA5.0_E06506. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Select Target As window is displayed. Select desired location (folder) and click Save. Release notes downloaded. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, logout of OLCS and continue with the following procedure. Reference: Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products
LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure H-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure H-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system Requirements
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Note: The folder and filenames used in the following procedure are examples, refer to the release notes for specific filenames. Steps
Perform the following the steps to update the 9926 BBU to the current LTE RAN load your system. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Set the code server as follows: 1. Select Configuration > Set Code Server and click Yes on question message. The Set Code Server is displayed. 2. In the pop-up menu, navigate to the NEM PC folder containing the software load currently running on the eNodeB. 3. Once the correct folder is displayed in the File Name field, click Open to complete the Set Code Server function. 4. When completed, go to the following step. Note: If the SW Replacement button is grayed out, it means 9926 BBU is not set with “Allocate Configuration Rights”. Set this via NEM menu Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. This enables the SW Replacement option. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
In the NEM Root View, select the SW Properties tab, click SW Replacement, and click Yes to use internal SFTP server (NEM PC or SAM as the source location). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Navigate to the appropriate file folder, for example ENBLA0500D30E40400.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Select the appropriate file, for example#BI_enb#FT_OMsdf#FI_sdf#FV_ENB_LA0500_ D30_E40400, and Click Open to start the download. Note: Uncheck the Unattended Running box.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD H-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure H-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
When the download is complete, click Activate. The 9926 BBU reboots and the NEM connection is lost. The activation takes up to 15 minutes depending on number of files being installed. Note: If the NEM connection is not automatically re-established after 15 minutes, then close the Software Update window, restart the NEM connection and re-open Software Update window to continue.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Click Accept to complete the software replacement, when the NEM connection returns. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Verify the new software replacement has been complete (in SW Properties tab). The running software state should be “installed”. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Click the Tree View icon in the NEM window. This displays the individual hardware modules. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click HW Modules on the left panel of NEM. Note: Monitor the bCEM and RFM (TRDUs or RRHs) status with NEM and wait until all units have a green checkmark (enabled) next to them. RRHs are not displayed in NEM until they are powered up after the BBU software update is completed. Important! The eCCM (CB), all equipped bCEMs (BBs), and RFMs (TRDUs and RRHs) must be enabled. If a unit fails to initialize, right click on it in the right panel then select Reset Equipment. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. This disables the SW Replacement option. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When completed with the software updates, return to the eCCM-U replacement procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure H-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD H-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix I: Recommission 9926 BBU
Overview Purpose
This appendix describes how to recommission the 9926 BBU after replacing a failed CCM or RUC/Fan Tray. Contents Requirements
I-2
Documentation Requirements
I-2
Hardware Requirements
I-3
Software Requirements
I-4
Recommissioning scenarios
I-6
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
I-7
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
I-13
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
I-18
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
I-23
Procedure I-5: Set OAM Routing
I-27
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Requirements Overview Purpose
This section describes the document and software requirements for an 9926 BBU recommissioning. Contents Documentation Requirements
I-2
Hardware Requirements
I-3
Software Requirements
I-4
Documentation Requirements Overview
PRELIMINARY
Refer to the following documents to recommission the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU: • • • •
9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Customer Information Sheet (CIS)
•
Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Hardware Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Requirements Overview
Check the eNodeB for the following LR13.x required components and settings: •
The control board is type eCCM. Hardware variant of the eCCM module: – Enhanced sync eCCM (3JR20073CA/CB):
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
With eNodeB power ON, the two left-most LEDs of the top row (CMA) will be lit. All the LEDs in the SYNC row should be lit green to indicate clock synchronization. GPS: All the LEDs in the SYNC row should be lit green to indicate GPS lock. If these are red, there is a problem. The NEM will not connect. Check the GPS antenna or splitter cable to determine possible loss of GPS signal. 1588 V2 synchronization: When this feature is on, synchronization comes from packets delivered from an external server using the two Gigabit Ethernet ports. The eNodeB automatically discovers the 1588 server addresses. In case of failure of the master server, the eNodeB is able to resynchonize with the secondary server. If synchronization fails with both servers, the eNodeB provides alarms and then switches to the internal clock or other source. Reference: Refer to the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB 1588 V2 Synchronization Reconfiguration Procedure for details. Note 1: The choice of clock source is defined from the 5620 SAM after commissioning. The option chosen and its status are then displayable from the NEM. Note 2: There is an eCCM variant equipped with enhanced OCXO (that is, oscillator) that provides hold-over capability in case of a clock synchronization failure. During this major alarm, the eCCM functions in free-running mode (displayable from the NEM Clock Properties tab), using the OXCO for synchronization. A critical alarm is raised when the frequency hold-over is within 12 hours of exceeding the OCXO capabilities. Another critical alarm is raised when the OCXO capability is reached and RF transmission is terminated. •
The modem board is type bCEM. There is a single hardware variant of the bCEM: Up to three bCEMs can be installed in the eNodeB. Does not support dual technology From the top of the faceplate, LED1 (red or off) and LED 2 (green or off) indicate the board status. LED3 is the application marker (green = LTE, orange = WCDMA). LED4 indicates board action (blinking or fixed).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
– – –
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
Hardware Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The eNodeB can be equipped with an optional Receiver Diversity Expansion Module (RDEM) installed with an RRH2x. The RDEM adds two receive RF paths (that is, antenna ports Rx3 and Rx4) to the RRH2x. Note: This feature provides just the hardware. The software for the RDEM is not yet supported. Once the software is supported, the RDEM will support the following: •
•
The RDEM allows the eNodeB to support LTE cells in a 2X4 MIMO configuration or LTE cells configured to use a 2X2 operating mode. The RDEM makes the RRH2x hardware-ready to support two sectors in a 1X2 SIMO configuration (that is, 1 Tx Path and two Rx Paths). The cells assigned to an RRH2x is this configuration must be in the same frequency band. The RDEM becomes an integral part of the RRH2x. It is not seen as a new object in the OAM model. The Rx paths supported by the RDEM will not have TMAs.
• •
RRH2x software supports Tx and Rx VSWR tests. Verification of the Rx3 and Rx4 cable connectivity is provided.
•
•
LTE and CDMA Baseband Unit (BBU) operations are possible on the same RRH/TRDU. Each CDMA/LTE Multi-Standard Radio Equipment (MSRE) has a direct connection to each BBU. Configurations may include daisy-chained MSREs. In this case only the last MSRE in the chain is connected to LTE and the other MSREs in the chain support CDMA only and are managed only by the CDMA management system. Note: The LTE BBUs configured in this manner are commissioned in a manner similar to other LTE BBUs, except that an LTE BBU at the end of a daisy-chain will have the RFM Control Mode parameter on an RRH/TRDU RFM Table set to “Secondary” instead of the default setting of “Standalone”. The RFM Control Mode cannot be “Primary” for LTE.
Software Requirements eNodeB software
For the current LTE RAN software updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, for details.
PRELIMINARY
To update the eNodeB LTE RAN software from 5620 SAM, refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, NE maintenance, for details. The eNodeB software can be downloaded to the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM or NEM PC from the Alcatel-Lucent Electronic Delivery (ALED) website. Refer to Appendix H, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” for the eNodeB software download procedure.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Software Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
During a “Factory Mode” commissioning of the 9926 BBU, an automatic eNodeB software upgrade (taking one issue of software to another issue of the same software) will be started. The new eNodeB software must be present on the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM client for this to occur. NEM software
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
The current NEM software should be installed on the NEM PC. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for installation and configuration procedures. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, for current NEM software details.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Recommissioning scenarios Overview Purpose
This section describes the available recommissioning scenarios for the eNodeB. Contents
PRELIMINARY
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
I-7
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
I-13
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
I-18
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
I-23
Procedure I-5: Set OAM Routing
I-27
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM Purpose
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a local NEM to manually recommission the alpha parameters on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address and no IPsec on the OAM interface.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Required alpha parameters for fixed OAM IP address recommissioning
The following table lists the alpha parameters needed when using the Fixed OAM IP address NEM scenario with the NEM Commissioning Wizard. Use the appropriate list based on the eNodeB software and the OAM IP version. The following data must be obtained prior to recommissioning with the Fixed OAM IP commissioning. Table I-1
Fixed OAM IP address alpha parameters
Software load
Fixed OAM IP address parameters
LA5.0 and Later (IPv4)
Parameters for LA5.0/TA6.0/LA6.0/LR13.1 loads using IPv4 OAM IP Addresses:
LA5.0 and Later (IPv6)
•
OAM IP Address
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
Gateway Netmask
•
OAM VLAN ID
Parameters for LA5.0/LA6.0/ LR13.1 loads using IPv6 OAM IP Addresses: •
OAM IP Address
•
Routing Prefix Length
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
OAM VLAN ID
Verify eNodeB software release
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the eNodeB.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test Cable must be used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as applicable. Table I-2
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as “LA6.0” releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table I-3, “Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads” (p. I-8).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the specified or later load
PRELIMINARY
Table I-3
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating eNodeBs to software loads earlier than LA5.0 D31 E54400 will damage the 700 MHz Lower TRDUs (eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier Aggregation in future release
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows: • •
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current softeware load on eNodeB. If necessary, update the eNodeB to the target load (this target load should be at least or more recent than the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g., LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)). This would not require an intermediate software release to do to the Minimum Commissioning Load which is not necessary.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Start Commissioning Wizard
Perform the following step to start the Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Click Configuration on the NEM menu bar and click on Allocate Configuration Rights. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Configuration on the NEM menu bar again and click on Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Next at the bottom of the welcome screen to continue. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Next at the bottom of the Import Work Order File screen. Note: The Import Work Order feature is not used in this procedure, so settings are not needed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Click OK in the warning window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Go to one of the following: •
If the OAM IP Format is IPv4, then go to “IP Settings (IPv4) Data Entry” (p. I-10).
•
If the OAM IP Format is IPv6, then go to “IP Settings (IPv6) Data Entry” (p. I-10).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IP Settings (IPv4) Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter IPv4 data. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the IP Settings Screen, set the following parameters: • • •
Select IPv4 in the Oam IP Format pull-down. Select false in the IP Config Mode Automatic pull-down. Populate the IP Address, IP Netmask, IP Gateway, and NTP Server IPv4 Address fields using the Required Commissioning Data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click on Next at the bottom of the screen to continue ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Go to “VLAN Settings Data Entry” (p. I-11). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
IP Settings (IPv6) Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter IPv6 data. Skip these steps if the eNodeB has an IPv4 OAM IP address. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the IP Settings Screen, set the following parameters: • • •
Select IPv6 in the Oam IP Format pull-down. Select false in the IP Config Mode Automatic pull-down. Populate the IP Address, Routing Prefix Length, IP Gateway, and NTP Server IPv6 Address fields using the Required Commissioning Data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click on Next at the bottom of the screen to continue. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Go to “VLAN Settings Data Entry” (p. I-11).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VLAN Settings Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter VLAN data. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Enter VLAN information on the VLAN Settings Screen as follows: • • •
Select Edit VLAN Properties by clicking in the box Enter the VLAN ID in the field provided with information from Fixed OAM IP Commissioning Data. Click Next.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Yes in the popup window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Yes in the next popup window. Note: After the eNodeB resets, NEM automatically reconnects and continues the Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Wait about 4 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Go to Disable External Alarms on “Disable External Alarms” (p. I-11). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Disable External Alarms
Perform the following steps to disable external alarms.. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Click Next on the various Commissioning pages without making any changes until reaching the External Alarms page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select “Don’t Use External Alarm” ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next at the bottom of the page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Yes in the popup window. Note: Click Yes if an additional question window pops up.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Click Finish to exit the Commissioning Wizard. Note: Do not exit NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
If the eNodeB software is LA5.0, LA6.0, or LR13.1, check and test the eNodeB as required to confirm operational readiness.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a local NEM and a delta work order to recommission the alpha parameters on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address. It also supports recommissioning of IPsec on the OAM interface.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Note: The delta WO option is only available for LR13.3 and later eNodeBs. Required alpha parameters for delta work order
The following table lists the alpha parameters needed when using the delta work order scenario with the NEM Commissioning Wizard. Use the appropriate list based on the eNodeB software and the OAM IP version. The following data must be obtained prior to delta work order commissioning. Delta WO also contains IPsec parameters, if IPsec is enabled, on the OAM interface Table I-4
Delta work order alpha parameters
Software load
Fixed OAM IP address parameters
LR13.3 and Later (IPv4)
LR13.3 delta work order parameters required for eNodeBs using IPv4 OAM IP Addresses:
LR13.3 and Later (IPv6)
•
OAM IP Address
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
Gateway Netmask
•
OAM VLAN ID
•
eNodeB uniqueName
LR13.3 delta work order parameters required for eNodeBs using IPv6 OAM IP addresses: •
OAM IP Address
•
Routing Prefix Length
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
OAM VLAN ID
•
eNodeB uniqueName
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify eNodeB software release
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the eNodeB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM. Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test Cable must be used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as applicable. Table I-5
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as “LA6.0” releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table I-3, “Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads” (p. I-8).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the specified or later load
PRELIMINARY
Table I-6
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating eNodeBs to software loads earlier than LA5.0 D31 E54400 will damage the 700 MHz Lower TRDUs (eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table I-6
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
(continued)
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier Aggregation in future release
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows: • •
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current softeware load on eNodeB. If necessary, update the eNodeB to the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g. LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Import delta work order
Perform the following the steps to import the eNodeB delta work order using the NEM Commissioning Wizard utility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Start NEM, if not already running ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights on the NEM menu bar. Note: If Allocate Configuration Rights is grayed out, skip this step and continue to Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Configuration > Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Next on the Commissioning Wizard opening page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
On the Import Work Order screen, select Internal File System.
6
Select Use Delta Configuration based on the work order file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Click on Import.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
In the Open box, navigate to the correct market folder, select the eNodeB delta work order file (*.xml), and click Open. In the Files of Type drop-down, select the correct file type. For LR13.1/LR13.3 software releases select the *.xml file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes in the Warning window. Note: The eNodeB boots to initialize with the information in the Work Order. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Wait 4-5 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. NEM will display either an hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) during the boot process. Note: Watch for the following: • •
NEM may not be respond until full eNodeB connectivity is restored after boot. If any “netconf” warning messages appear, click OK and continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Click Finish once the hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) disappears (normal mouse cursor reappears). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Sector commissioning
Determine if sector commissioning is necessary. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If the eNodeB software is LR13.3 and later eNodeB loads, continue with “Work order verification” (p. I-16) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Work order verification
Perform the follows steps to confirm the site specific data have been loaded properly.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Complete the following to verify the eNodeB Friendly Name. •
Go to the NEM Root View (icon shown on right).
•
Select the eNodeB Properties tab.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
Verify the eNodeB Friendly Name is correct for this site. – If the eNodeB Friendly Name is Correct, then procedure is complete. – Not correct or missing, then repeat all steps in Import Work Order with the correct Work Order (WO).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If the Commissioning Data File is a delta work order, then check SFP Inventory and RFM Ping Test.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a local NEM and a full snapshot file (full work order) to recommission the entire database on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address. It supports recommissioning of IPsec and other special configurations on the OAM interface. Pre-conditions
Verify the following conditions have been accomplished: • • • •
eNodeB is installed but backhaul cable is disconnected. IPsec is used on the OAM interface. eNodeB is not managed by EMS eNodeB has factory certificate installed
• •
SeGW is properly provisioned for this eNodeB eNodeB is provisioned, not PnP; OAM link parameters are provisioned in the eNodeB DB, not obtained from PnP mechanisms such as DHCP or DNS. eNodeB running software version and snapshot file use the same MIM version as the target software version configured on EMS for this eNodeB. See SAM restriction #1.
•
SAM restriction #1: If software upgrade is checked, the software replacement is only executed if the running software version on the eNodeB uses the same MIM version as the target software version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3). • •
PRELIMINARY
•
A snapshot file in the proper format for this eNodeB has been imported into the NEM. Snapshot contains the complete eNodeB database including eNodeBEquipment::uniqueName set to the correct unique name of this eNodeB. Snapshot has the OAM Link Parameters set as follows: – – –
ipConfigAutomatic is provisioned to False eNodeB OAM inner and outer IP address, subnet and gateway are provisioned eNodeB OAM Vlan ID is provisioned
– –
Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports are provisioned SeGW IP address and all other necessary IPsec parameters are provisioned
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify eNodeB software release
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the eNodeB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test Cable must be used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as applicable. Table I-7
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as “LA6.0” releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table I-8, “Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads” (p. I-19).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the specified or later load Table I-8
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating eNodeBs to software loads earlier than LA5.0 D31 E54400 will damage the 700 MHz Lower TRDUs (eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Equipment/Feature
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table I-8
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
(continued)
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier Aggregation in future release
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows: • •
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current software load on eNodeB. If necessary, update the eNodeB to the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g. LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Import full work order
Perform the following the steps to import the eNodeB full work order using the NEM Commissioning Wizard utility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Start NEM, if not already running ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights on the NEM menu bar. Note: If Allocate Configuration Rights is grayed out, skip this step and continue to Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Configuration > Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Next on the Commissioning Wizard opening page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
On the Import Work Order screen, select Internal File System. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Select Use Full Configuration based on the work order file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Click on Import.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
In the Open box, navigate to the correct market folder, select the eNodeB full work order file (*.xml), and click Open. In the Files of Type drop-down, select the correct file type. For LR13.1/LR13.3 software releases select the *.xml file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes in the Warning window.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Note: The eNodeB boots to initialize with the information in the full work order. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Wait 4-5 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. NEM displays either an hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) during the boot process. Note: Watch for the following: • •
NEM may not be respond until full eNodeB connectivity is restored after boot. If any “netconf” warning messages appear, click OK and continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Click Finish once the hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) disappears (normal mouse cursor reappears). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Sector commissioning
Determine if sector commissioning is necessary. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If the eNodeB software is LR13.3 and later eNodeB loads, continue with “Work order verification” (p. I-21) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Work order verification
The follow steps to confirm the site specific data was loaded properly. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Complete the following to verify the eNodeB Friendly Name. •
Go to the NEM Root View (icon shown on right).
•
Select the eNodeB Properties tab.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
Verify the eNodeB Friendly Name is correct for this site. – If the eNodeB Friendly Name is Correct, then procedure is complete. – Not correct or missing, then repeat all steps in Import Work Order with the correct work order.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If the Commissioning Data File is a full work order, then check SFP Inventory and RFM Ping Test.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for Plug-n-Play eNodeBs using automated PnP mechanisms and self commissioning to obtain the alpha parameters for the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to PnP eNodeBs managed by serial number.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Starting in LR13.1, a newly installed eNodeB is able to contact the EMS and establish the OAM link without on-site provisioning using plug-n-play (PnP) mechanisms. In the most likely plug-n-play scenario (shown below), the eNodeB is DHCP-enabled and the eNodeB OAM Inner and Outer IP addresses and the Security Gateway and Candidate EMS IP addresses are discovered using PnP mechanisms. The operator must pre-provision the eNodeB configuration, including the eNodeB serial number, in the EMS. eNodeB establishes the initial OAM link by sending a Hello message with its serial number to the EMS. For eNodeBs identified by serial number, it is imperative that the OAM link port configured in the EMS matches the OAM link port obtained by the eNodeB during PnP procedures. If eNodeB obtains Candidate EMSs from DHCP, eNodeB receives both IP addresses and ports. If eNodeB obtains Candidate EMSs from DNS, eNodeB only receives IP addresses, no ports, and so it uses default port 162 in this case. Two Use Cases are described below: (1) EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports match and (2) EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports mismatch. Pre-conditions
Verify the following conditions have been accomplished: •
Factory pre-provisioning of OAM Link Parameters has occurred in eNodeB if necessary.
• •
Factory certificate has been installed in eNodeB DHCP and DNS servers have been provisioned with OAM Link Parameters if necessary eNodeB OAM IP address is assigned by PnP mechanisms
• •
• •
eNodeB is on LR13.1 or later release eNodeB running software version uses the same MIM version as the target software version configured on EMS. See SAM restriction #1.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
eNodeB OAM IP address is not managed in EMS for another eNodeB; assigned IP address must be a new IP address eNodeB is not managed in EMS eNodeB basicMibVersion > 1
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SAM restriction #1: If software upgrade is checked, the software replacement is only executed if the running software version on the eNodeB uses the same MIM version as the target software version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3). • • •
Operator has directed EMS to manage eNodeB based on its serial number eNodeB configuration is pre-provisioned in EMS with OAMInterface.provisionedeNodeBIdentifier is set to eNodeB serial number EMS has Self Config Policy set for this eNodeB with the following checked: – Auto Start – – –
• •
software upgrade Configuration Deployment Administrative Enable
Managing EMS is not registered in the eNodeB eNodeB is installed and powered on
eNodeB managed by serial number and OAM ports match
The following steps describe how the eNodeB is managed by using the eNodeB serial number and matching OAM ports. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
eNodeB boots up on LR13.1 or later release. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
eNodeB initiates OAM Link establishment. 1. eNodeB determines the OAM Link Parameters to use. In this case, for the most part they are discovered using PnP mechanisms. 2. eNodeB sets up OAM IPsec tunnel if enabled. 3. eNodeB sends Hello messages to Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports obtained from PnP procedures. EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports must match for the Managing EMS to receive the Hello message.
PRELIMINARY
4. Managing EMS receives Hello message. 5. EMS determines if it is the Managing EMS for the eNodeB. 6. Managing EMS opens the OAM link using the eNodeB’s OAM IP address in the Hello message and registers itself as the Managing EMS. •
•
EMS sets its FM IP addresses and ports in snmpTargetAddressTable. eNodeB sends FM notifications (alarms, states, events, OCN) to the EMS addresses and ports in snmpTargetAddressTable. EMS sets its OAM Link IP addresses and ports in emsActiveAddressTable.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. EMS begins link monitoring and sends first valid new Heartbeat message to eNodeB to SNMP port 161. • eNodeB sends OAM Link Opened messages to Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports obtained from PnP procedures. EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports must match for the Candidate EMS to receive the OAM Link Opened message. • eNodeB sends Heartbeat LinkUp response to the active Managing EMS at the address and port in emsActiveAddressTable. • eNodeB begins link monitoring.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
EMS automatically downloads and activates the eNodeB software according to the self configuration policy. See SAM restrictions #1 and #2. SAM restriction #1: If software upgrade is checked, the software replacement is only executed if the running software version on the eNodeB uses the same MIM version as the target software version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3). SAM restriction #2: If software upgrade is checked, and the MIM versions are the same, SAM always performs software replacement even if the running software version on eNodeB matches the target software version configured on SAM. This is a problem because if the target software version is already on the eNodeB, the software download will fail, causing the self configuration procedure to fail. This problem will be corrected in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3) when SAM complies with the requirement to perform automatic software replacement only if software upgrade is checked and if the running software version on the eNodeB does not match the target software version configured on SAM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
EMS automatically configures the eNodeB DB using the pre-provisioned WO according to the self configuration policy. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
eNodeB resets and configures itself as specified in the eNodeB configuration. eNodeB and EMS execute the OAM link re-establishment scenario. •
eNodeB sets up OAM IPsec tunnel if enabled. If the SeGW IP address or FQDN has been changed in the eNodeB configuration, eNodeB sets up the IPsec tunnel to the new Serving SeGW.
6
If the CMS information has been provisioned, eNodeB contacts the CMS to obtain the operator certificate. 1. eNodeB resets and eNodeB and EMS execute OAM link re-establishment scenario. 2. eNodeB sets up IPsec tunnel using operator certificate.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
EMS automatically unlocks eNodeB and all the LteCells according to the self configuration policy. See SAM restriction #3. SAM restriction #3: If Administrative Enable is checked, SAM only unlocks the eNodeB, not the LteCells. In order to enable telecom service, the operator must manually unlock the LteCells using NEM. SAM cannot unlock LteCells. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
eNodeB provides telecom service. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Post-conditions
The following post-conditions are established. • • • •
OAM Link is established. eNodeB is running LR13 or later software provisioned in EMS. eNodeB is running the configuration provisioned in EMS. eNodeB is managed by IP address in EMS.
eNodeB managed by serial number and OAM ports mismatch
If the EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports do not match for a new eNodeB using serial number as the identity, then the eNodeB can’t be discovered by the Managing EMS from the Hello messages. If the eNodeB is using DHCP or provisioning to obtain the Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports, this situation can be remedied by correcting the ports in the DHCP entry or correcting the provisioned data in ProvisionedEmsAddressData.emsOAMLinkInitPort.
PRELIMINARY
However, if the Candidate EMS IP addresses are obtained from DNS, DNS can not return ports in its response. Therefore the eNodeB uses the default port of 162 as the OAM Link port. To discover and manage an eNodeB in this situation either (1) the operator has to use the previous mechanism based on a static pre-provisioned OAM IP address as the eNodeB identity or (2) in order to use automatic or dynamic IP addressing, the Managing EMS must be installed with the default OAM Link port of 162.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure I-5: Set OAM Routing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure I-5: Set OAM Routing Overview
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Display Transport Properties and IpSec Properties for VLAN 0 and Other VLANs, for additional details to make the OAM connection between the 5620 SAM and the eNodeB.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Description
Perform the following procedure to set the OAM routing between the 5620 SAM and the eNodeB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If necessary, connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1, open the NEM and login as follows: • • •
eCCM IP address: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0). User ID: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
Click OK. NEM main window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Set IP Configure Mode field as follows: 1. Click Root View > Transport Properties, and Edit (not grayed out). 2. Set IP Config Mode: “provisioned” (manually from the NEM) or automatic (from the DHCP server), as required. 3. Click OK ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click VLAN 0 Transport Properties, and Edit (not grayed out). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Set the VLAN 0 Transport Properties fields as required:
2. Vlan Id: “xx” 3. Click Edit Traffic Descriptor 0 Values 4. OAM Manual IP address: 5. OAM Manual Ipv4 Netmask/Ipv6 Prefix Routing Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1. IP format: IPv4/IPv6 (OAM eNodeB and 5620 SAM transport network is based only on IPv6)
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure I-5: Set OAM Routing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. OAM Manual IP gateway: 7. Traffic Type List: Oam (traffic types defined for an IP address) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Click OK. eNodeB reboots. Check the link is UP (down) at EMS Data Tab -> EMS Connection -> OAM Link Status. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD I-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix J: Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address Purpose
This appendix describes how to update the CCM (eCCM2 or eCCM-U) static MAC address in the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 router when the CCM is replaced in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Note: This procedure must be performed by a qualified OMC network administrator. Attention: Perform this step as follows: • •
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router matches the new CCM static MAC address, the procedure is complete. If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router does not match the new CCM static MAC address, go to the following steps to change the address.
Prerequisites
The following information must be provided for the CCM static MAC address change in the 7750 router: • • •
eNodeB IP address eNodeB name Telecom port IP address
Update 7750 Router 1
Perform the following procedure to update the CCM MAC address in 7750 Router 1 to match the MAC address of the new CCM replaced in the eNodeB.
1
Log into 7750 Router 1. Verify Router 1 is logged in. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Enter command to check for the IPV4 setup:
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary J-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show router arp | match
is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB telecom IP address
(123.45.567.98) and MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): 123.45.567.98 123.45.567.98 enbtelecomip-1 enbtelecomip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess ma:c_:ad:dr:ess ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
00h00m00s 02h55m32s 00h00m00s 00h00m00s
Oth[I] Dyn[I] Oth[I] Sta[I]
to-BTS0281-7705 to-BTS0281-7705 L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Enter command to check for the IPV6 setup: show router neighbor | match 0XXX post-lines 1 Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IPV6 Neighbor IP address
and IPV6 Neighbor MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP_Neighbor L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX (IPV6 Neighbor IP address) 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f REACHABLE Static No (IPV6 Neighbor MAC) Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f STALE 03h59m57s Dynamic No
If IPV6 is not set up, no output occurs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Check/modify the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router: •
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 1 matches the new CCM static MAC address, go to “Update 7750 Router 2” (p. J-4).
•
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 1 does not match the new CCM static MAC address, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Enter command: show router 4 arp | match
is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IP address and OAM port
PRELIMINARY
dynamic IP address: 123.45.567.98 123.45.567.98 eNodeBip-1 eNodeBip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-EDN-BTS0xxx ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 03h40m41s Dyn[I] L3-EDN-BTS0xxx ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-OAM-eNodeB0xxx 00:11:3f:ca:a8:e1 03h59m46s Dyn[I] L3-OAM-eNodeB0xxx
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD J-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Make sure the OAM IP address matches the eNodeB IP address and make note of the MAC address. Update the telecom MAC address on Router 2 to match this MAC address. 00:11:3f:ca:a8:e1 is the new MAC address in this example. The MAC address of the eNodeBip and enbtelecomip must match. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Ping eNodeB to verify connection as follows: ping router 4 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Repeat the following command and verify the values have not changed: show router 4 arp | match ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Enter command: configure service ies 1 interface L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx Result: Prompt changes to config>service>ies>if# ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Enter command: info Result: The following shows an example of the output for IPV4 or IPV6:
If IPV4 is setup: description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
OR, if IPV6 is setup
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary J-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create ipv6 address 2001:4888:2010:9126:103:400::/64 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 neighbor enb::IPV6::IP:addr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The MAC (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f) and IP addresses should match the information the show command displayed in Step 2 or Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Enter command as follows for IPV4 or IPV6: •
For IPV4 address: static-arp
•
For IPV6 address: ipv6
neighbor
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Enter command: info
Verify the new MAC address matches the eNodeB IP address. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Enter command: exit ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Enter command to save the changes: admin save ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
When complete, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Update 7750 Router 2
Perform the following procedure to update the CCM MAC address in 7750 Router 2 to match the MAC address of the new CCM replaced in the eNodeB, and Router 1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Log into 7750 Router 2. Verify Router 2 is logged in. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Enter command to check for IPV4 setup: show router arp | match
is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD J-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB telecom IP address
(123.45.567.98) and MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): 123.45.567.98 123.45.567.98 enbtelecomip-1 enbtelecomip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] to-BTS0281-7705 ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 02h55m32s Dyn[I] to-BTS0281-7705 ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f 00h00m00s Sta[I] L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Enter command to check for IPV6 setup: show router neighbor | match 0XXX post-lines 1 Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IPV6 Neighbor IP address
and IPV6 Neighbor MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP_Neighbor L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX (IPV6 Neighbor IP address) 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f REACHABLE Static No (IPV6 Neighbor MAC) Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f STALE 03h59m57s Dynamic No
If IPV6 is not set up, no output occurs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Check/modify the CCM static MAC address on 7750 Router 2: •
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 2 matches the new CCM static MAC address, procedure completed.
•
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 2 does not match the new CCM static MAC address, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Enter command: configure service ies 1 interface L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx Result: Prompt changes to config>service>ies>if# ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Enter command for IPV4 or IPV6: info Result: The following shows an example of the output:
description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary J-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
If IPV4 is setup:
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
OR, if IPV6 is setup description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create ipv6 address 2001:4888:2010:9126:103:400::/64 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 neighbor enb::IPV6::IP:addr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
The MAC (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f) and IP addresses should match the information the show command displayed in Step 2 or Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Enter command as follows for IPV4 or IPV6: •
For IPV4 address: static-arp
•
For IPV6 address: ipv6
neighbor
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Enter command: info
Verify the new MAC address matches the eNodeB IP address. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Enter command: exit ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Enter command to save the changes:
PRELIMINARY
admin save ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Procedure completed. Return to previous procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD J-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary J-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure J-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD J-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix K: TDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes
Directory Overview
This appendix is a directory that lists the TDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes in this guide. Available TDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes
The following TDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes are provided in this guide: •
Appendix L, “LED status”
•
Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads”
•
Appendix N, “Recommission 9926 BBU”
•
Appendix O, “Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR”
•
Appendix P, “Restore from Factory Mode Procedure” Note: These TDD-LTE 9926 BBU appendixes only apply to procedures in Part IV: “TDD-LTE 9926 BBU – Corrective Maintenance”.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary K-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
TDD-LTE 9926 BBU Appendixes
Directory
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD K-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix L: LED status
Overview Purpose
This appendix describes the functional status of the eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM) and bCEM LEDs in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Contents eCCM-U LED status
L-1
eCCM2-HR LED status
L-5
bCEM LED status
L-11
RRH LED status
L-13
eCCM-U LED status Purpose
The following tables provide an interpretation of the eCCM-U LED matrix and eCCM-U CPRI LEDs.
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U LED matrix
The following figure shows the LED matrix on the eCCM-U. Figure L-1 eCCM-U LED matrix bCEM-U (1,2,3) LED STATUS RED GREEN eCCM-U LED MATRIX CMA SYNC MDA PCM
CMA
9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB
PCM MDA SYNC eCCM-U LED MATRIX 9926 BBU in Equipment Rack
CMA LED status
CMA (top row of matrix) The two left-most LEDs light after the eCCM-U has fully booted. If they are not on, reboot the 9926 BBU by cycling power. SYNC LED status
The SYNC LEDs show the status of the drop loads and GPS synchronization during integration. SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
The following table verifies the GPS synchronization when the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is booting during D30 software loads.
PRELIMINARY
Table L-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
SYNC (2nd row/ column)
Description
What to do
Solid Green
When the SYNC LEDs are solid green the 9926 BBU timing is Locked.
No action required.
Off
When the 9926 BBU is first booted on D30 software there should not be any LEDs on the SYNC.
No action required.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table L-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
(continued)
SYNC (2nd row/ column)
Description
What to do
Flashing Green
When the SYNC LEDs are flashing green the 9926 BBU is acquiring GPS signal but still Unlocked.
No action required.
Solid Red
When the SYNC LEDs are solid red the 9926 BBU is unable to detect the GPS signal.
Check for GPS signal, cable connections.
PRELIMINARY
LED status
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads
The following table verifies the GPS synchronization when the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is booting during D50 software loads. Table L-2
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads
SYNC (2nd row/ column)
Description
What to do
Off
When the eNB is first booted on D50 software there should not be any LEDs on the SYNC.
No action required.
Flashing Amber
In D50, during the power up, the eNB does not have a database.xml file which is required to establish GPS lock. The SYNC LEDs flash amber until the eNB is integrated.
database.xml file is not integrated. Complete integration.
Solid Green
In D50, solid green SYNC LEDs indicate the eNB has a valid database.xml file and has GPS lock.
No action required. NOTE: Solid green only appears after integration is complete.
eCCM-U MDA/PCM LEDs
The MDA and PCM LEDs are not used.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
The following table shows the CPRI LED status for the CPRI cables between the TRDU or RRH. The LEDs are located just above the SFP ports. Table L-3
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
TX LED
RX LED
Description
What to do
Solid Green
Solid Green
Indicates an active signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
No action require.
Indicates an active RX signal and no TX signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and connections. If necessary, replace SFP and/or cables. If that fails, test and/or replace TRDU/RRH/eCCM.
Off
Solid Green
Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication for normal operation.
Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication. Solid Green
Off
Indicates an active TX signal and no RX signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and connections. If necessary, replace SFP and/or cables. If that fails, test and/or replace TRDU/RRH/eCCM. Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication.
Off
Off
Indicates no signal between TRDU/RRH and eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and connections. If necessary, replace SFP and/or cables. If that fails, test and/or replace TRDU/RRH/eCCM. Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs for the same indication.
eCCM-U GigE MDA port LED status
PRELIMINARY
GigE MDA ports have LEDs that indicate signal activity.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2-HR LED status Purpose
The following provides an interpretation of the eCCM2-HR Model 2 LED matrix and eCCM2-HR CPRI LEDs.
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM2 LED Matrix
The following figure shows the LED matrix on the eCCM2. Figure L-2 eCCM2 LED Matrix
eCCM2-HR CMA LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 3 and CMA 4 LEDs which display the status of the eCCM2-HR self tests, software downloads, and boots.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure L-3 eCCM2-HR CMA 3 and 4
PRELIMINARY
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 2 LED which displays the software technology loaded on the eCCM2-HR board.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure L-4 eCCM2-HR CMA 2
PRELIMINARY
LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 1 LED which displays the activity status of the eCCM2-HR board. Figure L-5 eCCM2-HR CMA 1
The following figures show the operation of the SYNC LEDs which display the status of the GPS receiver.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
eCCM2-HR SYNC LED status
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure L-6 eCCM2-HR SYNC 4
PRELIMINARY
Figure L-7 eCCM2-HR SYNC 3
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure L-8 eCCM2-HR SYNC 2
PRELIMINARY
LED status
Note: This external source can be a slave eCCM2-HR that would acquire its synchronization from a master eCCM2-HR. Figure L-9 eCCM2-HR SYNC 1
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2-HR LNK LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the LNK (link) LEDs which display which source is currently selected to discipline the local oscillator. Figure L-10 eCCM2-HR LNK 1, 2, 3, and 4
If blinking, the local oscillator is in holdover, meaning it has temporarily lost communication with the source identified by the blinking LED. If red, the holdover time has been exceeded. eCCM2-HR CPRI LEDs
PRELIMINARY
There are two LEDs per CPRI to show port status (SFP Tx enabled - green; SFP Rx detected signalling - green). eCCM2-HR SFP LEDs
There are two LEDs per SFP backhaul to show port status (SFP Tx enabled - green; SFP Rx detected signalling - green).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
eCCM2-HR LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2-HR Ethernet LEDs
There are two LEDs per RJ-45 Ethernet port to show link and activity status (link is connected - green; data in transmission - blinking yellow).
bCEM LED status
PRELIMINARY
LED status
Purpose
The following information provides an interpretation of the status LED configurations for the bCEM. Check four LED bCEM status
Determine whether the bCEM requires replacement by observing the condition of the status LEDs on the faceplate as described in the following table. The LED column shows the condition of the LED matrix. The Status column indicates the status of the bCEM based on the illumination of the four-LED matrix. The What to do column describes how to react to the status displayed by the LED matrix. Table L-4
Four LED bCEM status
LED
Status
What to do
1
Power off.
Check RUC/Fan Tray and/or PDP power switch.
2
•
If power is turned off to the BBU, cycle power and check for change in status. – If status changes from LED 2 to LED 8, bCEM is functioning properly, replacement procedure completed. – If status changes to LED 9, or LED 10, bCEM has failed, continue with procedure and/or replace bCEM.
•
If power is turned on to the BBU, bCEM has failed, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
Power on with bCEM restart.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 3.
Beginning startup.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 4.
.
. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
LED status
bCEM LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table L-4
Four LED bCEM status
(continued)
LED
Status
What to do
4
BISTS starting.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 5.
After BISTS started and until end of startup.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 6.
Software upgrade in progress, with bCEM ok.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 8.
Software upgrade in progress, with bCEM partially not ok.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 8.
Startup completed. bCEM ok.
If bCEM successfully completes startup, bCEM is operating properly. No further changes/updates are required.
BISTS failed (bCEM partially not ok).
Cycle power and follow LED status. If BISTS fails again, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
bCEM out of service (internal failure).
Cycle power and follow LED status. If bCEM goes out of service again, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
. 5
. 6
. 7
. 8
. 9
. 10
PRELIMINARY
.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
RRH LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RRH LED status Refer to the appropriate RRH maintenance guide and RRH technical description for a description of the RRH LED status.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary L-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
LED status
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
LED status
RRH LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD L-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix M: Update 9926 BBU software loads
Overview Purpose
This appendix describes how to bring an 9926 BBU software load up to the current LTE RAN loads on the system. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Important notice
Read through this section and prepare the NEM PC with the appropriate NEM application and the current LTE RAN loads on the system before going to the 9926 BBU. Keep previous applications and software loads on the NEM PC if a fallback is required. Contents Required software and CCM identification
M-2
Factory loads
M-4
Replacing failed controllers with a spare
M-5
Procedure M-1: Establish connection between NEM and CCM
M-6
Procedure M-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
M-7
Procedure M-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
M-8 M-11
Procedure M-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
M-12
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Procedure M-4: Download release notes
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Required software and CCM identification
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required software and CCM identification General
The following tables highlight the latest versions of 9926 BBU tools and software required to update the software loads on the CCM (eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR). All of the specified items can be downloaded from ALED. Required NEM software
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for NEM. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for instructions to install the NEM software. Note: Review the following information about NEM: •
Unlike RMT, NEM supports multiple 9926 BBU software loads, so 9926 BBU software is not packaged with NEM and must be downloaded separately. Keep previous loads in case a fallback to a previous release is required.
•
The NEM installation program does not remove the old version of NEM, but because each NEM creates its own folder there are no issues with keeping multiple versions on a laptop. The Java software needed to run NEM is loaded along with the application.
•
9926 BBU current LTE RAN load on system
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Note: Monitor LTE release notes and alerts/flashes for future updates to the 9926 BBU current LTE RAN load on system Identifying eCCM-U types and compatible software loads
PRELIMINARY
Important! The replacement eCCM-U type (factory or spared) must be identified before being installed in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. There are different versions of the eCCM-U that support specific software loads. The eCCM-U type is identified by the part number (SLI) barcode found on the eCCM faceplate as follows: •
For P0 eCCM SLI, 3JR20073CAxxnn labeled eCCM-Us (see figure), software loads from LA2.0 and on are supported.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Required software and CCM identification
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
For P2 eCCM SLI, 3JR20073CBxxnn labeled eCCM-Us (see figure), software loads from LA3.0 and on are supported.
Attention: Do not install a P2 eCCM-U in a network running LA2.0 software loads. Identifying eCCM2-HR types and compatible software loads
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099FMZZA for current eCCM2-HR types and compatible software loads.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Factory loads
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Factory loads Overview
Factory loads provide a standard software load to work from when replacing failed CCMs/CAMs with new CCMs/CAMs. The following table lists available FDD factory loads for CCMs/CAMs. Table M-1
FDD factory loads
Release
Factory load name
Notes
LA6.0 (eCCM-U)
ENB_LA0500_D30_E46000
Since 5/2013
LR13.3 (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
Not selected
Supports PnP
LR14.3 (eCCM2/eCCM2HR)
?
The following table lists available TDD factory loads for CCMs/CAMs. Table M-2
TDD factory loads
Release
Factory load name
Notes
TLA5.1 (eCCM-U)
ENB_TA0500_D00_E00014
Must unplug BB before SWR due to old BB SW in factory load
ENB_TA0500_D00_E00019 TLA6 (eCCM-U)
ENB_TA0600_D10_E00039
PRELIMINARY
ENB_TA0600_D10_E00049 LR13.3 (eCCM2-HR)
ENB_LR1303_D02_E00157
LR14.3 (eCCM2-HR/ bCAM2)
?
Supports PnP
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Replacing failed controllers with a spare
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacing failed controllers with a spare Overview
In all cases, when a spare controller is inserted in an eNB, the eNB deletes the existing databases (both active and passive), if any, on the spare board and comes up in a minimum database (MinDB). This is true regardless of what release the spare controller is on, even if the spare controller is already on the target software version.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure M-1: Establish connection between NEM and CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure M-1: Establish connection between NEM and CCM Steps
Perform the following procedure to establish connection between NEM and CCM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide). Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 Ethernet NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login with the following information: •
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software)
• • •
Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address) User Name: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;# Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Check that the 9926 BBU is offline and the equipped bCEM are reporting in the NEM Tree View. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Continue with the following procedure to check on the eCCM software loads.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure M-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure M-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system Steps
Perform the following procedure to check the “Running SW File Name” and the “Not Running SW File Name” software loads listed on the CCM.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
From NEM PC, select the Root View window and click SW Properties tab. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Compare and note the listed software loads on the 9926 BBU with the software loads listed in the LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
When completed, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure M-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure M-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC Overview
Important! This procedure must be performed from a location with Internet/intranet access to the On-Line Customer Support (OLCS) and Alcatel-Lucent Electronic Delivery (ALED) website or the customer software repository. NEM supports multiple versions of 9926 BBU software. So 9926 BBU loads are not included in the NEM and they must be downloaded separately. The 9926 BBUs may be shipped from the factory or taken out of stores with different software versions. Several different 9926 BBU software packages may need to be loaded onto the NEM PC to support the various software update steps which may be required. Note: The last few numbers in the 9926 BBU Software load names (the “E” numbers) restart with every “D” number (for example, ENBLA200D30E01800 is older than ENBLA200D50E01100). Required 9926 BBU software loads
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Note: The folder and filenames used in the following procedure are examples, refer to the release notes for specific filenames. Steps
Perform the following steps to download the software loads onto the NEM PC. . ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the NEM PC, create a sub-folder for each software load, like C:/My Downloads/eNBSW/, like the following sub-folders: •
LA5.0D30E01800 (for ENBLA0500D30E01800 srs.tar.gz)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
2
Open OLCS website, https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/?path=// index3_0.html: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Login as Registered User with user name and password. LTE Solution Releases page is displayed.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure M-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Select the current Software Downloads page, for example, LTE LE4.0.02 Software Downloads. LTE Solution Release LE4.0.02 Downloads page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Select software load matching current network load, for example, 9926 BBU E6506. Electronic Delivery page is displayed.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Select Product Lookup next to the Please select a Product/Sub-category field. Product Index (Alphabetical Listing) page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
In Product Name Look-up field, enter 9926 BBU and click Go. Product Name Lookup Results page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Click 9926 BBU. 9926 BBU page is displayed. Close Product Name Lookup Results page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Select Downloads: Electronic Delivery. Electronic Delivery page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
At Please navigate through hierarchy to download field, select release generic, for example LR13.3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Next field, select maintenance load (MNCLx) for the update. Look through each load until the correct load is found, for example TLA5.1_MNCL5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Next field, select subload, for example LA05.00.70.00. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Next field, select tar’d file, for example END_LA500_D50_E06506.srs.tar.gz. Click Next. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On next page, click Download (not DownloadPlus). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
On next page, click Accept and Submit. Download process page is displayed. File is downloaded to C:\\temp or select desired folder for download.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
14
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure M-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
When completed, Download Succeeded message is displayed. Click OK. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Return to LTE Solution Releases page. Leave page open form next procedure. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
When completed, continue with the following procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure M-4: Download release notes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure M-4: Download release notes Steps
Perform the following procedure to download release notes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Return to main page and select View List. Product Index (Alphabetical Listing) page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
In Product Name Look-up field, enter 9926 BBU and click Go. Product Name Lookup Results page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click 9926 BBU. 9926 BBU page is displayed. Close Product Name Lookup Results page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Select Manuals and Guides. Library of Manuals and Guides for 9926 BBU page is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
At Release field select All and Content Type field select Release Information. A list of release notes are displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Right-click “pdf” for the desired release notes, for example 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Select Target As window is displayed. Select desired location (folder) and click Save. Release notes downloaded. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
When completed, logout of OLCS and continue with the following procedure. Reference: Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes,
9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure M-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure M-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system Requirements
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE LR13.3.L eNodeB TDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0099-FMZZA, for “information on the software deliverables supported in LR13.3” for 9926 BBU and NEM “upgrade paths” for “officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths” and “load parity”. Note: The folder and filenames used in the following procedure are examples, refer to the release notes for specific filenames. Steps
Perform the following the steps to update the 9926 BBU to the current LTE RAN load on the system. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
In the NEM Root View, select the SW Properties tab, click SW Replacement, and click Yes to use internal SFTP server (NEM PC or SAM as the source location). Note: If the SW Replacement button is grayed out, it means NEM is not set with “Allocate Configuration Rights”. Set this via NEM menu Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. This enables the SW Replacement option. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Navigate to the appropriate file folder, for example ENBLA0500D30E40400. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Select the appropriate file, for example #BI_enb#FT_OMsdf#FI_sdf#FV_ENB_LA0500_D30_E40400, and click Open to start the download. Note: Uncheck Unattended Running box. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4
When the download is complete, click Activate. The 9926 BBU reboots and the NEM connection is lost. The activation takes up to 15 minutes depending on number of files being installed. Note: If the NEM connection is not automatically re-established after 15 minutes, then close the Software Update window, restart NEM, and re-open Software Update window to continue. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Click Accept to complete the software replacement, when the NEM connection returns.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure M-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Verify the new software replacement is complete (in SW Properties tab) as follows: • •
If up to five load files (sdf, cpf, rrh load, bb load, ccm load) are listed in SW Properties tab (running software state should be “installed”), go to next step. If all load files are not present, perform the following steps: 1. From NEM select Configuration > Set Code Server. 2. Click Yes in Question box.
PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
3. Navigate to the NEM PC folder containing the software load currently running on the 9926 BBU. NOTE: If the current eNodeB load is not available on the NEM PC, repeat this procedure using the next available software load available on the NEM PC. 4. Once the correct folder is displayed in the File Name field, click Open to complete the Set Code Server download. 5. When complete, continue with the following step. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Click the Tree View icon in the NEM window. This displays the individual hardware modules. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Click HW Modules on the left panel of NEM. Note: Monitor the bCEM and RFM (TRDUs or RRHs) status with NEM and wait until all units have a green checkmark (enabled) next to them. RRHs are not displayed in NEM until they are powered up after the BBU software update is completed. Important! The eCCM (CB), all equipped bCEMs (BBs), and RFMs (TRDUs and RRHs) must be enabled. If a unit fails to initialize, right click on it in the right panel then select Reset Equipment. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. This disables the SW Replacement option. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed with the software updates, return to the CCM replacement procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary M-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Update 9926 BBU software loads
Procedure M-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD M-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix N: Recommission 9926 BBU
Overview Purpose
This appendix describes how to recommission the 9926 BBU after replacing a failed CCM or RUC/Fan Tray. Contents Requirements
N-2
Documentation Requirements
N-2
Hardware Requirements
N-3
Software Requirements
N-4
Recommissioning scenarios
N-6
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
N-7
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
N-13
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
N-18
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
N-23
Procedure N-5: Set OAM Routing
N-27
PRELIMINARY
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Requirements Overview Purpose
This section describes the document and software requirements for an 9926 BBU recommissioning. Contents Documentation Requirements
N-2
Hardware Requirements
N-3
Software Requirements
N-4
Documentation Requirements Overview
PRELIMINARY
Refer to the following documents to recommission the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU: • • • •
9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide Customer Information Sheet (CIS)
•
Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Hardware Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Requirements Overview
Check the eNodeB for the following LR13.x required components and settings: •
The control board is type eCCM. Hardware variant of the eCCM module: – Enhanced sync eCCM (3JR20073CA/CB):
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
With eNodeB power ON, the two left-most LEDs of the top row (CMA) will be lit. All the LEDs in the SYNC row should be lit green to indicate clock synchronization. GPS: All the LEDs in the SYNC row should be lit green to indicate GPS lock. If these are red, there is a problem. The NEM will not connect. Check the GPS antenna or splitter cable to determine possible loss of GPS signal. 1588 V2 synchronization: When this feature is on, synchronization comes from packets delivered from an external server using the two Gigabit Ethernet ports. The eNodeB automatically discovers the 1588 server addresses. In case of failure of the master server, the eNodeB is able to resynchonize with the secondary server. If synchronization fails with both servers, the eNodeB provides alarms and then switches to the internal clock or other source. Reference: Refer to the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB 1588 V2 Synchronization Reconfiguration Procedure for details. Note 1: The choice of clock source is defined from the 5620 SAM after commissioning. The option chosen and its status are then displayable from the NEM. Note 2: There is an eCCM variant equipped with enhanced OCXO (that is, oscillator) that provides hold-over capability in case of a clock synchronization failure. During this major alarm, the eCCM functions in free-running mode (displayable from the NEM Clock Properties tab), using the OXCO for synchronization. A critical alarm is raised when the frequency hold-over is within 12 hours of exceeding the OCXO capabilities. Another critical alarm is raised when the OCXO capability is reached and RF transmission is terminated. •
The modem board is type bCEM. There is a single hardware variant of the bCEM: Up to three bCEMs can be installed in the eNodeB. Does not support dual technology From the top of the faceplate, LED1 (red or off) and LED 2 (green or off) indicate the board status. LED3 is the application marker (green = LTE, orange = WCDMA). LED4 indicates board action (blinking or fixed).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
– – –
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
Hardware Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The eNodeB can be equipped with an optional Receiver Diversity Expansion Module (RDEM) installed with an RRH2x. The RDEM adds two receive RF paths (that is, antenna ports Rx3 and Rx4) to the RRH2x. Note: This feature provides just the hardware. The software for the RDEM is not yet supported. Once the software is supported, the RDEM will support the following: •
•
The RDEM allows the eNodeB to support LTE cells in a 2X4 MIMO configuration or LTE cells configured to use a 2X2 operating mode. The RDEM makes the RRH2x hardware-ready to support two sectors in a 1X2 SIMO configuration (that is, 1 Tx Path and two Rx Paths). The cells assigned to an RRH2x is this configuration must be in the same frequency band. The RDEM becomes an integral part of the RRH2x. It is not seen as a new object in the OAM model. The Rx paths supported by the RDEM will not have TMAs.
• •
RRH2x software supports Tx and Rx VSWR tests. Verification of the Rx3 and Rx4 cable connectivity is provided.
•
•
LTE and CDMA Baseband Unit (BBU) operations are possible on the same RRH/TRDU. Each CDMA/LTE Multi-Standard Radio Equipment (MSRE) has a direct connection to each BBU. Configurations may include daisy-chained MSREs. In this case only the last MSRE in the chain is connected to LTE and the other MSREs in the chain support CDMA only and are managed only by the CDMA management system. Note: The LTE BBUs configured in this manner are commissioned in a manner similar to other LTE BBUs, except that an LTE BBU at the end of a daisy-chain will have the RFM Control Mode parameter on an RRH/TRDU RFM Table set to “Secondary” instead of the default setting of “Standalone”. The RFM Control Mode cannot be “Primary” for LTE.
Software Requirements Prerequisite
For the current LTE RAN software updates, refer to the LTE eNodeB TDD Release Notes, for details.
PRELIMINARY
NEM software
The current NEM software should be installed on the NEM PC. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for installation and configuration procedures.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Software Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB software
The eNodeB software can be downloaded to the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM or NEM PC from the Alcatel-Lucent Electronic Delivery (ALED) website. During a “Factory Mode” commissioning of the 9926 BBU, an automatic eNodeB software upgrade (taking one issue of software to another issue of the same software) will be started. The new eNodeB software must be present on the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM PC for this to occur. Refer to Appendix M, “Update 9926 BBU software loads” for the eNodeB software download procedure.
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Requirements
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Recommissioning scenarios Overview Purpose
This section describes the available recommissioning scenarios for the eNodeB. Contents
PRELIMINARY
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
N-7
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
N-13
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
N-18
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
N-23
Procedure N-5: Set OAM Routing
N-27
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM Purpose
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a local NEM to manually recommission the alpha parameters on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address and no IPsec on the OAM interface.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Required alpha parameters for fixed OAM IP address recommissioning
The following table lists the alpha parameters needed when using the Fixed OAM IP address NEM scenario with the NEM Commissioning Wizard. Use the appropriate list based on the eNodeB software and the OAM IP version. The following data must be obtained prior to recommissioning with the Fixed OAM IP commissioning. Table N-1
Fixed OAM IP address alpha parameters
Software load
Fixed OAM IP address parameters
LA5.0 and Later (IPv4)
Parameters for LA5.0/TA6.0/LA6.0/LR13.1 loads using IPv4 OAM IP Addresses:
LA5.0 and Later (IPv6)
•
OAM IP Address
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
Gateway Netmask
•
OAM VLAN ID
Parameters for LA5.0/LA6.0/ LR13.1 loads using IPv6 OAM IP Addresses: •
OAM IP Address
•
Routing Prefix Length
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
OAM VLAN ID
Verify eNodeB software release
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the eNodeB.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test Cable must be used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as applicable. Table N-2
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as “LA6.0” releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table I-3, “Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads” (p. I-8).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the specified or later load
PRELIMINARY
Table N-3
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating eNodeBs to software loads earlier than LA5.0 D31 E54400 will damage the 700 MHz Lower TRDUs (eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier Aggregation in future release
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows: • •
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current softeware load on eNodeB. If necessary, update the eNodeB to the target load (this target load should be at least or more recent than the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g., LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)). This would not require an intermediate software release to do to the Minimum Commissioning Load which is not necessary.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Start Commissioning Wizard
Perform the following step to start the Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Click Configuration on the NEM menu bar and click on Allocate Configuration Rights. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Configuration on the NEM menu bar again and click on Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Next at the bottom of the welcome screen to continue. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Next at the bottom of the Import Work Order File screen. Note: The Import Work Order feature is not used in this procedure, so settings are not needed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Click OK in the warning window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Go to one of the following: •
If the OAM IP Format is IPv4, then go to “IP Settings (IPv4) Data Entry” (p. I-10).
•
If the OAM IP Format is IPv6, then go to “IP Settings (IPv6) Data Entry” (p. I-10).
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-9 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IP Settings (IPv4) Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter IPv4 data. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the IP Settings Screen, set the following parameters: • • •
Select IPv4 in the Oam IP Format pull-down. Select false in the IP Config Mode Automatic pull-down. Populate the IP Address, IP Netmask, IP Gateway, and NTP Server IPv4 Address fields using the Required Commissioning Data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click on Next at the bottom of the screen to continue ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Go to “VLAN Settings Data Entry” (p. I-11). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
IP Settings (IPv6) Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter IPv6 data. Skip these steps if the eNodeB has an IPv4 OAM IP address. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
On the IP Settings Screen, set the following parameters: • • •
Select IPv6 in the Oam IP Format pull-down. Select false in the IP Config Mode Automatic pull-down. Populate the IP Address, Routing Prefix Length, IP Gateway, and NTP Server IPv6 Address fields using the Required Commissioning Data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click on Next at the bottom of the screen to continue. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Go to “VLAN Settings Data Entry” (p. I-11).
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VLAN Settings Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter VLAN data. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Enter VLAN information on the VLAN Settings Screen as follows: • • •
Select Edit VLAN Properties by clicking in the box Enter the VLAN ID in the field provided with information from Fixed OAM IP Commissioning Data. Click Next.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Yes in the popup window. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Yes in the next popup window. Note: After the eNodeB resets, NEM automatically reconnects and continues the Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Wait about 4 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Go to Disable External Alarms on “Disable External Alarms” (p. I-11). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Disable External Alarms
Perform the following steps to disable external alarms.. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Click Next on the various Commissioning pages without making any changes until reaching the External Alarms page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select “Don’t Use External Alarm” ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next at the bottom of the page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Yes in the popup window. Note: Click Yes if an additional question window pops up.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-11 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
3
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Click Finish to exit the Commissioning Wizard. Note: Do not exit NEM. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
If the eNodeB software is LA5.0, LA6.0, or LR13.1, check and test the eNodeB as required to confirm operational readiness.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a local NEM and a delta work order to recommission the alpha parameters on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address. It also supports recommissioning of IPsec on the OAM interface.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Required alpha parameters for delta work order
The following table lists the alpha parameters needed when using the delta work order scenario with the NEM Commissioning Wizard. Use the appropriate list based on the eNodeB software and the OAM IP version. The following data must be obtained prior to delta work order commissioning. Delta WO also contains IPsec parameters, if IPsec is enabled, on the OAM interface Table N-4
Delta work order alpha parameters
Software load
Fixed OAM IP address parameters
LR13.3 and Later (IPv4)
LR13.3 delta work order parameters required for eNodeBs using IPv4 OAM IP Addresses:
LR13.3 and Later (IPv6)
•
OAM IP Address
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
Gateway Netmask
•
OAM VLAN ID
•
eNodeB uniqueName
LR13.3 delta work order parameters required for eNodeBs using IPv6 OAM IP addresses: •
OAM IP Address
•
Routing Prefix Length
•
OAM Gateway IP Address
•
OAM VLAN ID
•
eNodeB uniqueName
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-13 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify eNodeB software release
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the eNodeB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM. Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test Cable must be used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as applicable. Table N-5
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as “LA6.0” releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table I-3, “Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads” (p. I-8).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the specified or later load
PRELIMINARY
Table N-6
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating eNodeBs to software loads earlier than LA5.0 D31 E54400 will damage the 700 MHz Lower TRDUs (eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table N-6
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
(continued)
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier Aggregation in future release
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows: • •
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current softeware load on eNodeB. If necessary, update the eNodeB to the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g. LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Import delta work order
Perform the following the steps to import the eNodeB delta work order using the NEM Commissioning Wizard utility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Start NEM, if not already running ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights on the NEM menu bar. Note: If Allocate Configuration Rights is grayed out, skip this step and continue to Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Configuration > Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Next on the Commissioning Wizard opening page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
On the Import Work Order screen, select Internal File System.
6
Select Use Delta Configuration based on the work order file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Click on Import.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-15 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
In the Open box, navigate to the correct market folder, select the eNodeB delta work order file (*.xml), and click Open. In the Files of Type drop-down, select the correct file type. For LR13.1/LR13.3 software releases select the *.xml file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes in the Warning window. Note: The eNodeB boots to initialize with the information in the Work Order. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Wait 4-5 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. NEM will display either an hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) during the boot process. Note: Watch for the following: • •
NEM may not be respond until full eNodeB connectivity is restored after boot. If any “netconf” warning messages appear, click OK and continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Click Finish once the hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) disappears (normal mouse cursor reappears). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Sector commissioning
Determine if sector commissioning is necessary. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If the eNodeB software is LR13.3 and later eNodeB loads, continue with “Work order verification” (p. I-16) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Work order verification
Perform the follows steps to confirm the site specific data have been loaded properly.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Complete the following to verify the eNodeB Friendly Name. •
Go to the NEM Root View (icon shown on right).
•
Select the eNodeB Properties tab.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
Verify the eNodeB Friendly Name is correct for this site. – If the eNodeB Friendly Name is Correct, then procedure is complete. – Not correct or missing, then repeat all steps in Import Work Order with the correct Work Order (WO).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If the Commissioning Data File is a delta work order, then check SFP Inventory and RFM Ping Test.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-17 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a local NEM and a full snapshot file (full work order) to recommission the entire database on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address. It supports recommissioning of IPsec and other special configurations on the OAM interface. Pre-conditions
Verify the following conditions have been accomplished: • • • •
eNodeB is installed but backhaul cable is disconnected. IPsec is used on the OAM interface. eNodeB is not managed by EMS eNodeB has factory certificate installed
• •
SeGW is properly provisioned for this eNodeB eNodeB is provisioned, not PnP; OAM link parameters are provisioned in the eNodeB DB, not obtained from PnP mechanisms such as DHCP or DNS. eNodeB running SW version and snapshot file use the same MIM version as the target SW version configured on EMS for this eNodeB. See SAM restriction #1.
•
SAM restriction #1: If SW Upgrade is checked, the SW Replacement (SWR) is only executed if the running SW version on the eNB uses the same MIM version as the target SW version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3). • •
PRELIMINARY
•
A snapshot file in the proper format for this eNodeB has been imported into the NEM. Snapshot contains the complete eNodeB database including eNodeBEquipment::uniqueName set to the correct unique name of this eNodeB. Snapshot has the OAM Link Parameters set as follows: – – –
ipConfigAutomatic is provisioned to False eNodeB OAM inner and outer IP address, subnet and gateway are provisioned eNodeB OAM Vlan ID is provisioned
– –
Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports are provisioned SeGW IP address and all other necessary IPsec parameters are provisioned
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify eNodeB software release
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the eNodeB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test Cable must be used. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as applicable. Table N-7
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as “LA6.0” releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table I-8, “Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads” (p. I-19).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the specified or later load Table N-8
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating eNodeBs to software loads earlier than LA5.0 D31 E54400 will damage the 700 MHz Lower TRDUs (eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-19 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Equipment/Feature
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table N-8
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
(continued)
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier Aggregation in future release
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows: • •
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current software load on eNodeB. If necessary, update the eNodeB to the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g. LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Import full work order
Perform the following the steps to import the eNodeB full work order using the NEM Commissioning Wizard utility. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
Start NEM, if not already running ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Click Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights on the NEM menu bar. Note: If Allocate Configuration Rights is grayed out, skip this step and continue to Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Click Configuration > Commissioning Wizard. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click Next on the Commissioning Wizard opening page. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
5
On the Import Work Order screen, select Internal File System. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Select Use Full Configuration based on the work order file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Click on Import.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
In the Open box, navigate to the correct market folder, select the eNodeB full work order file (*.xml), and click Open. In the Files of Type drop-down, select the correct file type. For LR13.1/LR13.3 software releases select the *.xml file type. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Click Yes in the Warning window.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Note: The eNodeB boots to initialize with the information in the full work order. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Wait 4-5 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. NEM displays either an hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) during the boot process. Note: Watch for the following: • •
NEM may not be respond until full eNodeB connectivity is restored after boot. If any “netconf” warning messages appear, click OK and continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Click Finish once the hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) disappears (normal mouse cursor reappears). E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Sector commissioning
Determine if sector commissioning is necessary. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If the eNodeB software is LR13.3 and later eNodeB loads, continue with “Work order verification” (p. I-21) E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Work order verification
The follow steps to confirm the site specific data was loaded properly. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Complete the following to verify the eNodeB Friendly Name. •
Go to the NEM Root View (icon shown on right).
•
Select the eNodeB Properties tab.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-21 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
Verify the eNodeB Friendly Name is correct for this site. – If the eNodeB Friendly Name is Correct, then procedure is complete. – Not correct or missing, then repeat all steps in Import Work Order with the correct work order.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
If the Commissioning Data File is a full work order, then check SFP Inventory and RFM Ping Test.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for Plug-n-Play eNodeBs using automated PnP mechanisms and self commissioning to obtain the alpha parameters for the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to PnP eNodeBs managed by serial number.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Starting in LR13.1, a newly installed eNodeB is able to contact the EMS and establish the OAM link without on-site provisioning using plug-n-play (PnP) mechanisms. In the most likely plug-n-play scenario (shown below), the eNodeB is DHCP-enabled and the eNodeB OAM Inner and Outer IP addresses and the Security Gateway and Candidate EMS IP addresses are discovered using PnP mechanisms. The operator must pre-provision the eNodeB configuration, including the eNodeB serial number, in the EMS. eNodeB establishes the initial OAM link by sending a Hello message with its serial number to the EMS. For eNodeBs identified by serial number, it is imperative that the OAM link port configured in the EMS matches the OAM link port obtained by the eNodeB during PnP procedures. If eNodeB obtains Candidate EMSs from DHCP, eNodeB receives both IP addresses and ports. If eNodeB obtains Candidate EMSs from DNS, eNodeB only receives IP addresses, no ports, and so it uses default port 162 in this case. Two Use Cases are described below: (1) EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports match and (2) EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports mismatch. Pre-conditions
Verify the following conditions have been accomplished: •
Factory pre-provisioning of OAM Link Parameters has occurred in eNodeB if necessary.
• •
Factory certificate has been installed in eNodeB DHCP and DNS servers have been provisioned with OAM Link Parameters if necessary eNodeB OAM IP address is assigned by PnP mechanisms
• •
• •
eNodeB is on LR13.1 or later release eNodeB running SW version uses the same MIM version as the target SW version configured on EMS. See SAM restriction #1.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-23 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
• •
eNodeB OAM IP address is not managed in EMS for another eNodeB; assigned IP address must be a new IP address eNodeB is not managed in EMS eNodeB basicMibVersion > 1
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SAM restriction #1: If SW Upgrade is checked, the SW Replacement (SWR) is only executed if the running SW version on the eNB uses the same MIM version as the target SW version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3). • • •
Operator has directed EMS to manage eNodeB based on its serial number eNodeB configuration is pre-provisioned in EMS with OAMInterface.provisionedeNodeBIdentifier is set to eNodeB serial number EMS has Self Config Policy set for this eNodeB with the following checked: – Auto Start – – –
• •
SW Upgrade Configuration Deployment Administrative Enable
Managing EMS is not registered in the eNodeB eNodeB is installed and powered on
eNodeB managed by serial number and OAM ports match
The following steps describe how the eNodeB is managed by using the eNodeB serial number and matching OAM ports. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
eNodeB boots up on LR13.1 or later release. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
eNodeB initiates OAM Link establishment. 1. eNodeB determines the OAM Link Parameters to use. In this case, for the most part they are discovered using PnP mechanisms. 2. eNodeB sets up OAM IPsec tunnel if enabled. 3. eNodeB sends Hello messages to Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports obtained from PnP procedures. EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports must match for the Managing EMS to receive the Hello message.
PRELIMINARY
4. Managing EMS receives Hello message. 5. EMS determines if it is the Managing EMS for the eNodeB. 6. Managing EMS opens the OAM link using the eNodeB’s OAM IP address in the Hello message and registers itself as the Managing EMS. •
•
EMS sets its FM IP addresses and ports in snmpTargetAddressTable. eNodeB sends FM notifications (alarms, states, events, OCN) to the EMS addresses and ports in snmpTargetAddressTable. EMS sets its OAM Link IP addresses and ports in emsActiveAddressTable.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. EMS begins link monitoring and sends first valid new Heartbeat message to eNodeB to SNMP port 161. • eNodeB sends OAM Link Opened messages to Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports obtained from PnP procedures. EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports must match for the Candidate EMS to receive the OAM Link Opened message. • eNodeB sends Heartbeat LinkUp response to the active Managing EMS at the address and port in emsActiveAddressTable. • eNodeB begins link monitoring.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
EMS automatically downloads and activates the eNodeB software according to the self configuration policy. See SAM restrictions #1 and #2. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
EMS automatically configures the eNodeB DB using the pre-provisioned WO according to the self configuration policy. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
eNodeB resets and configures itself as specified in the eNodeB configuration. eNodeB and EMS execute the OAM link re-establishment scenario. •
eNodeB sets up OAM IPsec tunnel if enabled. If the SeGW IP address or FQDN has been changed in the eNodeB configuration, eNodeB sets up the IPsec tunnel to the new Serving SeGW.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
If the CMS information has been provisioned, eNodeB contacts the CMS to obtain the operator certificate. 1. eNodeB resets and eNodeB and EMS execute OAM link re-establishment scenario. 2. eNodeB sets up IPsec tunnel using operator certificate. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
EMS automatically unlocks eNodeB and all the LteCells according to the self configuration policy. See SAM restriction #3. SAM restriction #3: If Administrative Enable is checked, SAM only unlocks the eNB, not the LteCells. In order to enable telecom service, the operator must manually unlock the LteCells using NEM. SAM cannot unlock LteCells. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB provides telecom service. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-25 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
8
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNB with self commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Post-conditions
The following post-conditions are established. • • • •
OAM Link is established. eNodeB is running LR13 or later software provisioned in EMS. eNodeB is running the configuration provisioned in EMS. eNodeB is managed by IP address in EMS.
eNodeB managed by serial number and OAM ports mismatch
If the EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports do not match for a new eNodeB using serial number as the identity, then the eNodeB can’t be discovered by the Managing EMS from the Hello messages. If the eNodeB is using DHCP or provisioning to obtain the Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports, this situation can be remedied by correcting the ports in the DHCP entry or correcting the provisioned data in ProvisionedEmsAddressData.emsOAMLinkInitPort.
PRELIMINARY
However, if the Candidate EMS IP addresses are obtained from DNS, DNS can not return ports in its response. Therefore the eNodeB uses the default port of 162 as the OAM Link port. To discover and manage an eNodeB in this situation either (1) the operator has to use the previous mechanism based on a static pre-provisioned OAM IP address as the eNodeB identity or (2) in order to use automatic or dynamic IP addressing, the Managing EMS must be installed with the default OAM Link port of 162.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure N-5: Set OAM Routing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure N-5: Set OAM Routing Overview
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Display Transport Properties and IpSec Properties for VLAN 0 and Other VLANs, for additional details to make the OAM connection between the 5620 SAM and the eNodeB.
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Description
Perform the following procedure to set the OAM routing between the 5620 SAM and the eNodeB. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
If necessary, connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1, open the NEM and login as follows: • • •
eCCM IP address: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0). User ID: initial_nem Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
Click OK. NEM main window is displayed. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Set IP Configure Mode field as follows: 1. Click Root View > Transport Properties, and Edit (not grayed out). 2. Set IP Config Mode: “provisioned” (manually from the NEM) or automatic (from the DHCP server), as required. 3. Click OK ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Click VLAN 0 Transport Properties, and Edit (not grayed out). ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Set the VLAN 0 Transport Properties fields as required:
2. Vlan Id: “xx” 3. Click Edit Traffic Descriptor 0 Values 4. OAM Manual IP address: 5. OAM Manual Ipv4 Netmask/Ipv6 Prefix Routing Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary N-27 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
1. IP format: IPv4/IPv6 (OAM eNodeB and 5620 SAM transport network is based only on IPv6)
PRELIMINARY
Recommission 9926 BBU Recommissioning scenarios
Procedure N-5: Set OAM Routing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. OAM Manual IP gateway: 7. Traffic Type List: Oam (traffic types defined for an IP address) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Click OK. eNodeB reboots. Check the link is UP (down) at EMS Data Tab -> EMS Connection -> OAM Link Status. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights.
PRELIMINARY
E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD N-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix O: Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address Purpose
This appendix describes how to update the CCM (eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR) static MAC address in the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 router when the CCM is replaced in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU. Note: This procedure must be performed by a qualified OMC network administrator. Attention: Perform this step as follows: • •
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router matches the new CCM static MAC address, the procedure is complete. If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router does not match the new CCM static MAC address, go to the following steps to change the address.
Prerequisites
The following information must be provided for the CCM static MAC address change in the 7750 router: • • •
eNodeB IP address eNodeB name Telecom port IP address
Update 7750 Router 1
Perform the following procedure to update the CCM MAC address in 7750 Router 1 to match the MAC address of the new CCM replaced in the eNodeB.
1
Log into 7750 Router 1. Verify Router 1 is logged in. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Enter command to check for the IPV4 setup:
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary O-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show router arp | match
is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB telecom IP address
(123.45.567.98) and MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): 123.45.567.98 123.45.567.98 enbtelecomip-1 enbtelecomip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess ma:c_:ad:dr:ess ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
00h00m00s 02h55m32s 00h00m00s 00h00m00s
Oth[I] Dyn[I] Oth[I] Sta[I]
to-BTS0281-7705 to-BTS0281-7705 L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Enter command to check for the IPV6 setup: show router neighbor | match 0XXX post-lines 1 Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IPV6 Neighbor IP address
and IPV6 Neighbor MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP_Neighbor L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX (IPV6 Neighbor IP address) 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f REACHABLE Static No (IPV6 Neighbor MAC) Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f STALE 03h59m57s Dynamic No
If IPV6 is not set up, no output occurs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Check/modify the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router: •
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 1 matches the new CCM static MAC address, go to “Update 7750 Router 2” (p. J-4).
•
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 1 does not match the new CCM static MAC address, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Enter command: show router 4 arp | match
is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IP address and OAM port
PRELIMINARY
dynamic IP address: 123.45.567.98 123.45.567.98 eNodeBip-1 eNodeBip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-EDN-BTS0xxx ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 03h40m41s Dyn[I] L3-EDN-BTS0xxx ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-OAM-eNodeB0xxx 00:11:3f:ca:a8:e1 03h59m46s Dyn[I] L3-OAM-eNodeB0xxx
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD O-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Make sure the OAM IP address matches the eNodeB IP address and make note of the MAC address. Update the telecom MAC address on Router 2 to match this MAC address. 00:11:3f:ca:a8:e1 is the new MAC address in this example. The MAC address of the eNodeBip and enbtelecomip must match. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Ping eNodeB to verify connection as follows: ping router 4 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Repeat the following command and verify the values have not changed: show router 4 arp | match ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Enter command: configure service ies 1 interface L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx Result: Prompt changes to config>service>ies>if# ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Enter command: info Result: The following shows an example of the output for IPV4 or IPV6:
If IPV4 is setup: description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
OR, if IPV6 is setup
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary O-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create ipv6 address 2001:4888:2010:9126:103:400::/64 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 neighbor enb::IPV6::IP:addr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The MAC (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f) and IP addresses should match the information the show command displayed in Step 2 or Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Enter command as follows for IPV4 or IPV6: •
For IPV4 address: static-arp
•
For IPV6 address: ipv6
neighbor
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Enter command: info
Verify the new MAC address matches the eNodeB IP address. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Enter command: exit ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Enter command to save the changes: admin save ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
When complete, continue with the following procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
Update 7750 Router 2
Perform the following procedure to update the CCM MAC address in 7750 Router 2 to match the MAC address of the new CCM replaced in the eNodeB, and Router 1. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1
Log into 7750 Router 2. Verify Router 2 is logged in. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Enter command to check for IPV4 setup: show router arp | match
is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD O-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB telecom IP address
(123.45.567.98) and MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): 123.45.567.98 123.45.567.98 enbtelecomip-1 enbtelecomip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] to-BTS0281-7705 ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 02h55m32s Dyn[I] to-BTS0281-7705 ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f 00h00m00s Sta[I] L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Enter command to check for IPV6 setup: show router neighbor | match 0XXX post-lines 1 Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IPV6 Neighbor IP address
and IPV6 Neighbor MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)): Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP_Neighbor L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX (IPV6 Neighbor IP address) 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f REACHABLE Static No (IPV6 Neighbor MAC) Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f STALE 03h59m57s Dynamic No
If IPV6 is not set up, no output occurs. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4
Check/modify the CCM static MAC address on 7750 Router 2: •
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 2 matches the new CCM static MAC address, procedure completed.
•
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 2 does not match the new CCM static MAC address, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
Enter command: configure service ies 1 interface L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx Result: Prompt changes to config>service>ies>if# ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
Enter command for IPV4 or IPV6: info Result: The following shows an example of the output:
description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary O-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
If IPV4 is setup:
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
OR, if IPV6 is setup description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM" address enbtelecomip-1/31 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 static-arp 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create ipv6 address 2001:4888:2010:9126:103:400::/64 mac 00:00:01:00:02:81 neighbor enb::IPV6::IP:addr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create exit
The MAC (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f) and IP addresses should match the information the show command displayed in Step 2 or Step 3. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
Enter command as follows for IPV4 or IPV6: •
For IPV4 address: static-arp
•
For IPV6 address: ipv6
neighbor
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Enter command: info
Verify the new MAC address matches the eNodeB IP address. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Enter command: exit ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Enter command to save the changes:
PRELIMINARY
admin save ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Procedure completed. Return to previous procedure. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD O-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary O-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure O-1: Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD O-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
Appendix P: Restore from Factory Mode Procedure
Procedure P-1: Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode Overview
When a replacement CCM (spare or factory) is installed and powered up, compatibly checks are performed to determine if the factory/spare CCM is compatible with the target 9926 BBU. The CCM reverts to "Factory Mode" when a mismatch is detected between the CCM and frame (RUC) configurations. When this condition is detected, the CCM deletes the eNodeB running software, MIM data, and MIB data. The following procedure describes the steps needed to reinstall the software load and database files (MIB and MIM). Steps
Perform the following procedures to restore 9926 BBU from factory mode to the appropriate running load and configuration. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
When the “ eNB is in factory mode ” message is displayed after logging into NEM, click Yes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Select the SW Properties tab to check the Running SW file name and Not Running SW file name fields are not showing any software loads. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights. SW Replacement button is un-grayed on the SW Properties tab.
4
A message appears asking to use the internal SFTP server, click Yes. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
In the next window select current running load software and click Open.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary P-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
Restore from Factory Mode Procedure
Procedure P-1: Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If necessary, refer to current alerts or release notes for up-to-date information on software loads. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6
The next window (SW replacement) shows installation progress. For attended/unattended running: •
•
For unattended running, check Unattended running to allow software installation to occur automatically (Activate and Accept are performed). When done, continue with the following step. For attend running, leave Unattended running unchecked and continue with the following: 1. Click Activate, when the three files are loaded. 2. Click Accept. When done, the main window appears, select SW Properties to see that the three files are loaded and verify the load release. 3. When done, continue with the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
The running load is now installed. Wait for all files to appear on SW Properties tab. The number of files depends on the eNodeB configuration. Check SW Properties, bottom of window, to see that the software is being installed. Three files are initially installed, with additional files appearing after hardware discovery has happened. This process can take a much as 15 minutes to complete. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
From eNodeB, from eNodeB-NEM restore MIM backup file using NEM Commissioning Wizard as follows: 1. If not already selected, select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights (selected in Step 3). 2. Select Configuration > Commissioning Wizard, and Click Next. 3. Select Use Internal File System (MIM backup saved on NEM PC). 4. Select Use Full Configuration. 5. Click Import (import database from NEM PC).
PRELIMINARY
Open tab is displayed. If the MIM backup file saved on NEM PC does not have the extension .xwo (it could have .xml or .xcm), from Files of Type, select All Files. 6. Click the folder icon to display the directories, locate, and select latest MIM backup file. 7. Click Open to restore the selected MIM backup file.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD P-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Procedure P-1: Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following message appears: This action will cause a reset of the eNB, if a class A parameter is modified. You will have to wait a few minutes for the eNB to start again. Do you want to continue? Click Yes to continue. 8. Click Finish. Wait until 9926 BBU resets before continuing. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Select Configuration > MIB Restore, if backup was done, click Yes for internal SFTP server, find the MIB file and restore it.
PRELIMINARY
Restore from Factory Mode Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
When completed, return to the appropriate replacement procedure, Restore 9926 BBU operation. E................................................................................................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary P-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Restore from Factory Mode Procedure
Procedure P-1: Restore 9926 BBU from factory mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD P-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
Numerics
9926 BBU
PRELIMINARY
Index
in rack-mounted 9926 BBU, 10-3 rack-mounted BBU, 21-75
remove RUC/Fan Tray, 21-9
bCEM LED status, G-11, L-11
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack, 21-85
bCEMP1.0
replace RUC/Fan Tray, 21-3
replace with bCEMP1.1, 15-4, 24-4
replacement procedures, 21-2
upgrade with bCEMP1.1, 15-1, 24-1
9926 BBU 4U See: description See: view 9926 BBU to RRH SFP diagram, 9-64 ................................................................................................ A about this document
safety, 19-1 add bCEM to existing 9926 BBU, 13-1, 22-1 add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU hardware issues, 13-1, 22-1
bCEMP1.1 replace bCEMP1.0, 15-4, 24-4 upgrade bCEMP1.0, 15-1, 24-1 bCEM-U faceplate, 10-3, 21-75, 25-6 broadband Channel Element Module (bCEM) See: bCEM ................................................................................................ C CCM
................................................................................................
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
B backhaul interface SFP optical module provisioning,
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using NEM, 9-2
9-65 batteries
replace eCCM2 with eCCM-U (downgrade/fallback) using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26 replace eCCM2 with eCCM-U using NEM, 9-2
replace, 4-25
replace eCCM2-HR with eCCM2-HR using NEM, 21-16
BB cabinet remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 21-56 bCEM, 21-74
replace eCCM2-HR with eCCM2-HR using SAM, 21-41 replace eCCM2-HR with eCCM-U (downgrade/fallback) using SAM, 21-41
faceplate, 15-2, 16-3, 17-2, 24-2 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-1 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
maintenance, 3-14
PRELIMINARY
Index ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
replace eCCM2-HR with eCCM-U using NEM, 21-16
install eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 9-44
replace eCCM-U with eCCM2 (upgrade) using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
install RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU, 21-12
replace eCCM-U with eCCM2 using NEM, 9-2 replace eCCM-U with eCCM2-HR (upgrade) using SAM, 21-41 replace eCCM-U with eCCM2-HR using NEM, 21-16 replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
LTE 9926 BBU, 7-2 power-down LR 9712 OD BS, 4-8 power-up LR 9712 OD BS, 4-6 prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement using 5620 SAM, 9-40, 21-54 process, 20-1
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using NEM, 9-2, 21-16
remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 21-56
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using SAM, 21-41
remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-27
status, 21-43 status, using SAM, 9-29 CCM in NEM procedure status, 9-5, 21-18 CEM LED status bCEM, G-11, L-11 check door intrusion alarm switch LR 9712 OD BS, 3-4 CMA LED, G-2, L-2 configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation, 17-1 connections RUC/Fan Tray, 8-3, 21-5 corrective maintenance 9926 BBU, 21-2 BBU procedures, 21-1 eAM, 21-105
PRELIMINARY
install RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 8-10
install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-17 install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 21-59 install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-31
remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 9-42 remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-13 remove RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU, 21-9 remove RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU, 8-7 replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack, 21-85 replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU, 11-1 replace bCEM, 21-74 replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU, 10-2 replace eAMoB, 4-22 replace eCCM-U and/ or eCCM2 (CCM), 9-2 replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-16 replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR using SAM, 21-41 replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26 replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-10 replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-13 replace RRH PDP surge protector in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-18
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD IN-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU, 21-3
replace with eCCM2-HR using SAM, 21-41
replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 8-1
replace with eCCM-U (downgrade/fallback) using SAM, 21-41
replace SFP transceivers, 9-60 replacement/repair process, 20-2 required tools, 20-3 restore eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-20 restore eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-34
replacement procedure using SAM, 21-41 eCCM-U See: enhanced Core Controller Module-U (eCCM-U) faceplate, 9-4, 21-18 faceplate, in 9926 BBU, 9-28, 21-43 LEDs, G-1, L-1
restore eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620 SAM, 9-48, 9-54
replace eCCM-U with eCCM2 (upgrade) using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
restore eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM), with aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-62
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
restore eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM), with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-68
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using SAM, 21-41
safety requirements, 20-3 torque requirements for mechanical connections, 20-5 CPRI interface SFP optical module provisioning, 9-62 CPRI LEDs eCCM-U, G-4, L-4 ................................................................................................ D document support, xxxii
dual-carrier, single-band operation, 17-1 ................................................................................................ E eCCM2
faceplate, 9-4 faceplate, in 9926 BBU, 9-28 replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26 replace eCCM2 with eCCM-U (downgrade/fallback) using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
eCCM2-HR faceplate, 21-18, 21-43
replace with eCCM2-HR (upgrade) using SAM, 21-41 eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) install in 9926 BBU, 9-17 restore in 9926 BBU, 9-20 eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) install in 9926 BBU, 21-31 install in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 21-59, 21-59 prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement in in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 21-54 remove from 9926 BBU, 21-27 remove using 5620 SAM, 21-56 restore 9926 BBU using NEM, 21-34 eCCM-U LED status CMA LED, G-2, L-2 CPRI LEDs, G-4, L-4 GigE MDA port LEDs, G-4, L-4 matrix, G-2, L-2 MDA/PCM LEDs, G-3, L-3 SYNC LED, G-2, L-2 eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) install in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 9-44, 9-44
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-3 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
replacement procedure using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26
PRELIMINARY
Index
PRELIMINARY
Index ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 9-40
fan rack module front view, 33-21
remove from 9926 BBU, 9-13
replace, 33-21
remove from 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 9-42
FRU, 20-2
restore, using 5620 SAM, 9-48, 9-54
FRUs
eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM) restore, with aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-62 restore, with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-68 eCEM-U front view, 33-3
hot swap, 20-2 ................................................................................................ G general precautions for installation procedures, 1-3, 19-3
GigE MDA port LEDs, G-4, L-4 ................................................................................................ H hardware issues
enhanced Alarm Module-outdoor, Version B (eAMoB)
add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU, 13-1, 22-1
replace procedure, 4-22
Hazard statements
enhanced Core Controller Module (eCCM-U) See: eCCM-U
Symbols used, 1-7 Hazard symbols, 1-7
enhanced Core Controller Module-2 (eCCM2) See: eCCM2 See: eCCM2-HR enhanced Core Controller Module-2 High Rate (eCCM2-HR) See: eCCM2-HR enhanced Core Controller Module-U (eCCM-U) eCCM-U-GE front view, 33-7 replace, 33-7 extended Core Controller Module-U (xCCM-U)
FRUs, 20-2 ................................................................................................ I
inspect air intake and exhaust grills LR 9712 OD BS, 3-8 inspect door gasket LR 9712 OD BS, 3-7 install a new bCEM, 13-2, 22-2
replace, 33-7
install new eAMoB, 4-24
xCCM-U-GE front view, 33-7
install TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B, 34-10, 34-10
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
F faceplate
L LED status
eCCM2, 9-4 eCCM2, in 9926 BBU, 9-28
PRELIMINARY
hot swap
bCEM, G-11, L-11 LEDs
eCCM2-HR, 21-18, 21-43
eCCM-U, G-1, L-1
eCCM-U, 9-4, 21-18
eCCM-U CMA, G-2, L-2
eCCM-U, in 9926 BBU, 9-28, 21-43
eCCM-U CPRI, G-4, L-4 eCCM-U GigE MDA, G-4, L-4
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD IN-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U matrix, G-2, L-2
replace PDP, 4-10
eCCM-U MDA/PCM, G-3, L-3
replace RRH PDP, 4-13
eCCM-U SYNC, G-2, L-2
replace RRH PDP surge protector, 4-18
lightRadio 9712 OD BS configurations detailed description, 2-1 lightRadio 9712 OD BS layouts
LTE 9926 BBU remove RUC/Fan Tray, 8-7 replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack, 11-1
OD Config 01, D-1
replace RUC/Fan Tray, 8-1
OD Config 03, D-7
replacement procedures, 7-2
OD Config 04bcdef, D-2
................................................................................................
OD Config 04x, D-4
M MDA LEDs
OD Config 05, D-8 OD Config 05b, D-9
eCCM-U LED status, G-3, L-3
OD Config 06, D-10
MLP box See: Multistandard Lightning Protection (MLP) box
OD Config 06a, D-5
Multi-standard Lightning Protection (MLP) box
OD Config 07/7n, D-6
front panel, 33-49
OD Config 07w, D-5
replace, 33-49
OD Config 08b, D-3
................................................................................................
OD Config 09c, D-11
P PCM LEDs
OD Config 09d, D-12
eCCM-U LED status, G-3, L-3
OD Config 10a, D-15
PCM Lightning Protection (LPPCM)
OD Config 11ab, D-13
front panel, 33-46
OD Config 12/12a, D-14
replace, 33-46
lightRadio cabinet replace SFP transceivers, 9-60 LPPCM See: PCM Lightning Protection (LPPCM) LR 9712 OD BS check door intrusion alarm switch, 3-4 inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers, 3-8 inspect door gasket, 3-7
power-up, 4-6
phone numbers for document support, xxxii power-down LR 9712 OD BS, 4-8 power-up LR 9712 OD BS, 4-6 pre-cabled rack replace, 33-28 prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, 9-40, 21-54
preliminary preventive maintenance procedures, 3-2 replace fresh-air filter, 3-10 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-5 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
power-down, 4-8
PRELIMINARY
Index
PRELIMINARY
Index ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
preventive maintenance check door intrusion alarm switch LR 9712 OD BS, 3-4 inspect air intake and exhaust grills/louvers on LR 9712 OD BS, 3-8 inspect door gasket on LR 9712 OD BS, 3-7 replace fresh-air filter in LR 9712 OD BS, 3-10 safety, 19-1 Product conformance statements China, E-1 description, E-1 product conformance statements European Union, E-3 ................................................................................................ R rack-mounted 9926 BBU
replace bCEM, 10-2 rack-mounted BBU replace bCEM, 21-74 replace eAM, 21-105 remove bCEM from existing 9926 BBU, 13-1, 22-1 remove existing bCEM, 13-4, 22-4 remove failed eAMoB, 4-23 remove RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU, 21-9 from LTE 9926 BBU, 8-7
Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP), 33-16 replace batteries, 4-25 Replace CCM things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM, 9-36, 21-50 replace CCM things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM, 9-9 Replace CCM things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM, 21-22 replace fresh-air filter LR 9712 OD BS, 3-10 replace RUC/Fan Tray 9926 BBU, 21-3 LTE 9926 BBU, 8-1 replace TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B, 34-7 replacement procedure RUC/Fan Tray, 8-1 replacement procedures 9926 BBU, 21-2 eAM, 21-105 install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-17
remove TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B, 34-7
install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-31
replace
install RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU, 21-12
enhanced Core Controller Module-U (eCCM-U), 33-7
PRELIMINARY
pre-cabled rack, 33-28
extended Core Controller Module-U (xCCM-U), 33-7 fan rack module, 33-21 Multi-standard Lightning Protection (MLP) box, 33-49 PCM Lightning Protection (LPPCM), 33-46
install RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 8-10 installeCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 21-59 installeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 9-44 LTE 9926 BBU, 7-2 prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement using 5620 SAM, 9-40, 21-54
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD IN-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-27 remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-13 remove RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU, 8-7, 21-9 removeeCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 21-56 removeeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM, 9-42 replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack, 21-85 replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU, 11-1 replace bCEM, 21-74 replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU, 10-2 replace eAMoB, 4-22 replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM), 9-2 replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-16 replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR using SAM, in 9926 BBU, 21-41 replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 9-26 replace PDP in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-10 replace RRH PDP in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-13 replace RRH PDP surge protector in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-18 replace RUC/Fan Tray in 9926 BBU, 21-3 replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 8-1 replace SFP transceivers, 9-60 restoreeCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-20 restoreeCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-34
restoreeCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM), with aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-62
replacement/repair process corrective maintenance, 20-2 required tools corrective maintenance, 20-3 restore 9926 BBU operation replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM, 9-20 replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2-HR (CCM) using NEM, 21-34 replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620 SAM, 9-54 replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using SAM, 9-48 replace eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM), with aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-62 replace eCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM), with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-68 RRH PDP replace in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-13 RRH PDP surge protector replace in LR 9712 OD BS, 4-18 RUC/Fan Tray 9926 BBU, 21-3 connections, 8-3, 21-5 install in 9926 BBU, 21-12 install in LTE 9926 BBU, 8-10 LTE 9926 BBU, 8-1 module, 8-3, 21-4 procedures for 9926 BBU, 8-6, 21-7 status, 21-5 status, LTE 9926 BBU, 8-4 RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure, 8-1 RUC/HC Fan Tray See: RUC/Fan Tray
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-7 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 0.23 October 2014
PRELIMINARY
restoreeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620 SAM, 9-48, 9-54
restoreeCCM-U or eCCM2-HR (CCM), with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM, 21-68
PRELIMINARY
Index
PRELIMINARY
Index ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................ S safety, 19-1
general precautions for installation procedures, 1-3, 19-3 specific safety hazards, 1-4, 19-5 structure of hazard statements, 1-2, 19-2 safety requirements corrective maintenance, 20-3 SFP See: Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP)
TRDU60-21 or TRDU60-21B install in cabinet, 34-10 remove from cabinet, 34-7 ................................................................................................ U update 9926 BBU software loads, H-1, M-1
upgrade bCEMP1.0 with bCEMP1.1, 15-1, 24-1 ................................................................................................ X xCCM-U
See: extended Core Controller Module-U (xCCM-U)
SFP optical module provisioning 9926 BBU to RRH SFP diagram, 9-64 backhaul interface, 9-65 CPRI interface, 9-62 Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP) replace, 33-16 software loads update 9926 BBU, H-1, M-1 specific safety hazards, 1-4, 19-5 status CCM, 21-43 CCM in NEM procedure, 9-5, 21-18 CCM, using SAM, 9-29 structure of hazard statements, 1-2, 19-2 Symbols used, 1-7 SYNC LED eCCM-U LED status, G-2, L-2 ................................................................................................ T things to do before going out to the cell site
PRELIMINARY
CCM using 5620 SAM, 9-36, 21-50 CCM using NEM, 9-9, 21-22 torque requirements for mechanical connections corrective maintenance, 20-5
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LR 9712 OD IN-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 9YZ-05817-0063-REZZA LR13.3 Issue 0.23 October 2014
